Academic year 2024 - 2025

•     Advanced Use of Excel ANA002AS2AE-3002 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  - recognize the possibilities of spreadsheet calculation
  - identify the possibilities of using the Excel program in working life
  - knows how to use the Excel program versatilely and effectively
  - knows how to choose appropriate ways from the functions offered by the Excel program

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Before completing this course, the student must know the basics of Excel.

  Contents

  Functions and calculations versatilely; rounding, search, lookup, time.
  Pivots and utilization of it.
  Forms and templates
  Basics of using macros and Visual Basic.
  Data refining - data to support decision-making.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - knows the basic use of the program and copes with the assigned tasks helpfully
  - can apply the features of the program independently to a small extent

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - can apply a spreadsheet program appropriately
  - is able to find new solutions using Excel's functions in a versatile way

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - can apply the program versatilely to practical situations
  - have strong skills and reliable competence
  - is able to independently find new and effective solutions and use the versatile possibilities of Excel

  Further information

  The course materials do not fully support Mac users. Mac users may work through vdi.
  Note! The software must be installed on the machine, OnlineExcel is not enough.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Study like you want, at your own pace based on the videos in the course, on-site in class or remotely online.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  All the material or the links to those are in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Lauri Tapola, Ville Pennanen

  Working life connections

  The course is based on assignments that are based on teachers' over 20 years of work-life experience.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exams, some assignments are graded, and grading is based on those assignments.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  We are using English as the course language and the English version of Excel.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  The assignments are practical and useful, skills taught are important to manage in work-life.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  8 weeks, assignments and lessons for every week.

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • IBE4PAACC
  • ITE2PAICB1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • BLENDED
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE5PACOM
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  - at your own pace based on the videos and guidance in the course,
  - on-site in class or
  - remotely online.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Some of the assignments are graded.

  Degree Programme

  ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  3 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (IT)

•     Advanced Use of Excel ANA002AS2AE-3003 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  - recognize the possibilities of spreadsheet calculation
  - identify the possibilities of using the Excel program in working life
  - knows how to use the Excel program versatilely and effectively
  - knows how to choose appropriate ways from the functions offered by the Excel program

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Before completing this course, the student must know the basics of Excel.

  Contents

  Functions and calculations versatilely; rounding, search, lookup, time.
  Pivots and utilization of it.
  Forms and templates
  Basics of using macros and Visual Basic.
  Data refining - data to support decision-making.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - knows the basic use of the program and copes with the assigned tasks helpfully
  - can apply the features of the program independently to a small extent

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - can apply a spreadsheet program appropriately
  - is able to find new solutions using Excel's functions in a versatile way

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - can apply the program versatilely to practical situations
  - have strong skills and reliable competence
  - is able to independently find new and effective solutions and use the versatile possibilities of Excel

  Further information

  The course materials do not fully support Mac users. Mac users may work through vdi.
  Note! The software must be installed on the machine, OnlineExcel is not enough.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material and links to be shared in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Lauri Tapola, Ville Pennanen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • ITE2PAICB1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • BLENDED
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  3 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (IT)

•     B2B Sales Skills SAL004AS2AE-3006 06.01.2025-30.05.2025  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - describe the elements of a successful B2B-sales encounter and define the necessary skills to excel in B2B-sales
  - construct a successful B2B-sales conversation in an omnichannel environment and offer solutions to customers emphasizing customer value
  - define and identify different types of buyer personas and adjust sales approach accordingly
  - comprehend the extend of a customer experience and its influence on sales
  - is able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in B2B sales.
  The course also offers the necessary skills and knowledge for participation in the Best Seller and European Sales Competition.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of International Sales and Marketing (Haaga-Helia Degree Program in International Business) as well as Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Customer Experience and Sales" prior to "B2B Sales Skills" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in the courses.

  Contents

  - Ever-evolving B2B-sales arena and B2B-sales roles
  - B2B-sales strategies and skills
  - Thought leadership in B2B-sales and customer value driven sales approach
  - Understanding and valuing diversity in sales
  - Structure of a customer-centric sales encounter (sales process) and sales tools
  - Sales conversation skills in practice (role-plays)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to engage in a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to define best customer solutions based on customer value
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and develop your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment in a professional manner and possess the skills and knowledge required to enter a sales competition (Best Seller Competition / European Sales Competition)
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value in credible manner
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales and are able to leverage this in sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers' in a professional manner

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  • Dixon & Adamson. The Challenger Sale How to Take Control of the Customer Conversation
  • Futrell, C. M Fundamentals of Selling
  • Manning, Reese & Aherne. 2010. Selling today. Pearson Education
  • Materials given out during the course

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Timo Rima

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  06.01.2025 - 30.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     B2B Sales Skills SAL004AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - describe the elements of a successful B2B-sales encounter and define the necessary skills to excel in B2B-sales
  - construct a successful B2B-sales conversation in an omnichannel environment and offer solutions to customers emphasizing customer value
  - define and identify different types of buyer personas and adjust sales approach accordingly
  - comprehend the extend of a customer experience and its influence on sales
  - is able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in B2B sales.
  The course also offers the necessary skills and knowledge for participation in the Best Seller and European Sales Competition.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of International Sales and Marketing (Haaga-Helia Degree Program in International Business) as well as Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Customer Experience and Sales" prior to "B2B Sales Skills" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in the courses.

  Contents

  - Ever-evolving B2B-sales arena and B2B-sales roles
  - B2B-sales strategies and skills
  - Thought leadership in B2B-sales and customer value driven sales approach
  - Understanding and valuing diversity in sales
  - Structure of a customer-centric sales encounter (sales process) and sales tools
  - Sales conversation skills in practice (role-plays)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to engage in a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to define best customer solutions based on customer value
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and develop your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment in a professional manner and possess the skills and knowledge required to enter a sales competition (Best Seller Competition / European Sales Competition)
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value in credible manner
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales and are able to leverage this in sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers' in a professional manner

  ---

  Teachers

  Ville Virtanen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     B2B Sales Skills SAL004AS2AE-3004 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - describe the elements of a successful B2B-sales encounter and define the necessary skills to excel in B2B-sales
  - construct a successful B2B-sales conversation in an omnichannel environment and offer solutions to customers emphasizing customer value
  - define and identify different types of buyer personas and adjust sales approach accordingly
  - comprehend the extend of a customer experience and its influence on sales
  - is able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in B2B sales.
  The course also offers the necessary skills and knowledge for participation in the Best Seller and European Sales Competition.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of International Sales and Marketing (Haaga-Helia Degree Program in International Business) as well as Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Customer Experience and Sales" prior to "B2B Sales Skills" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in the courses.

  Contents

  - Ever-evolving B2B-sales arena and B2B-sales roles
  - B2B-sales strategies and skills
  - Thought leadership in B2B-sales and customer value driven sales approach
  - Understanding and valuing diversity in sales
  - Structure of a customer-centric sales encounter (sales process) and sales tools
  - Sales conversation skills in practice (role-plays)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to engage in a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to define best customer solutions based on customer value
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and develop your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment in a professional manner and possess the skills and knowledge required to enter a sales competition (Best Seller Competition / European Sales Competition)
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value in credible manner
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales and are able to leverage this in sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers' in a professional manner

  ---

  Teachers

  Hannu Koikkalainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     B2B Sales Skills SAL004AS2AE-3005 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - describe the elements of a successful B2B-sales encounter and define the necessary skills to excel in B2B-sales
  - construct a successful B2B-sales conversation in an omnichannel environment and offer solutions to customers emphasizing customer value
  - define and identify different types of buyer personas and adjust sales approach accordingly
  - comprehend the extend of a customer experience and its influence on sales
  - is able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in B2B sales.
  The course also offers the necessary skills and knowledge for participation in the Best Seller and European Sales Competition.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of International Sales and Marketing (Haaga-Helia Degree Program in International Business) as well as Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Customer Experience and Sales" prior to "B2B Sales Skills" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in the courses.

  Contents

  - Ever-evolving B2B-sales arena and B2B-sales roles
  - B2B-sales strategies and skills
  - Thought leadership in B2B-sales and customer value driven sales approach
  - Understanding and valuing diversity in sales
  - Structure of a customer-centric sales encounter (sales process) and sales tools
  - Sales conversation skills in practice (role-plays)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to engage in a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to define best customer solutions based on customer value
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and develop your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment in a professional manner and possess the skills and knowledge required to enter a sales competition (Best Seller Competition / European Sales Competition)
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value in credible manner
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales and are able to leverage this in sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers' in a professional manner

  ---

  Teachers

  Ville Virtanen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basic Work Placement PLA001HH1AE-3014 01.08.2024-31.12.2024  15 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After the work placement, students are able to
  
  • identify and evaluate their own professional strengths and areas for development from the perspective of practical tasks at work
  • act according to the rules of the work community
  • evaluate the activities of the organisation and make specifically justified development proposals
  • develop and update skills required at work as well as study and career plans

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites

  Contents

  Work placement can be completed in a suitable Finnish or international company, public entity or other suitable organisation, such as various associations or non-profit organisations. The student can also work as an entrepreneur in his/her own company. Work placement can also be completed abroad.

  ---

  Teachers

  Anne Simpson, Elina Vannesluoma, Heli Kortesalmi, Marit Keränen, Petra Lindell, Soile Kallinen, Anna Kimberley, Hannu Koikkalainen, Toni von Martens

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

  Enrollment

  26.01.2024 - 26.01.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBEB1PA1
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  1 - 150

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 15 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basic Work Placement PLA001HH1AE-3015 01.01.2025-31.07.2025  15 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After the work placement, students are able to
  
  • identify and evaluate their own professional strengths and areas for development from the perspective of practical tasks at work
  • act according to the rules of the work community
  • evaluate the activities of the organisation and make specifically justified development proposals
  • develop and update skills required at work as well as study and career plans

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites

  Contents

  Work placement can be completed in a suitable Finnish or international company, public entity or other suitable organisation, such as various associations or non-profit organisations. The student can also work as an entrepreneur in his/her own company. Work placement can also be completed abroad.

  ---

  Teachers

  Elina Vannesluoma, Anne Simpson, Heli Kortesalmi, Marit Keränen, Anna Kimberley, Soile Kallinen, Petra Lindell, Hannu Koikkalainen, Toni von Martens

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2025 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  26.01.2024 - 26.01.2024

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  1 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 15 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basics of Financial Management ECO001HH1AE-3051 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Can calculate and apply simple and compound interest calculations in various business cases,
  Knows how to analyze the income statement, balance sheet, and cost structure, and understands their cause-effect relationships
  Knows how to calculate key figures based on the financial information of a company and how to interpret them.
  Introduction to "3 P" model: profit, people and planet" with focus on the profit side of this.
  Knows the basics of cost-volume-profit analysis
  Knows basic pricing models and is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in pricing.
  The course includes various examples and business case of international companies.

  Contents

  Business Mathematics, simple and compound interest calculations
  Basics of Financial Accounting: Financial statements, Balance Sheet, and Income statement
  Basics of Managerial Accounting: Cost behavior, Cost Volume Profit, Break-even point, and related calculations
  Principles of pricing and VAT.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  1. The student is able to calculate basic simple and compound interest exercises. Is able to describe cost and profitability concepts and categories.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  3. The student is able to select and apply the correct interest calculation method. Is able to describe the core principles of management and financial accounting. Is able to describe the effects of business transactions on the company’s income statement, balance sheet and profitability. Is able to independently calculate the key figures of the income statement and balance sheet.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  5. The student Is able to apply simple and compound interest independently in various business cases. Is able to analyze and interpret the income statement and balance sheet as well as key figures based on them. Is able to make decisions based on financial information as well as combine theoretical and practical information. Is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in simple pricing.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Books and material provided in the implementation

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Basics of Financial Management ECO001HH1AE-3034 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Can calculate and apply simple and compound interest calculations in various business cases,
  Knows how to analyze the income statement, balance sheet, and cost structure, and understands their cause-effect relationships
  Knows how to calculate key figures based on the financial information of a company and how to interpret them.
  Introduction to "3 P" model: profit, people and planet" with focus on the profit side of this.
  Knows the basics of cost-volume-profit analysis
  Knows basic pricing models and is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in pricing.
  The course includes various examples and business case of international companies.

  Contents

  Business Mathematics, simple and compound interest calculations
  Basics of Financial Accounting: Financial statements, Balance Sheet, and Income statement
  Basics of Managerial Accounting: Cost behavior, Cost Volume Profit, Break-even point, and related calculations
  Principles of pricing and VAT.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  1. The student is able to calculate basic simple and compound interest exercises. Is able to describe cost and profitability concepts and categories.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  3. The student is able to select and apply the correct interest calculation method. Is able to describe the core principles of management and financial accounting. Is able to describe the effects of business transactions on the company’s income statement, balance sheet and profitability. Is able to independently calculate the key figures of the income statement and balance sheet.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  5. The student Is able to apply simple and compound interest independently in various business cases. Is able to analyze and interpret the income statement and balance sheet as well as key figures based on them. Is able to make decisions based on financial information as well as combine theoretical and practical information. Is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in simple pricing.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Accounting & Finance: Lectures, team discussions, workbooks, quizzes and more...
  Business Mathematics: Flipped Classroom learning method, class exercises and quizzes.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Accounting and finance for non-specialists, Atrill, Peter McLaney, E. J., 11th edition. Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Jani Jokinen, Jutta Heikkilä

  Working life connections

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Timing of the exams will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.We also utilize a variety of international sources for the learning material and videos.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Quizzes in Moodle, Excel workbooks, Exams

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions twice a week on Pasila campus

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Finance & Accounting: 60%
  Business Mathematics: 40%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basics of Financial Management ECO001HH1AE-3035 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA2, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Can calculate and apply simple and compound interest calculations in various business cases,
  Knows how to analyze the income statement, balance sheet, and cost structure, and understands their cause-effect relationships
  Knows how to calculate key figures based on the financial information of a company and how to interpret them.
  Introduction to "3 P" model: profit, people and planet" with focus on the profit side of this.
  Knows the basics of cost-volume-profit analysis
  Knows basic pricing models and is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in pricing.
  The course includes various examples and business case of international companies.

  Contents

  Business Mathematics, simple and compound interest calculations
  Basics of Financial Accounting: Financial statements, Balance Sheet, and Income statement
  Basics of Managerial Accounting: Cost behavior, Cost Volume Profit, Break-even point, and related calculations
  Principles of pricing and VAT.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  1. The student is able to calculate basic simple and compound interest exercises. Is able to describe cost and profitability concepts and categories.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  3. The student is able to select and apply the correct interest calculation method. Is able to describe the core principles of management and financial accounting. Is able to describe the effects of business transactions on the company’s income statement, balance sheet and profitability. Is able to independently calculate the key figures of the income statement and balance sheet.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  5. The student Is able to apply simple and compound interest independently in various business cases. Is able to analyze and interpret the income statement and balance sheet as well as key figures based on them. Is able to make decisions based on financial information as well as combine theoretical and practical information. Is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in simple pricing.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Accounting & Finance: Lectures, team discussions, workbooks, quizzes and more...
  Business Mathematics: Flipped Classroom learning method, class exercises and quizzes.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Accounting and finance for non-specialists, Atrill, Peter McLaney, E. J., 11th edition. Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Juan Borra, Timi Kohonen

  Working life connections

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Timing of the exams will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.We also utilize a variety of international sources for the learning material and videos.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Quizzes in Moodle, Excel workbooks, Exams

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions twice a week on Pasila campus

  Groups

  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Finance & Accounting: 60%
  Business Mathematics: 40%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basics of Financial Management ECO001HH1AE-3036 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Can calculate and apply simple and compound interest calculations in various business cases,
  Knows how to analyze the income statement, balance sheet, and cost structure, and understands their cause-effect relationships
  Knows how to calculate key figures based on the financial information of a company and how to interpret them.
  Introduction to "3 P" model: profit, people and planet" with focus on the profit side of this.
  Knows the basics of cost-volume-profit analysis
  Knows basic pricing models and is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in pricing.
  The course includes various examples and business case of international companies.

  Contents

  Business Mathematics, simple and compound interest calculations
  Basics of Financial Accounting: Financial statements, Balance Sheet, and Income statement
  Basics of Managerial Accounting: Cost behavior, Cost Volume Profit, Break-even point, and related calculations
  Principles of pricing and VAT.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  1. The student is able to calculate basic simple and compound interest exercises. Is able to describe cost and profitability concepts and categories.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  3. The student is able to select and apply the correct interest calculation method. Is able to describe the core principles of management and financial accounting. Is able to describe the effects of business transactions on the company’s income statement, balance sheet and profitability. Is able to independently calculate the key figures of the income statement and balance sheet.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  5. The student Is able to apply simple and compound interest independently in various business cases. Is able to analyze and interpret the income statement and balance sheet as well as key figures based on them. Is able to make decisions based on financial information as well as combine theoretical and practical information. Is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in simple pricing.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Math: Flipped Classroom and class exercises
  Accounting & Finance: Lectures, team discussions, workbooks and quizzes

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Accounting and finance for non-specialists, Atrill, Peter McLaney, E. J., 11th edition. Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Jutta Heikkilä, Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Working life connections

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Timing of the exams will be informed in the beginning of the course.
  There are three exams:
  Math Exam
  Finance & Accounting Exam1
  Finance & Accounting Exam 2

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.We also utize a variety of international sources for the learning material and videos.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Quizzes in Moodle, Excel workbooks, Exams

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions twice a week on campus

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Math: 40%
  Finance & Accounting: 60%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basics of Financial Management ECO001HH1AE-3037 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Can calculate and apply simple and compound interest calculations in various business cases,
  Knows how to analyze the income statement, balance sheet, and cost structure, and understands their cause-effect relationships
  Knows how to calculate key figures based on the financial information of a company and how to interpret them.
  Introduction to "3 P" model: profit, people and planet" with focus on the profit side of this.
  Knows the basics of cost-volume-profit analysis
  Knows basic pricing models and is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in pricing.
  The course includes various examples and business case of international companies.

  Contents

  Business Mathematics, simple and compound interest calculations
  Basics of Financial Accounting: Financial statements, Balance Sheet, and Income statement
  Basics of Managerial Accounting: Cost behavior, Cost Volume Profit, Break-even point, and related calculations
  Principles of pricing and VAT.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  1. The student is able to calculate basic simple and compound interest exercises. Is able to describe cost and profitability concepts and categories.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  3. The student is able to select and apply the correct interest calculation method. Is able to describe the core principles of management and financial accounting. Is able to describe the effects of business transactions on the company’s income statement, balance sheet and profitability. Is able to independently calculate the key figures of the income statement and balance sheet.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  5. The student Is able to apply simple and compound interest independently in various business cases. Is able to analyze and interpret the income statement and balance sheet as well as key figures based on them. Is able to make decisions based on financial information as well as combine theoretical and practical information. Is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in simple pricing.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Virtual course.
  All study and practice materials and tutorials are available in Moodle.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  There are Video tutorials, Sway documents and PowerPoint materials for study. In addition, for the accounting part, the following e-book is recommended and available online with HH credentials: Accounting and finance for non-specialists, Atrill, Peter McLaney, E. J., 11th edition. Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Arto Elomaa

  Working life connections

  During this course, we utilize various real-case examples from various countries.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two (2) exams for Finance & Accounting
  
  One exam for Business Math.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  During this course, we utilize various real-case examples from various countries. We also utilize a variety of international sources for learning material and videos.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Quizzes in Moodle, workbooks, Exams

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  This is a virtual course. It has to be completed between.23.10.2023 and 15.12.2023.
  Students are instructed to follow weekly schedule to be able to complete the course in the given time.

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  All quizzes are compulsory to unlock the exam. The Quizzes require 60% correct to pass.
  Only the exams are graded. The weight on the final grade is as followed
  Finance & Accounting: 60%
  Business Math: 40%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basics of Financial Management ECO001HH1AE-3038 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Can calculate and apply simple and compound interest calculations in various business cases,
  Knows how to analyze the income statement, balance sheet, and cost structure, and understands their cause-effect relationships
  Knows how to calculate key figures based on the financial information of a company and how to interpret them.
  Introduction to "3 P" model: profit, people and planet" with focus on the profit side of this.
  Knows the basics of cost-volume-profit analysis
  Knows basic pricing models and is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in pricing.
  The course includes various examples and business case of international companies.

  Contents

  Business Mathematics, simple and compound interest calculations
  Basics of Financial Accounting: Financial statements, Balance Sheet, and Income statement
  Basics of Managerial Accounting: Cost behavior, Cost Volume Profit, Break-even point, and related calculations
  Principles of pricing and VAT.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  1. The student is able to calculate basic simple and compound interest exercises. Is able to describe cost and profitability concepts and categories.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  3. The student is able to select and apply the correct interest calculation method. Is able to describe the core principles of management and financial accounting. Is able to describe the effects of business transactions on the company’s income statement, balance sheet and profitability. Is able to independently calculate the key figures of the income statement and balance sheet.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  5. The student Is able to apply simple and compound interest independently in various business cases. Is able to analyze and interpret the income statement and balance sheet as well as key figures based on them. Is able to make decisions based on financial information as well as combine theoretical and practical information. Is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in simple pricing.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Accounting & Finance: Lectures, team discussions, workbooks, quizzes and more...
  Business Mathematics: Flipped Classroom learning method, class exercises and quizzes.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Accounting and finance for non-specialists, Atrill, Peter McLaney, E. J., 11th edition. Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Jani Jokinen, Jutta Heikkilä

  Working life connections

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Timing of the exams will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.We also utilize a variety of international sources for the learning material and videos.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Quizzes in Moodle, Excel workbooks, Exams

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions twice a week on Pasila campus

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Finance & Accounting: 60%
  Business Mathematics: 40%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Brush up Business Mathematics ANA002HH1AE-3008 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  3 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - utilise equations and proportionality in problem solving
  - apply percentage calculations in basic calculations in their own field
  - use Excel efficiently in calculations

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The student will need to take Mathematics Placement test before taking this course.
  This course has to be completed before the key competence course Basics of Financial Management.
  This course is part of Haaga-Helia Key Competences.

  Contents

  - linear equations
  - direct and inverse proportionality
  - basic percentage calculations
  - change and comparison in percents
  - base value
  - percentage point
  - equations with powers
  - use of Excel in mathematics

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Face-to-face instruction.
  Class exercises and examples.
  Weekly homework exercises.
  Additional math support workshops available.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material available in Moodle

  Teachers

  Jutta Heikkilä

  Working life connections

  Examples and exercises are from the everyday business life.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Exam will be held on the last week of the course.
  
  Retakes are organized in the Exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Weekly homework exercises.

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Weekly contact session.

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  Virtual implementation and online implementation.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Homework exercises
  or
  Exam
  Evaluation: Pass/Fail

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 3 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Brush up Swedish SWE002HH1AE-3003 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  3 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successful completion the student is able to
  
  - make use of general vocabulary
  
  - express themself orally and in writing
  
  - understand elementary texts and simple speech
  
  - use the most central structures of Swedish
  
  - assess and develop their language learning skills
  
  - take part of the course Professional Swedish/Svenska för arbetslivet

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  To be able to successfully participate in this course, student needs to know the following knowledge, skills and tools:
  
  The course is intended for students who have not passed the placement test in Swedish. The course prepares the student for the Key Competence course Professional Swedish/Svenska för arbetslivet.
  
  The starting level of the course is A2 in the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages.

  Contents

  Grammar topics:
  
  - question asking words
  - time expressions and numbers
  - nouns
  - adjectives
  - verbs
  - personal pronouns
  - word order
  
  In addition to revising grammar and structures the student also practices vocabulary and expressions related to e.g. small talk and studies.

  Further information

  Obligatory assignments:
  
  - exam
  - written assignment
  - oral assignment
  - homework, Moodle quizzes, vocabulary tests
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions twice a week and independent study

  Learning material and recommended literature

  material on moodle as well as material handed out on lessons

  Teachers

  Pia Tapio

  Working life connections

  The course prepares students for the course Professional Swedish in which students learn essential Swedish communication skills related to their study field.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  TBA on Moodle before the course starts

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Swedish language skills are useful in Finland as well as in the other Nordic countries.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Weekly assignments
  Discussion
  Exam

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  TBA on Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  All parts of the course must be passed in order to receive the grade "pass" for the course.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 3 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Business Simulation ECO007AS2AE-3004 14.10.2024-18.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  During the course students will simulate a copy machine company in which they have the full responsibility as board members. Teams have to take both operative and strategic decisions for every period based on the provided business information and its’ analysis. Teams are expected to be able to justify their strategies and decisions fact based.
  Developing marketing strategies and implementing them, building a financial strategy and braking it down to day to day operations as well as using management accounting tools like product costing will be your daily business. Managing and motivating your workforce at an efficient level and keeping the production capacities in mind will complement your managerial tasks. The combination and alignment of those individual functional strategies to an overarching corporate strategy under time pressure will be your masterpiece. Your shareholders expect rising share prices and want to be updated on development after every period.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Ennen tämän opintojakson suorittamista opiskelijalla tulee olla suoritettuna Haaga-Helian yhteiset avainopinnot sekä tradenomin avainopinnot. (not translated)

  Contents

  In TOPSIM -business simulation teams must take decisions on several fields:
  • Corporate objectives and strategies
  • Sales: Competition analysis, marketing mix, product life cycles, product re-launches, new product launches, entering a new market, costing of special transactions, contribution margin accounting and market research reports as a basis of information for marketing decisions
  • R&D: Technology, ecology, value analysis
  • Procurement/ warehousing: Optimum order quantity
  • Manufacturing: Investment, disinvestment, in-house production or external procurement, capacity planning, ecological production, rationalisation, learning curve
  • HR: HR planning, qualification, productivity, absences, fluctuation
  • Finance and accounting: Cost type, cost centre, cost object accounting, gradual contribution margin accounting, financial planning, balance sheet recognition and income statement, cash flow, share price and company value, portfolio

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Organisaation toiminnot näyttäytyvät opiskelijalle irrallisina, prosessi ja kokonaisuus hahmottuvat vain osittain. Päätöksenteko perustuu yksipuoliseen tai satunnaiseen tietojen hyödyntämiseen. Opiskelija tarvitsee paljon tukea toimintaansa. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Opiskelija hahmottaa liiketoiminnan kokonaisuuden ja eri toimintojen väliset yhteydet. Tehdyt päätökset ovat perusteltuja. Opiskelijan toimii hyvin osana ryhmäänsä. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Opiskelija osoittaa erinomaista liiketoiminnan, prosessien ja syy-seuraussuhteiden ymmärrystä. Päätöksenteko perustuu monipuolisiin analyyseihin. Opiskelija on aktiivinen oman ryhmänsä työskentelyssä ja tuo panoksellaan selkeästi lisäarvoa yhteiselle tekemiselle. (not translated)

  Further information

  IN ENGLISH
  Introduction:
  
  https://cloud.topsim.com/index.php?id=10&L=1

  ---

  Teachers

  Timo Pöysti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  14.10.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • TR4HEECO2
  • CONTACT
  • TR4HEECO1
  • BLENDED
  • INTENSIVE
  • IBE5PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Business Simulation ECO007AS2AE-3005 17.03.2025-21.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  During the course students will simulate a copy machine company in which they have the full responsibility as board members. Teams have to take both operative and strategic decisions for every period based on the provided business information and its’ analysis. Teams are expected to be able to justify their strategies and decisions fact based.
  Developing marketing strategies and implementing them, building a financial strategy and braking it down to day to day operations as well as using management accounting tools like product costing will be your daily business. Managing and motivating your workforce at an efficient level and keeping the production capacities in mind will complement your managerial tasks. The combination and alignment of those individual functional strategies to an overarching corporate strategy under time pressure will be your masterpiece. Your shareholders expect rising share prices and want to be updated on development after every period.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Ennen tämän opintojakson suorittamista opiskelijalla tulee olla suoritettuna Haaga-Helian yhteiset avainopinnot sekä tradenomin avainopinnot. (not translated)

  Contents

  In TOPSIM -business simulation teams must take decisions on several fields:
  • Corporate objectives and strategies
  • Sales: Competition analysis, marketing mix, product life cycles, product re-launches, new product launches, entering a new market, costing of special transactions, contribution margin accounting and market research reports as a basis of information for marketing decisions
  • R&D: Technology, ecology, value analysis
  • Procurement/ warehousing: Optimum order quantity
  • Manufacturing: Investment, disinvestment, in-house production or external procurement, capacity planning, ecological production, rationalisation, learning curve
  • HR: HR planning, qualification, productivity, absences, fluctuation
  • Finance and accounting: Cost type, cost centre, cost object accounting, gradual contribution margin accounting, financial planning, balance sheet recognition and income statement, cash flow, share price and company value, portfolio

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Organisaation toiminnot näyttäytyvät opiskelijalle irrallisina, prosessi ja kokonaisuus hahmottuvat vain osittain. Päätöksenteko perustuu yksipuoliseen tai satunnaiseen tietojen hyödyntämiseen. Opiskelija tarvitsee paljon tukea toimintaansa. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Opiskelija hahmottaa liiketoiminnan kokonaisuuden ja eri toimintojen väliset yhteydet. Tehdyt päätökset ovat perusteltuja. Opiskelijan toimii hyvin osana ryhmäänsä. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Opiskelija osoittaa erinomaista liiketoiminnan, prosessien ja syy-seuraussuhteiden ymmärrystä. Päätöksenteko perustuu monipuolisiin analyyseihin. Opiskelija on aktiivinen oman ryhmänsä työskentelyssä ja tuo panoksellaan selkeästi lisäarvoa yhteiselle tekemiselle. (not translated)

  Further information

  IN ENGLISH
  Introduction:
  
  https://cloud.topsim.com/index.php?id=10&L=1

  ---

  Teachers

  Timo Pöysti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  17.03.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • TR4HEECO2
  • CONTACT
  • TR4HEECO1
  • BLENDED
  • INTENSIVE
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Business course TESTI1-3014 01.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Tähän osaamistavoitteet (not translated)

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Tähän Lähtötaso ja sidonnaisuudet muihin opintojaksoihin (not translated)

  Contents

  Tähän sisältö (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Arviointikriteeri - arvosana 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Arviointikriteeri - arvosana 3 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Arviointikriteeri - arvosana 5 (not translated)

  Further information

  Tähän Lisätiedot (not translated)

  ---

  Responsible person

  Elli Korpinen

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Tähän Oppimateriaalit (not translated)

  Campus

  Porvoo Campus

  Teaching language

  Finnish

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • VIRTUAL
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  0 - 10

  Degree Programme

  ATB Degree in Aviation and Tourism Business, RUOKA Degree Programme in Culinary Management, LEBUM Degree Programme in Leading Business Transformation, AVIBBA Aviation Business, INTBBA International Business, HOST Strategic Hospitality Management

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Corporate Planning

•     CRM and ERP for Sales SAL001AS2AE-3006 01.01.2025-30.05.2025  2 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales and business.
  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and makes use of basic business processes.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student can depict business processes using a process modelling program.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Entrepreneurship and Business Operations" and "Customer Experience and Sales" courses prior to "CRM and ERP for Sales" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in these courses. The course, however, can also be studied as an independent entity.

  Contents

  Completing order-to-cash, procure-to-pay and manufacturing business processing with ERP software
  Entry & update of leads, opportunities, quotes, and orders in a CRM system
  Sales pipeline and sales process in CRM
  Depicting business processes with a process modelling tool

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales.
  The student can satisfactorily depict business processes.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes from sales view.
  The student can use basic functionalities of ERP and CRM software.
  The student can depict business processes using process modelling tool.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes in sales, sales management and business in general.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student has a solid grasp of software functionalities in sales.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Available on course site/Moodle.

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Timo Rima

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2025 - 30.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 2 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     CRM and ERP for Sales SAL001AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales and business.
  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and makes use of basic business processes.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student can depict business processes using a process modelling program.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Entrepreneurship and Business Operations" and "Customer Experience and Sales" courses prior to "CRM and ERP for Sales" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in these courses. The course, however, can also be studied as an independent entity.

  Contents

  Completing order-to-cash, procure-to-pay and manufacturing business processing with ERP software
  Entry & update of leads, opportunities, quotes, and orders in a CRM system
  Sales pipeline and sales process in CRM
  Depicting business processes with a process modelling tool

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales.
  The student can satisfactorily depict business processes.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes from sales view.
  The student can use basic functionalities of ERP and CRM software.
  The student can depict business processes using process modelling tool.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes in sales, sales management and business in general.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student has a solid grasp of software functionalities in sales.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hannu Koikkalainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Contact, online and blended courses require attendance on sessions marked in schedule. If you are not present on over 25% of the sessions that require attendance, your grade is decreased by one number. If you are not present on over 50% of the session that require attendance, you will fail the course.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     CRM and ERP for Sales SAL001AS2AE-3004 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales and business.
  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and makes use of basic business processes.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student can depict business processes using a process modelling program.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Entrepreneurship and Business Operations" and "Customer Experience and Sales" courses prior to "CRM and ERP for Sales" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in these courses. The course, however, can also be studied as an independent entity.

  Contents

  Completing order-to-cash, procure-to-pay and manufacturing business processing with ERP software
  Entry & update of leads, opportunities, quotes, and orders in a CRM system
  Sales pipeline and sales process in CRM
  Depicting business processes with a process modelling tool

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales.
  The student can satisfactorily depict business processes.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes from sales view.
  The student can use basic functionalities of ERP and CRM software.
  The student can depict business processes using process modelling tool.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes in sales, sales management and business in general.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student has a solid grasp of software functionalities in sales.

  ---

  Teachers

  Markus Kauppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     CRM and ERP for Sales SAL001AS2AE-3005 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales and business.
  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and makes use of basic business processes.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student can depict business processes using a process modelling program.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Entrepreneurship and Business Operations" and "Customer Experience and Sales" courses prior to "CRM and ERP for Sales" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in these courses. The course, however, can also be studied as an independent entity.

  Contents

  Completing order-to-cash, procure-to-pay and manufacturing business processing with ERP software
  Entry & update of leads, opportunities, quotes, and orders in a CRM system
  Sales pipeline and sales process in CRM
  Depicting business processes with a process modelling tool

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales.
  The student can satisfactorily depict business processes.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes from sales view.
  The student can use basic functionalities of ERP and CRM software.
  The student can depict business processes using process modelling tool.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes in sales, sales management and business in general.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student has a solid grasp of software functionalities in sales.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hannu Koikkalainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Career Planning STU007HH1AE-3007 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  1 cr  (NONSTOP, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or a corresponding course, the student:
  - is able to search and utilize labour market data, e.g. information about salaries and employability in different fields, while planning one’s career
  - identifies one’s strengths and development areas in relation to career plan
  - recognizes different possibilities for further education
  - is able to create and develop a career plan
  - identifies the significance of career planning

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.
  
  This course is included in Keys to Studies and Career which is one of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  ---

  Teachers

  Anne Simpson

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 02.05.2025

  Groups

  • NONSTOP
  • IBE2PA1
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Chinese 1 CHI001AS2AE-3005 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Learning outcomes
  
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  - manage in basic oral everyday situations/ use the elementary structures of the language in basic everyday situations
  - master the Mandarin Pinyin transliteration system and the fundamentals of the Chinese writing system
  - recognize the basic cultural specificities of the Chinese speaking countries
  - recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  - plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisite course required

  Contents

  Content
  
  • Pronunciation & intonation of Mandarin Pinyin
  • Basic structures of the Language
  • Basic structures and the most common characters of the Chinese writing system
  • Small talk -situations
  • Introducing and telling the name, nationality, language skills, etc.
  • Ordering in a teahouse, cafe or a bar
  • Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the Chinese language with assistance in work and everyday life very basic situations. He/She needs more practice regarding the pronunciation, the written characters and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. He/She has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the Chinese language quite independently in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. He/She manages quite well regarding the pronunciation, the written characters and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. He/She has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the Chinese language independently in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. He/She performs very well with the pronunciation, the written characters and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. He/She has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hai Guo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBEB1PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • 3AMK
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • EXCH

  Seats

  30 - 55

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Chinese 1 CHI001AS2AE-3006 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Learning outcomes
  
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  - manage in basic oral everyday situations/ use the elementary structures of the language in basic everyday situations
  - master the Mandarin Pinyin transliteration system and the fundamentals of the Chinese writing system
  - recognize the basic cultural specificities of the Chinese speaking countries
  - recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  - plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisite course required

  Contents

  Content
  
  • Pronunciation & intonation of Mandarin Pinyin
  • Basic structures of the Language
  • Basic structures and the most common characters of the Chinese writing system
  • Small talk -situations
  • Introducing and telling the name, nationality, language skills, etc.
  • Ordering in a teahouse, cafe or a bar
  • Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the Chinese language with assistance in work and everyday life very basic situations. He/She needs more practice regarding the pronunciation, the written characters and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. He/She has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the Chinese language quite independently in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. He/She manages quite well regarding the pronunciation, the written characters and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. He/She has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the Chinese language independently in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. He/She performs very well with the pronunciation, the written characters and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. He/She has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hai Guo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE2PA3
  • EXCH
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  30 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Chinese 2 CHI002AS2AE-3005 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • handle everyday life and work situations orally
  • master the basic skills of reading and writing common Chinese characters and interpreting their original “pictogram stories” and structures
  • communicate in Chinese-speaking countries considering their special cultural characteristics
  • take into account cultural diversity
  • plan their future language studies and start their exchange abroad.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Chinese 1 course or equal knowledge

  Contents

  Content
  
  • discuss one’s own daily and weekly program
  • describe one’s living environment
  • manage in a restaurant or a shopping center
  • manage in renting a car or a bike
  • express one’s own opinion
  • digital communication in the language in Chinese
  • develop travel plans, booking a hotel and travelling
  • deepen one’s own cultural knowledge of Chinese-speaking countries and their cultures

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student knows how to use the Chinese language in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the basics of pronunciation, the most common language basics, the most common required written characters and partly also the course’s vocabulary. He/She knows some general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she has acquainted him/herself with the diversity of the Chinese-speaking environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student knows how to use the Chinese language quite independently and naturally in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics, majority of the required written characters and how to apply what he/she learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands the diversity of the Chinese-speaking environment much better than before.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student knows how to use the Chinese language quite independently and naturally in different every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics, almost all of the required written characters and he/she applies fearlessly what he/she has learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area very well and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands and is able to promote the diversity of the Chinese-speaking environment.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hai Guo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBE2PA1
  • IBEB1PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • 3AMK
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • EXCH

  Seats

  30 - 55

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Chinese 2 CHI002AS2AE-3006 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • handle everyday life and work situations orally
  • master the basic skills of reading and writing common Chinese characters and interpreting their original “pictogram stories” and structures
  • communicate in Chinese-speaking countries considering their special cultural characteristics
  • take into account cultural diversity
  • plan their future language studies and start their exchange abroad.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Chinese 1 course or equal knowledge

  Contents

  Content
  
  • discuss one’s own daily and weekly program
  • describe one’s living environment
  • manage in a restaurant or a shopping center
  • manage in renting a car or a bike
  • express one’s own opinion
  • digital communication in the language in Chinese
  • develop travel plans, booking a hotel and travelling
  • deepen one’s own cultural knowledge of Chinese-speaking countries and their cultures

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student knows how to use the Chinese language in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the basics of pronunciation, the most common language basics, the most common required written characters and partly also the course’s vocabulary. He/She knows some general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she has acquainted him/herself with the diversity of the Chinese-speaking environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student knows how to use the Chinese language quite independently and naturally in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics, majority of the required written characters and how to apply what he/she learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands the diversity of the Chinese-speaking environment much better than before.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student knows how to use the Chinese language quite independently and naturally in different every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics, almost all of the required written characters and he/she applies fearlessly what he/she has learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area very well and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands and is able to promote the diversity of the Chinese-speaking environment.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hai Guo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE2PA3
  • EXCH
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  30 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Chinese 3 CHI003AS2AE-3004 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Learning outcomes
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • manage in a variety of oral and written communication situations in work and everyday life
  • share their own skills.
  • communicate more fluently in Chinese-speaking countries, taking into account their cultural specificities
  • make use of information sources in the Chinese language and the language area
  • use the language more confidently and naturally.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Chinese 1 and Chinese 2 courses or equal knowledge

  Contents

  Content
  
  • introduction and acquaintance in formal situations
  • company presentations
  • business positions, rank and business card
  • job interviews
  • customer service situations
  • deepening knowledge of the country and culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but sometimes is difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement. The student knows the basic structures of the required characters and understands only part of the written characters required for the course.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is progressing consistently and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement. The student knows well the structures of the required characters and understands most of the written characters required for the course.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is structurally clear and fluent. His/Her skills in the oral and written Chinese correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations. The student not only masters the structures of the required characters but can also apply the knowledge in learning new characters. She/He understands almost all the written characters required for the course.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  • Meiru Liu 2006: Basic Business Chinese, Beijing University Press
  • The internet learning materials in Promentor
  • Handouts and materials provided by the teacher

  Teachers

  Elina Vannesluoma, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Chinese 3 CHI003AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (TR4HEINT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Learning outcomes
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • manage in a variety of oral and written communication situations in work and everyday life
  • share their own skills.
  • communicate more fluently in Chinese-speaking countries, taking into account their cultural specificities
  • make use of information sources in the Chinese language and the language area
  • use the language more confidently and naturally.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Chinese 1 and Chinese 2 courses or equal knowledge

  Contents

  Content
  
  • introduction and acquaintance in formal situations
  • company presentations
  • business positions, rank and business card
  • job interviews
  • customer service situations
  • deepening knowledge of the country and culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but sometimes is difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement. The student knows the basic structures of the required characters and understands only part of the written characters required for the course.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is progressing consistently and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement. The student knows well the structures of the required characters and understands most of the written characters required for the course.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is structurally clear and fluent. His/Her skills in the oral and written Chinese correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations. The student not only masters the structures of the required characters but can also apply the knowledge in learning new characters. She/He understands almost all the written characters required for the course.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hai Guo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • TR4HEINT
  • IBEB3PA1
  • IBE3PA3
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • IBE4PASCM
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE3PA2
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  30 - 55

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Chinese 4 CHI004AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (TR4HEINT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Learning Objectives
  
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • operate and communicate even more fluently in different oral and written situations in work life taking into account cultural characteristics
  • utilize different sources of information in Chinese society
  • understand Chinese business culture and business etiquette
  • apply language flexibly also in new situations
  • broaden and deepen their language skills also independently.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Chinese 1, Chinese 2 and Chinese 3 courses or equal knowledge

  Contents

  Contents
  
  • work life communication and related practices
  • telling about education and your own career plans
  • public relations communication
  • presentation on Chinese business culture in English and Chinese

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but sometimes is difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement. The student knows the structures of the required characters and understands only part of the written characters required for the course.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is progressing consistently and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement. The student knows well the structures of the required characters and understands most of the written characters required for the course.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is structurally clear and fluent. His/Her skills in the written and oral Chinese correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations. The student not only masters the structures of the required characters but can also apply the knowledge in learning new characters. She/He understands almost all the written characters required for the course.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hai Guo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • TR4HEINT
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • TR5HEINT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1
  • IBEB4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Seats

  30 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Circular Economy and Supply Chain Management COR008AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  - know the circular economy's linkages to supply chain management
  - identify feasible, ethical and resource efficient circular economy solutions
  - recognize principles of collecting, recycling, purchasing circular materials and further processing of
  materials (sustainable manufacturing)
  - assess various environmental impacts of circular economy and monitoring performance and
  environmental impacts with use of metrics of circular economy
  - know principles of 1SO 14001 environmental management system and new ISO Circular economy standard
  - assess various greenhouse gas emissions of transportation modes

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  - Basic business related courses completed

  Contents

  - Importance of supply chain management in circular economy
  - Processes from collection, recycling, circular sourcing, manufacturing
  - Greenhouse gazes of various transportation modes
  - Metrics related circular economy
  - Principles of ISO 14001 and ISO Circular economy standard

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - Is familiar with some supply chain processes for circular economy
  - Is aware of some metrics for circular economy for monitoring performance
  - Needs some help from others during team work

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - Develops some supply chain processes for circular economy
  - Is able to select some metrics for circular economy for monitoring performance
  - Contributes well to team work

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - Develops supply chain processes for circular economy in a holistic way
  - Selects critically relevant metrics for circular economy for monitoring performance
  - Facilitates team members during team work

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed. (not translated)

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is 100 % online, no contact sessions at Campuses.
  
  Note ! First online session is on Wed Aug. 21
  Read News in Moodle about preparations and a task before the first session.

  Teachers

  Soile Kallinen, Eeva Aarnio

  Campus

  Porvoo Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • DBE3PCDBI
  • IBE4PASCM
  • 3AMK
  • EXCH
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Further information

  This course follows Haaga-Helia's general attendance policy:
  
  " When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed."
  
  During this course, compulsory attendance means (total 10 online sessions) :
  
  If you are absent from the online contact sessions:
  
  A. more than 50% (if you participate only 4 times)
  
  -> your course performance will be rejected
  
  
  
  B. more than 25% (if you participate only 6 times)
  
  -> your final course grade will decrease by one grade.
  
  
  
  Passing the course therefore requires attendance at least 5 times.
  
  Attendance has no degrading effect on the grade if you attend at least 7 times.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Corporate Finance and Investment ECO016AS3AE-3001 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  You recognize and understand the effects of risk and return for an enterprise. You understand the role of finance function of a company and you can make financial decisions related investment decisions, financial instrument valuation and principles of corporate valuation.. You can show detailed understanding of the value based decisions.. You understand corporate control issues in different corporate funding situations based on alternative funding sources. You can evaluate capital investment proposals of a company by using different decision making tools..

  Contents

  Basic concepts of financial decision making tools in corporate finance and instrument valuation
  Alternative corporate financing sources
  Asset and Debt instrument valuation Equity and debt finance
  Capital investment decisions
  Cost of capital and capital structure issues
  Principles of corporate valuation

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria - grade 1
  
  You know the key concepts within the course scope, but are yet to develop the general view and the big picture of the subject matter.
  
  You can complete given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply knowledge
  
  You demonstrate some ability to perform skills and have basic knowledge, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria - grade 3
  
  You know the key concepts well and can explain how the theories and models function and the tools are used. You have a general view of the subject matter.
  
  You complete given tasks and assignments independently. You apply knowledge in hands-on business situations. You can critique your own practice and identify ways to improve.
  
  You demonstrate sufficient ability to perform skills and have basic to good knowledge. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria - grade 5
  
  You have a strong command of the key and related concepts. You can critically evaluate theories, models and tools. You can demonstrate explicit knowledge of the subject matter, and how it relates to other disciplines.
  
  You apply knowledge in demanding business situations. You can prioritize and critically select tools and methods for solving complex problems in the subject matter.
  
  You execute skills with natural proficiency and you have detailed and explicit knowledge. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Fundamentals or Principles of Corporate Finance (latest edition will be informed)
  
  Example: Global Edition, 4th edition, Pearson 2019 by Jonathan Berk, Peter De Marzo, Jarrad Harford
  Editor based material and accompanying exercises and examples associated to the book
  Assignments and exercises given by the teacher
  Guest lecturers and project/case study work

  Teachers

  Arto Elomaa, Mika Mustikainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • TR4HEECO3
  • CONTACT
  • TR4HEECO2
  • TR4HEECO1
  • IBE5PAACC
  • TR5HEECO2
  • TR5HEECO1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Corporate Meetings and Events SER021AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the course the student
  • Will be able to identify the theory and basics of event marketing, and business events as a part of an organization’s business operations and marketing strategies
  • Will be able to plan and arrange different corporate meetings and events
  • Will be able to master basic legislation pertaining to corporate meetings and events
  • Will be able to evaluate risks and opportunities in organizing an an event
  • Will be able to master formal meeting procedures for onsite and online meetings
  • Will be able to identify the importance of Annual General Meetings
  • Will be able to write meeting documents according to the document standards

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  -

  Contents

  • Professional corporate-level meetings and events
  • Legal requirements and safety regulations for meetings and events
  • Formal meeting documents

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can master knowledge and skills in practice at a satisfactory level, and is able to participate as a member of the group occasionally.
  The student masters meeting procedures at a satisfactory level. Most assignments have been completed but the analysis remains rather weak. The student has several absences and has been relatively passive during the lessons and has hardly contributed to the lessons.
  The student has basic knowledge of the planning process of a corporate business event.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can master knowledge and skills in practice at a good level, and is able to participate as a member of the group mostly in an active manner.
  The student masters meeting procedures at a good level. Most assignments have been completed according to instructions and returned on time. The student has participated in lessons on a regular basis. Students’ active participation has not been very strong. Questions and comments have remained occasional.
  The student has good knowledge of the planning process of a corporate business event.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can master knowledge and skills in practice at an excellent level, and is able to participate as a member of the group at an excellent level.
  The student masters meeting procedures at an excellent level. All the assignments have been completed according to instructions and returned on time. The assignments are clearly completed. The student has participated in almost all the lessons. The student has been very active and constructive. The student has strongly contributed to the lessons by asking questions and making comments.
  The student is able to master practical knowledge of the planning process of a corporate business event.

  Further information

  All parts of the course modules have to be passed during the term.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Eeva Särkilahti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Crisis Communication COM006AS3AE-3001 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or have acquired equivalent competence will be able to:
  - understand the specific nature of crisis communication from the perspective of organisations, communications professionals, public and media (traditional and social media)
  - identify key stakeholders and identify and categorize them
  - understand the importance and impact of crisis communication to the reputation and brand
  - analyse and implement different crisis response strategies
  - apply crisis communication approaches in the different phases of a crisis:pre-crisis, crisis and post-crisis
  - be able to develop a crisis communication plan

  Contents

  - Specific nature of Crisis Communication; objectives and challenges
  - Stakeholder management
  - Recognizing and identifying crises
  - Classification and prioritisation of crises
  - Planning crisis communication
  - Managing reputation and expectations
  - Theories and concepts of crisis communication
  - Crisis simulation exercises (excluded from virtual implementations) and workshops

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Students can describe concepts and methods related to crisis communication. He/she is able to identify internal and external issues that might lead potential crises. He / she is able to recognize the different stakeholders and their needs in a crisis and can plan crisis communication.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  In addition to the competences required for grade 1, students can monitor and anticipate the operating environment from a crisis communication perspective and understand the importance of crisis communication to stakeholder management, employees, the brand and reputation. He/she can create a crisis communication plan.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  In addition to the competences required for grade 3, students are able to apply different crisis response strategies and strategically justify chosen approaches. They are are able recognize and prioritize issues and plan communication accordingly. Ability to apply theoretical insights to the crisis communication plan is at a very good level and students demonstrate excellent commitment to the course schedule.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  In the beginning of the course, there is an easy motivational Exam that needs to be passed before continuing the course.
  
  The course consists of 6 modules:
  1. Introduction
  2. Stakeholder management
  3. Issue prioritization
  4. Expectation management
  5. Crisis Response Strategies
  6. Crisis Communication planning
  
  For each module there is an introductory lecture in Pasila, followed by individual or group assignments or exam where student applies modular theme to their chosen organization / brand.
  
  The course includes a compulsory assessment of one's own learning.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Coombs, W. T. 2007. Protecting Organization Reputations During a Crisis: The Development and Application of Situational Crisis Communication Theory. Corporate reputation review, 10(3), pp. 163-176
  
  Mitchell, R. K., Agle, B. R. & Wood, D. J. 1997. Toward a Theory of Stakeholder Identification and Salience: Defining the Principle of Who and What Really Counts. The Academy of Management review, 22(4), pp. 853-886
  
  Ferguson, D. P., Wallace, J. D. & Chandler, R. C. 2018. Hierarchical consistency of strategies in image repair theory: PR practitioners' perceptions of effective and preferred crisis communication strategies. Journal of public relations research, 30(5-6), pp. 251-272
  
  In addition, learning materials are published in Moodle and students must independently search for information about their chosen organizations / industries and crisis cases.

  Teachers

  Mirka Sunimento

  Working life connections

  Current cases and/or cases are discussed and analyzed and in assignments, students are encouraged to analyse cases relevant to own work / industry. Guest lectures.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No re-exam is available for the course.
  
  The course grade is determined on the basis of the introductory (Module 1) Exam, and on the basis of the assignments returned by the final DL, according to the evaluation criteria. After this, possible supplementing or raising the grade takes place in accordance with the degree regulations.
  
  Note! Repeated delays can also affect the course grade, because a grade of 5 requires that "The student stays on schedule."

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Learning material is international

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Assignment 1 Exam 0 - 15 points
  Assignment 2 Stakeholder Analysis 0 -10 points
  Assignment 3 Issue Prioritization 0 -10 points
  Assignment 4 Expectational Gaps 0 -15 points
  Assignment 5 Exam Crisis Response Strategies 0 - 20 points
  Assignment 6 A Crisis Communications Plan 0 - 20 points + Assignment 6 B Crisis Simulation 0 / 10 points
  
  Assignments 1, 5 and 6 A are individual assignments and other assignments are group assignments done during scheduled classes on Friday
  
  Total 100 points

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  See Lukkarikone. The 6 modules are:
  
  1. Introduction
  2. Stakeholder management
  3. Issue prioritization
  4. Expectation management
  5. Crisis Response Strategies
  6. Crisis Communication planning

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBE5PACOM
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL
  
  If you have gained skills matching your degree goals for example through work experience, volunteer work, hobbies or other studies than higher education, you can show your skills and competences through demonstrations. Contact Anna Kimberley to get instructions.
  
  WORK-BASED LEARNING
  
  You can complete elective studies through work-based learning, if your work tasks support your degree’s learning goals. Work-based learning at Haaga-Helia is called Work&Study. It means that skills required by the degree are gained by working and by connecting practical work with a theme-related knowledge base. In addition to paid work also volunteering or hobby activity can be used.
  
  If you want to discuss whether work-based learning is for you, contact Anna Kiblerley who will instruct you on how to proceed.

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Experience and Sales SAL001HH1AE-3040 06.01.2025-30.05.2025  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • is able to define sales processes and basic concepts
  • identifies customer needs and development targets
  • identifies and describes the stages of a sales process and can sell their own ideas
  • operates in a service-oriented manner and provides solutions to customer needs and understands the influence of culture in the sales process
  • is able to evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience, including ethics, sustainability and global megatrends.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This class is part of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  This class is structured around the following themes:
  - The sales function, sales roles and responsibilities, B2C vs. B2B
  - Sales process and typical sales cycle
  - FAB-analysis
  - Customer Experience and purchase process
  - Key elements of a successful sales interaction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can define sales-related concepts and processes and name sales-related goals. Identifies internal and external customers.
  • can describe the stages of a sales encounter and the factors that affect the customer experience.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • can formulate goals related to sales and customer encounters.
  • can collect information related to the customer experience from various data sources and channels. Understands the importance of long-term and profitable customer relationships in business.
  • can act in a service-oriented and customer-oriented manner in a sales situation.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspective of sustainable development and culture.
  • can present their own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student:
  • can evaluate sales and customer interaction goals.
  • can analyse customer needs to develop customer experience.
  • can act purposefully in a sales situation and produce various solutions to customers’ needs.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspectives of ethics, sustainable development and global megatrends.
  • can present his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Materials given out during the course
  - Armstrong, G., Kotler, P. & & Opresnik M.O.. Marketing: an introduction. 2020 (tai mahdollisimman tuore). Pearson.
  - Manning, Reese & Aherne. 2014 or later. Selling today. Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Timo Rima

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  06.01.2025 - 30.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Experience and Sales SAL001HH1AE-3024 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • is able to define sales processes and basic concepts
  • identifies customer needs and development targets
  • identifies and describes the stages of a sales process and can sell their own ideas
  • operates in a service-oriented manner and provides solutions to customer needs and understands the influence of culture in the sales process
  • is able to evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience, including ethics, sustainability and global megatrends.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This class is part of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  This class is structured around the following themes:
  - The sales function, sales roles and responsibilities, B2C vs. B2B
  - Sales process and typical sales cycle
  - FAB-analysis
  - Customer Experience and purchase process
  - Key elements of a successful sales interaction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can define sales-related concepts and processes and name sales-related goals. Identifies internal and external customers.
  • can describe the stages of a sales encounter and the factors that affect the customer experience.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • can formulate goals related to sales and customer encounters.
  • can collect information related to the customer experience from various data sources and channels. Understands the importance of long-term and profitable customer relationships in business.
  • can act in a service-oriented and customer-oriented manner in a sales situation.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspective of sustainable development and culture.
  • can present their own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student:
  • can evaluate sales and customer interaction goals.
  • can analyse customer needs to develop customer experience.
  • can act purposefully in a sales situation and produce various solutions to customers’ needs.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspectives of ethics, sustainable development and global megatrends.
  • can present his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Antti Leppilampi

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Experience and Sales SAL001HH1AE-3025 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • is able to define sales processes and basic concepts
  • identifies customer needs and development targets
  • identifies and describes the stages of a sales process and can sell their own ideas
  • operates in a service-oriented manner and provides solutions to customer needs and understands the influence of culture in the sales process
  • is able to evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience, including ethics, sustainability and global megatrends.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This class is part of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  This class is structured around the following themes:
  - The sales function, sales roles and responsibilities, B2C vs. B2B
  - Sales process and typical sales cycle
  - FAB-analysis
  - Customer Experience and purchase process
  - Key elements of a successful sales interaction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can define sales-related concepts and processes and name sales-related goals. Identifies internal and external customers.
  • can describe the stages of a sales encounter and the factors that affect the customer experience.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • can formulate goals related to sales and customer encounters.
  • can collect information related to the customer experience from various data sources and channels. Understands the importance of long-term and profitable customer relationships in business.
  • can act in a service-oriented and customer-oriented manner in a sales situation.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspective of sustainable development and culture.
  • can present their own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student:
  • can evaluate sales and customer interaction goals.
  • can analyse customer needs to develop customer experience.
  • can act purposefully in a sales situation and produce various solutions to customers’ needs.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspectives of ethics, sustainable development and global megatrends.
  • can present his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Leena Törmälä

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Experience and Sales SAL001HH1AE-3026 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • is able to define sales processes and basic concepts
  • identifies customer needs and development targets
  • identifies and describes the stages of a sales process and can sell their own ideas
  • operates in a service-oriented manner and provides solutions to customer needs and understands the influence of culture in the sales process
  • is able to evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience, including ethics, sustainability and global megatrends.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This class is part of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  This class is structured around the following themes:
  - The sales function, sales roles and responsibilities, B2C vs. B2B
  - Sales process and typical sales cycle
  - FAB-analysis
  - Customer Experience and purchase process
  - Key elements of a successful sales interaction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can define sales-related concepts and processes and name sales-related goals. Identifies internal and external customers.
  • can describe the stages of a sales encounter and the factors that affect the customer experience.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • can formulate goals related to sales and customer encounters.
  • can collect information related to the customer experience from various data sources and channels. Understands the importance of long-term and profitable customer relationships in business.
  • can act in a service-oriented and customer-oriented manner in a sales situation.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspective of sustainable development and culture.
  • can present their own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student:
  • can evaluate sales and customer interaction goals.
  • can analyse customer needs to develop customer experience.
  • can act purposefully in a sales situation and produce various solutions to customers’ needs.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspectives of ethics, sustainable development and global megatrends.
  • can present his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Ville Virtanen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA3

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Experience and Sales SAL001HH1AE-3027 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • is able to define sales processes and basic concepts
  • identifies customer needs and development targets
  • identifies and describes the stages of a sales process and can sell their own ideas
  • operates in a service-oriented manner and provides solutions to customer needs and understands the influence of culture in the sales process
  • is able to evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience, including ethics, sustainability and global megatrends.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This class is part of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  This class is structured around the following themes:
  - The sales function, sales roles and responsibilities, B2C vs. B2B
  - Sales process and typical sales cycle
  - FAB-analysis
  - Customer Experience and purchase process
  - Key elements of a successful sales interaction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can define sales-related concepts and processes and name sales-related goals. Identifies internal and external customers.
  • can describe the stages of a sales encounter and the factors that affect the customer experience.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • can formulate goals related to sales and customer encounters.
  • can collect information related to the customer experience from various data sources and channels. Understands the importance of long-term and profitable customer relationships in business.
  • can act in a service-oriented and customer-oriented manner in a sales situation.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspective of sustainable development and culture.
  • can present their own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student:
  • can evaluate sales and customer interaction goals.
  • can analyse customer needs to develop customer experience.
  • can act purposefully in a sales situation and produce various solutions to customers’ needs.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspectives of ethics, sustainable development and global megatrends.
  • can present his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Päivi Käri-Zein

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Experience and Sales SAL001HH1AE-3028 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • is able to define sales processes and basic concepts
  • identifies customer needs and development targets
  • identifies and describes the stages of a sales process and can sell their own ideas
  • operates in a service-oriented manner and provides solutions to customer needs and understands the influence of culture in the sales process
  • is able to evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience, including ethics, sustainability and global megatrends.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This class is part of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  This class is structured around the following themes:
  - The sales function, sales roles and responsibilities, B2C vs. B2B
  - Sales process and typical sales cycle
  - FAB-analysis
  - Customer Experience and purchase process
  - Key elements of a successful sales interaction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can define sales-related concepts and processes and name sales-related goals. Identifies internal and external customers.
  • can describe the stages of a sales encounter and the factors that affect the customer experience.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • can formulate goals related to sales and customer encounters.
  • can collect information related to the customer experience from various data sources and channels. Understands the importance of long-term and profitable customer relationships in business.
  • can act in a service-oriented and customer-oriented manner in a sales situation.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspective of sustainable development and culture.
  • can present their own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student:
  • can evaluate sales and customer interaction goals.
  • can analyse customer needs to develop customer experience.
  • can act purposefully in a sales situation and produce various solutions to customers’ needs.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspectives of ethics, sustainable development and global megatrends.
  • can present his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Anu Nieminen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Insight and Marketing MAR001HH1AE-3055 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  - Can define basic concepts and processes of marketing
  - Can describe customer-centric orientation, brand and service promises
  - Knows how to utilise different sources and channels to find information that supports global customer understanding
  - Can describe customer needs and customer journeys
  - Can recognise the importance of cultural background in developing customer insights
  - Knows how to recognise competitive means of marketing and can apply them in an ethical, responsible and sustainable manner

  Contents

  - Comprehensive understanding of consumer behavior and customer-related data to draw customer insights
  - Comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the Marketing Mix/4Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), and extended to the 7Ps (People, Physical Evidence & Processes) to develop a holistic marketing strategy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basic concepts, processes and the main goals of marketing. Understands the importance of customer focus in operations. Can describe the competitive means and customer needs in marketing. Can name global sources and channels from which customer related information is available.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Can formulate marketing goals and understand the importance of branding and the service promise. Can compare competitive means of marketing and understands their connection to marketing and sales goals. Understands the principles of sustainable development, and the influence of culture on marketing and sales. Can collect information that supports customer insights from various sources. Can develop solutions to customer needs and communicate his or her own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Can justify the advantages and challenges of different means of competition and apply them to achieve marketing and sales goals. Is able to analyse the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in marketing. Understands the influence of culture in marketing and sales. The student is able to analyse customer needs and use marketing measures to develop added value for the customer and to communicate his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  All learning materials are located in the Moodle platform. They include presentations, tasks, assignments, case studies, articles, videos and quizzes.
  
  The consumer behavior section of the course is based on the following:
  Solomon, M. 2020. 13th ed. Consumer Behavior: Buying, Having, and Being. Pearson. E-book.
  URL: https://www.vlebooks.com/Product/Index/1709998?page=0
  
  The marketing mix/7Ps section of the course is based on the following:
  Kotler, P. & Keller, K. 2016. 15th ed. Marketing Management. Pearson. E-book.
  URL: https://www.vlebooks.com/Product/Index/627277?page=0

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Kevin Gore

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Customer Insight and Marketing MAR001HH1AE-3039 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  - Can define basic concepts and processes of marketing
  - Can describe customer-centric orientation, brand and service promises
  - Knows how to utilise different sources and channels to find information that supports global customer understanding
  - Can describe customer needs and customer journeys
  - Can recognise the importance of cultural background in developing customer insights
  - Knows how to recognise competitive means of marketing and can apply them in an ethical, responsible and sustainable manner

  Contents

  - Comprehensive understanding of consumer behavior and customer-related data to draw customer insights
  - Comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the Marketing Mix/4Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), and extended to the 7Ps (People, Physical Evidence & Processes) to develop a holistic marketing strategy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basic concepts, processes and the main goals of marketing. Understands the importance of customer focus in operations. Can describe the competitive means and customer needs in marketing. Can name global sources and channels from which customer related information is available.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Can formulate marketing goals and understand the importance of branding and the service promise. Can compare competitive means of marketing and understands their connection to marketing and sales goals. Understands the principles of sustainable development, and the influence of culture on marketing and sales. Can collect information that supports customer insights from various sources. Can develop solutions to customer needs and communicate his or her own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Can justify the advantages and challenges of different means of competition and apply them to achieve marketing and sales goals. Is able to analyse the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in marketing. Understands the influence of culture in marketing and sales. The student is able to analyse customer needs and use marketing measures to develop added value for the customer and to communicate his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  12 lectures on customer insight and marketing
  Course tasks during lectures and self study
  2 group assignments with PPT presentations and 3 individual automatized Exams
  Test your knowledge quizzes on lectured topics

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Planforms Moodle and Teams (marketing project)

  Teachers

  Timo Rima

  Working life connections

  Desk top study project for improving for improving the Customer insights and marketing for a real-life company

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  1 retake for each of the 3 exams during the course

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Project work for a company to benchmark and improve the marketing for international markets

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Assigment 1 Customer persona and the buyer's journey
  Assignment 2 7P's of marketing

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  25.3.2024-17.5.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL as instructed in Peppi
  / agree with the teacher

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Preassigment week -1-0
  Attendance 10% weeks 1-8
  Assignment 1 25% weeks 1-4
  Exam 1 10% week 3
  Exam 2 10% week 5
  Assignment 2 20% weeks 5-8
  Exam 3 25% week 8
  These assignments assessed in Moodle for max 100poins
  One grade in Peppi as follows
  more that 90 equals 5
  more that 80 equals 4
  more that 70 equals 3
  more that 60 equals 2
  more that 50 equals 1

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Insight and Marketing MAR001HH1AE-3040 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA2, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  - Can define basic concepts and processes of marketing
  - Can describe customer-centric orientation, brand and service promises
  - Knows how to utilise different sources and channels to find information that supports global customer understanding
  - Can describe customer needs and customer journeys
  - Can recognise the importance of cultural background in developing customer insights
  - Knows how to recognise competitive means of marketing and can apply them in an ethical, responsible and sustainable manner

  Contents

  - Comprehensive understanding of consumer behavior and customer-related data to draw customer insights
  - Comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the Marketing Mix/4Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), and extended to the 7Ps (People, Physical Evidence & Processes) to develop a holistic marketing strategy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basic concepts, processes and the main goals of marketing. Understands the importance of customer focus in operations. Can describe the competitive means and customer needs in marketing. Can name global sources and channels from which customer related information is available.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Can formulate marketing goals and understand the importance of branding and the service promise. Can compare competitive means of marketing and understands their connection to marketing and sales goals. Understands the principles of sustainable development, and the influence of culture on marketing and sales. Can collect information that supports customer insights from various sources. Can develop solutions to customer needs and communicate his or her own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Can justify the advantages and challenges of different means of competition and apply them to achieve marketing and sales goals. Is able to analyse the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in marketing. Understands the influence of culture in marketing and sales. The student is able to analyse customer needs and use marketing measures to develop added value for the customer and to communicate his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Veera Nguyen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Insight and Marketing MAR001HH1AE-3041 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  - Can define basic concepts and processes of marketing
  - Can describe customer-centric orientation, brand and service promises
  - Knows how to utilise different sources and channels to find information that supports global customer understanding
  - Can describe customer needs and customer journeys
  - Can recognise the importance of cultural background in developing customer insights
  - Knows how to recognise competitive means of marketing and can apply them in an ethical, responsible and sustainable manner

  Contents

  - Comprehensive understanding of consumer behavior and customer-related data to draw customer insights
  - Comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the Marketing Mix/4Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), and extended to the 7Ps (People, Physical Evidence & Processes) to develop a holistic marketing strategy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basic concepts, processes and the main goals of marketing. Understands the importance of customer focus in operations. Can describe the competitive means and customer needs in marketing. Can name global sources and channels from which customer related information is available.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Can formulate marketing goals and understand the importance of branding and the service promise. Can compare competitive means of marketing and understands their connection to marketing and sales goals. Understands the principles of sustainable development, and the influence of culture on marketing and sales. Can collect information that supports customer insights from various sources. Can develop solutions to customer needs and communicate his or her own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Can justify the advantages and challenges of different means of competition and apply them to achieve marketing and sales goals. Is able to analyse the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in marketing. Understands the influence of culture in marketing and sales. The student is able to analyse customer needs and use marketing measures to develop added value for the customer and to communicate his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Veera Nguyen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Insight and Marketing MAR001HH1AE-3042 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  - Can define basic concepts and processes of marketing
  - Can describe customer-centric orientation, brand and service promises
  - Knows how to utilise different sources and channels to find information that supports global customer understanding
  - Can describe customer needs and customer journeys
  - Can recognise the importance of cultural background in developing customer insights
  - Knows how to recognise competitive means of marketing and can apply them in an ethical, responsible and sustainable manner

  Contents

  - Comprehensive understanding of consumer behavior and customer-related data to draw customer insights
  - Comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the Marketing Mix/4Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), and extended to the 7Ps (People, Physical Evidence & Processes) to develop a holistic marketing strategy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basic concepts, processes and the main goals of marketing. Understands the importance of customer focus in operations. Can describe the competitive means and customer needs in marketing. Can name global sources and channels from which customer related information is available.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Can formulate marketing goals and understand the importance of branding and the service promise. Can compare competitive means of marketing and understands their connection to marketing and sales goals. Understands the principles of sustainable development, and the influence of culture on marketing and sales. Can collect information that supports customer insights from various sources. Can develop solutions to customer needs and communicate his or her own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Can justify the advantages and challenges of different means of competition and apply them to achieve marketing and sales goals. Is able to analyse the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in marketing. Understands the influence of culture in marketing and sales. The student is able to analyse customer needs and use marketing measures to develop added value for the customer and to communicate his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Antti Leppilampi, Yi Xue

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Insight and Marketing MAR001HH1AE-3043 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  - Can define basic concepts and processes of marketing
  - Can describe customer-centric orientation, brand and service promises
  - Knows how to utilise different sources and channels to find information that supports global customer understanding
  - Can describe customer needs and customer journeys
  - Can recognise the importance of cultural background in developing customer insights
  - Knows how to recognise competitive means of marketing and can apply them in an ethical, responsible and sustainable manner

  Contents

  - Comprehensive understanding of consumer behavior and customer-related data to draw customer insights
  - Comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the Marketing Mix/4Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), and extended to the 7Ps (People, Physical Evidence & Processes) to develop a holistic marketing strategy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basic concepts, processes and the main goals of marketing. Understands the importance of customer focus in operations. Can describe the competitive means and customer needs in marketing. Can name global sources and channels from which customer related information is available.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Can formulate marketing goals and understand the importance of branding and the service promise. Can compare competitive means of marketing and understands their connection to marketing and sales goals. Understands the principles of sustainable development, and the influence of culture on marketing and sales. Can collect information that supports customer insights from various sources. Can develop solutions to customer needs and communicate his or her own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Can justify the advantages and challenges of different means of competition and apply them to achieve marketing and sales goals. Is able to analyse the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in marketing. Understands the influence of culture in marketing and sales. The student is able to analyse customer needs and use marketing measures to develop added value for the customer and to communicate his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Veera Nguyen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Data Analytics with Python ANA001AS2AE-3001 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon completion of the course, the student will:
  • Identify data sources and assess their suitability for business needs.
  • Understand the stages of data preparation, modeling, and forecasting.
  • Understand the fundamental concepts of machine learning and artificial intelligence.
  • Master methods of descriptive and explanatory analytics.
  • Be able to utilize various visualization and reporting techniques.
  • Understand the concept of information design.

  Contents

  Content
  • Data analytics based on process thinking
  • Methods for descriptive and explanatory analytics.
  • Analysis and forecasting of time series data.
  • Models for predictive analytics and machine learning.
  • Applied examples using Python.
  • Tools for visualization and reporting.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student understands the data analytics process and can apply it, instructed by the teacher, to a business problem. The student understands the following concepts: descriptive, predictive and prescriptive analytics as well as the characteristics of advanced data and is able to solve simple business questions, guided by the teacher.
  
  The student is able to derive and visualize dashboards, scorecards and publish those using related digital tools. The students is able to apply one or some forecasting algorithms to a business problem, instructed by the teacher. The students is able to assess the reliability and relevance of business reports.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student understands the data analytics process and can apply it independently to a simple business problem. The student understands the following concepts: descriptive, predictive and prescriptive analytics as well as the characteristics of advanced data and is able to solve simple business questions independently.
  
  The students is able to derive and visualize dashboards, scorecards and publish them using related digital tools. The student is able to apply independently one or some forecasting algorithms to a business problem. The students is able to assess the reliability and relevance of business reports.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student understands the data analytics process and can apply it to a slightly complicated business problem. The student understands the following concepts: descriptive, predictive and prescriptive analytics as well as the characteristics of advanced data and is able to solve demanding business questions.
  
  The student is able to derive and visualize dashboards, scorecards and publish them using related digital tools. The student is able to apply independently several forecasting algorithms to different business problems. The student is able to assess the reliability and relevance of business reports.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Using Python in data analytics is learned under the guidance of a teacher.
  
  Previous coding experience is not required.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course material will be available in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Toni Ernvall

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  There are three exercises. Their topics cover descriptive analytics, diagnostic analytics, time series and machine learning.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • ITE4PAICB1
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Final grade is the average of assignment grades rounded to integer. All assignments must be passed.

  Degree Programme

  ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (IT)

•     Data Analytics with Python ANA001AS2AE-3002 14.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon completion of the course, the student will:
  • Identify data sources and assess their suitability for business needs.
  • Understand the stages of data preparation, modeling, and forecasting.
  • Understand the fundamental concepts of machine learning and artificial intelligence.
  • Master methods of descriptive and explanatory analytics.
  • Be able to utilize various visualization and reporting techniques.
  • Understand the concept of information design.

  Contents

  Content
  • Data analytics based on process thinking
  • Methods for descriptive and explanatory analytics.
  • Analysis and forecasting of time series data.
  • Models for predictive analytics and machine learning.
  • Applied examples using Python.
  • Tools for visualization and reporting.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student understands the data analytics process and can apply it, instructed by the teacher, to a business problem. The student understands the following concepts: descriptive, predictive and prescriptive analytics as well as the characteristics of advanced data and is able to solve simple business questions, guided by the teacher.
  
  The student is able to derive and visualize dashboards, scorecards and publish those using related digital tools. The students is able to apply one or some forecasting algorithms to a business problem, instructed by the teacher. The students is able to assess the reliability and relevance of business reports.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student understands the data analytics process and can apply it independently to a simple business problem. The student understands the following concepts: descriptive, predictive and prescriptive analytics as well as the characteristics of advanced data and is able to solve simple business questions independently.
  
  The students is able to derive and visualize dashboards, scorecards and publish them using related digital tools. The student is able to apply independently one or some forecasting algorithms to a business problem. The students is able to assess the reliability and relevance of business reports.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student understands the data analytics process and can apply it to a slightly complicated business problem. The student understands the following concepts: descriptive, predictive and prescriptive analytics as well as the characteristics of advanced data and is able to solve demanding business questions.
  
  The student is able to derive and visualize dashboards, scorecards and publish them using related digital tools. The student is able to apply independently several forecasting algorithms to different business problems. The student is able to assess the reliability and relevance of business reports.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  In the classroom or online classes, one will learn the basics of data analytics using Python coding under the guidance of a teacher. Students can also study independently with the help of ready-made examples.
  
  No previous coding experience is required.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  https://1u.fi/hhjuhanurmonen (available via vdi)

  Teachers

  Veijo Vänttinen, Juha Nurmonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  14.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  The implementation includes individual tasks where the skills learned are applied. The topics of the tasks include
  
  Descriptive analytics
  Diagnostic analytics
  Time series description and analysis
  Time series forecasting
  Predictive analytics and machine learning models

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Period 2, Autumn 2024

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • DBE5PCDBI
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • BLENDED
  • IBE5PACOM
  • IBE5PAACC

  Alternative learning methods

  The implementation allows one to participate in common teaching according to your own skills. The course material supports indivudual learning.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Individual assignments are assessed and each contributes its own weight to the final grade. Each individual assignment must be passed according to the criteria given in the implementation during the same course implementation.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Data-Driven Marketing MAR002AS2AE-3008 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE5PAMAR, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course, the student:
  - can explain the central concepts, practices and systems in data-driven marketing.
  - can describe how visitor data drawn from digital channels (home pages, search engines and social media channels) can be analyzed and used for customer insights and decision making in marketing.
  - can plan personalized marketing based on collected data as well as set objectives and metrics.
  - will complete a certification in data-driven marketing.
  - is able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in the handling of data.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Starting level: Customer Insights and Marketing as well as Customer Experience and Sales should be completed beforehand. This course is part of the Marketing and Communication specialization learning path for the Bachelor's Degree in Business.

  Contents

  - The importance and use of data in the development of marketing, including marketing research
  - How the use of data drives marketing nowadays
  - Artificial Intelligence, automation and robotics as part of marketing
  - The fundamentals of data-driven marketing

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can define the basic concepts and tools used in data-driven marketing. With assistance, the student can find the necessary information and analyze data as the starting point in marketing.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can define the tools used in data-driven marketing as well as interpret the collected data. The student can find the necessary information and both analyze and make use of data as the starting point in marketing. The student understands the importance of measuring data and tracking for both customer insights and marketing.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can define data-driven marketing and its special features with mastery. The student is able to competently find essential information, and s/he can independently analyze and make use of data in marketing. S/he can select the appropriate metrics and make suggestions for improvement. The student can professionally communicate solutions.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a virtual implementation. Students go through the course material and complete the assignments at their own pace and no lectures are offered with mandatory attendance.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Chaffey, Dave & Ellis-Chadwick, Fiona, 2022. Digital Marketing 8th Edition.
  Available as e-book in Haaga-Helia library.
  
  Driscoll Miller, J, Lim, J. & Meerman Scott, D. 2020. Data-First Marketing : How to Compete and Win in the Age of Analytics. John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated.
  Available as e-book in Haaga-Helia library.
  
  Haimowitz, I.J., Verhoef, P.C., Kooge, E., Walk, N. & Wiering, N. 2022. Data analytics for business : lessons for sales, marketing, and strategy. Routledge. Second edition.
  
  Järvinen, J. & Karjaluoto, H. (2015). The use of web analytics for digital marketing performance measurement. Industrial Marketing Management, Vol. 50, pp. 117-127.

  Teachers

  Maria Vickholm

  Working life connections

  Material and assignments from and for real case organizations.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam, only assignments.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  All material, examples and assignments are created for international students and from a global perspective.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Aiming for grades 1-2 (individual work)
  
  - Review of the material and related multiple-choice review (max. 50 points, to be taken at the end of the course)
  - Self-reflection exercise (max. 10 points, to be completed at the end of the course)
  
  Aiming for grade 3 (to be done individually)
  
  - Review of the material and related multiple-choice review (max. 50 points, to be taken at the end of the course)
  - Self-reflection exercise (max. 10 points, to be completed at the end of the course)
  - Google Fundamentals of Digital Marketing certification (max. 10 points)
  
  Aiming for grades 4-5 (to be done individually and in groups)
  
  Individual work:
  - Review of online material and related multiple-choice review (max. 50 points, to be completed at the end of the course)
  - Self-reflection exercise (max 10 points, to be completed at the end of the course)
  - Google Fundamentals of Digital Marketing certification (max. 10 points)
  
  Group work:
  
  - Data-driven marketing analysis of a case study (max. 30 points)

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Will be defined later

  Groups

  • IBE5PAMAR
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  Work & Study or RPL
  
  If you feel that you have already attained the competence level required for this course, such as through previous work experience, you can get the credits through Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). For more information on either Work & Study or RPL, contact the responsible teacher.

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  Grading scale
  
  90 - 100 points = 5
  71 - 89 points = 4
  61 - 70 points = 3
  51 - 60 points = 2
  40 - 50 points = 1

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Data-Driven Marketing MAR002AS2AE-3007 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBEB5PAMAR, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course, the student:
  - can explain the central concepts, practices and systems in data-driven marketing.
  - can describe how visitor data drawn from digital channels (home pages, search engines and social media channels) can be analyzed and used for customer insights and decision making in marketing.
  - can plan personalized marketing based on collected data as well as set objectives and metrics.
  - will complete a certification in data-driven marketing.
  - is able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in the handling of data.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Starting level: Customer Insights and Marketing as well as Customer Experience and Sales should be completed beforehand. This course is part of the Marketing and Communication specialization learning path for the Bachelor's Degree in Business.

  Contents

  - The importance and use of data in the development of marketing, including marketing research
  - How the use of data drives marketing nowadays
  - Artificial Intelligence, automation and robotics as part of marketing
  - The fundamentals of data-driven marketing

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can define the basic concepts and tools used in data-driven marketing. With assistance, the student can find the necessary information and analyze data as the starting point in marketing.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can define the tools used in data-driven marketing as well as interpret the collected data. The student can find the necessary information and both analyze and make use of data as the starting point in marketing. The student understands the importance of measuring data and tracking for both customer insights and marketing.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can define data-driven marketing and its special features with mastery. The student is able to competently find essential information, and s/he can independently analyze and make use of data in marketing. S/he can select the appropriate metrics and make suggestions for improvement. The student can professionally communicate solutions.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Lecture materials
  - Subject-related literature
  - Other relevant material

  Teachers

  Mia Roos

  Campus

  Porvoo Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB5PAMAR
  • DBE3PCDBI
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • EXCH

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Defence Force Leadership Training HRL014AS3AE-3002 01.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  Recognize and assess one's own management and leadership skills.
  Name development areas in one's own management and leadership skills.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  The prerequisite is to have completed the Finnish Defense Forces non-commissioned officer (AUK) or reserve officer (RUK) training.
  
  This is a demonstration implementation. DEMO implementations do not contain any tuition or classes. Other type of implementations are not possible. The demonstration is performed in Moodle.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Management and leadership books and professional management and leadership articles.

  Teachers

  Piia Heikkilä

  Working life connections

  Finnish defense forces leadership training

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam. Demonstration (essay and certificate of leadership training) will be returned to Moodle.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Learning assignments

  Demonstration is completed by writing a reflective essay and returning a certificate of completed leadership training.

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 31.05.2025

  Content scheduling

  You can return the demonstration assignments at a time that suits you best. Demonstrations are evaluated monthly.

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration implementation. The prerequisite is to have completed the Finnish Defense Forces non-commissioned officer (AUK) or reserve officer (RUK) training.

  Seats

  0 - 200

  Further information

  The demonstartion is evaluated on a scale of accepted - rejected.

  Degree Programme

  EXPER Hospitality and Tourism Experience Management, DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, COACH Sports Coaching and Management, ITBBA Business Information Technology, STEM Sustainable Tourism and Event Management, AVIBBA Aviation Business, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Developing Professional Competencies 1 SER029AS2AE-3004 02.09.2024-28.02.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  During the course the student develops their professional competences in accordance with the objectives of their personal study plan. The specific learning objectives are agreed on an individual basis for each course implementation by the student or student group and the teacher of the course.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisites are determined for each course implementation.

  Contents

  The contents are planned to fit the implementation and student needs. For example:
  
  - A commissioned project
  - Planning and/or attending an event
  - Participating in a competition
  - Demonstrating and strengthening competences in accordance with a specific standard or certificate

  Further information

  Learning environments are determined for each course implementation,

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Project based course. The project is about planning and organizing Duuniin.net 2025.
  Duuniin.net is Haaga-Helia's the biggest recruiting event, and will be held at Pasila campus, with over 40 companies and 800+ students participating every year.
  
  The event organization will take place in small teams based on the student´s background, study program and interest. The course requires the students to work individually with their teams. Regular team meetings with teachers will happen in every second week, where questions can be discussed.
  
  Depending on the team the student chooses students participate in different activities like:
  - planning, organizing, producing and wrapping up the event
  - budgeting
  - contacting companies
  - marketing for students and companies
  - event management
  - professional communication with stakeholders within and outside of Haaga-Helia

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Agreed on an individual or a group basis.
  Materials agreed with students.

  Teachers

  Timo Lampikoski, Eszter Pienluoto, Jukka Väyrynen

  Working life connections

  Communicating with and marketing to companies, depending on student's team.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course is implemented with Finnish and international students collaborating in teams.
  The language of the course is Finnish and English, depending on the member of the teams.

  Timing

  02.09.2024 - 28.02.2025

  Learning assignments

  Event management diary: summary of what the student did during the course and what did they learn.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 27.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Course starts in September 2024, and ends in February 2025.
  
  The kick-off meeting is held on 5th September 2024 15.00-17.00. Participation on the kick-off meeting is mandatory, as the schedule and small teams for the rest of the course will be decided then.
  
  The course is about producing Duuniin.net recruitment event, which takes place at Pasila campus on 29th January 2025. Active presence on this event as well as the preparation on the day before (28th January 2025) is mandatory.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED

  Seats

  1 - 20

  Further information

  Course starts in September 2024, and ends in February 2025.
  
  The kick-off meeting is held on 5th September 2024 15.00-17.00. Participation on the kick-off meeting is mandatory, as the schedule and teams for the rest of the course will be decided then.
  
  The course is about organizing Duuniin.net recruitment event, which takes place in Pasila campus on 29th January 2025. Presence on this event as well as the preparation on the day before (28th January 2025) is mandatory.

  Degree Programme

  EXPER Hospitality and Tourism Experience Management, DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Digital Platforms and Channels to Global Markets ENT015AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon completion of the course, the student is able to
  - analyse different digital channels and platforms from the point of an SME
  - understand the principals of digital platform business and evaluate the opportunities of platforms for an SME
  - do market research on digital channels in a given market area
  - develop a plan for the digital channels of an internationalizing SME with value-adding solutions
  - work with a commissioning company, respond to their feedback and take command over project communication, reporting and project management

  Contents

  Analysis of the target market digital channels
  Online learning courses relevant to the digital marketing and channels (HubSpot, Google Analytics,)
  Project of the commissioning company
  Learning assignments

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - The student understands some e-commerce and digital marketing options in international markets. The student participates in analyzing, evaluating, innovating and presenting new value-adding solutions for a client SME.
  - The student show limited responsibility for the client project including communication with the client, alterations to the project based on client demands, incorporating client needs in the project and reporting to the client.
  - The student follows the given project schedule

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - The student understands the e-commerce and digital marketing options in international markets.
  - The student analyses, evaluates, innovates and presents new value-adding solutions for a client SME.
  - The student assumes professional responsibility for the client project including communication with the client, alterations to the project based on client demands, incorporating client needs in the project and reporting to the client.
  - The student uses some professional project management tools and can manage the project keeping it on schedule and on target.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - The student shows deep understanding of the e-commerce and digital marketing options in international markets.
  - The student has an advanced ability to analyse, evaluate, innovate and present new value-adding solutions for a client SME.
  - The student takes full professional responsibility for the client project including communication with the client, alterations to the project based on client demands, incorporating client needs in the project and reporting to the client.
  - The student uses relevant professional project management tools and can manage the project keeping it on schedule and on target.

  ---

  Teachers

  Irma Mäkäräinen-Suni

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • BLENDED
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH
  • TR5HEENT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     Employee Experience HRL011AS3AE-3001 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, you
  Know what constructs a positive employee experience.
  Know the objectives, elements, tools and processes of performance management, competence development and rewarding and can analyse their functionality and suggest improvements.
  You understand how employees can be motivated and engaged through total reward management.
  You can use different methods to measure and analyse employee experience.

  Contents

  - Employee experience
  - Employee engagement
  - Assessing and measuring key people processes in employee experience: competence development, performance management, rewarding and wellbeing.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You know the key concepts within the course’s scope, but are yet to develop the general view and the big picture of the subject matter.
  You can complete given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply knowledge.
  You demonstrate some ability to perform skills and have basic knowledge, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You know the key concepts well and can explain how the theories and models function and the tools are used. You have a general view of the subject matter.
  You complete given tasks and assignments independently. You apply knowledge in hands-on business related situations. You can critique your own practice and identify ways to improve.
  You demonstrate sufficient ability to perform skills and have basic to good knowledge. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You have a strong command of the key and related concepts. You can critically evaluate theories, models and tools. You can demonstrate explicit knowledge of the subject matter, and how it relates to other disciplines.
  You apply knowledge in demanding business related situations. You can prioritize and critically select tools and methods for solving complex problems in the subject matter.
  You execute skills with natural proficiency and you have detailed and explicit knowledge. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course will be held as an onsite implementation. Weekly meetings include lectures, visitor presentations and course assignments.
  We meet on Tuesday evenings starting at 17:40 and ending at 20:30 at the Pasila Campus.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Learning material and recommended literature are to be published later.

  Teachers

  Margit Suurnäkki

  Working life connections

  Case studies and visitor presentations.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  There is no examination during this implementation.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Learning materials and recommended reading are in English and include international case examples.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Passing the course will require completing course assignments (individual and group assignments).

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  There will be 8 sessions. We meet every Tuesday evening (from 17:40 to 20:30) at the Pasila Campus.
  
  Schedule:
  August 20
  August 27
  September 3
  September 10
  September 17
  September 24
  October 1
  October 8

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • IBEB5PAHRL
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Employer Branding and Talent Acquisition HRL010AS3AE-3002 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or acquired similar skills will be able to
  Gains the knowledge and skills necessary to build and analyze an attractive employer brand and to acquire the best candidates to an organization.
  Is able to identify the core elements of employer branding; content, tools and channels matching the organizations mission, vision and strategy.
  Understands how the importance of corporate social responsibility (CSR) influences to employer branding.
  Understand the role of ERS (ethical, responsible, and sustainable) in recruitment and employee assessment.

  Contents

  Employer Branding
  Talent Acquisition
  Recruitment
  Selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You know the key concepts within the course’s scope, but are yet to develop the general view and the big picture of the subject matter.
  You can complete given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply knowledge.
  You demonstrate some ability to perform skills and have basic knowledge, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You know the key concepts well and can explain how the theories and models function and the tools are used. You have a general view of the subject matter.
  You complete given tasks and assignments independently. You apply knowledge in hands-on business related situations. You can critique your own practice and identify ways to improve.
  You demonstrate sufficient ability to perform skills and have basic to good knowledge. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You have a strong command of the key and related concepts. You can critically evaluate theories, models and tools. You can demonstrate explicit knowledge of the subject matter, and how it relates to other disciplines.
  You apply knowledge in demanding business related situations. You can prioritize and critically select tools and methods for solving complex problems in the subject matter.
  You execute skills with proficiency and you have detailed and explicit knowledge. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  During this implementation we will meet six (6) times in Pasila Campus and the content is strongly business oriented. We aim to have have different guest speakers visiting our class and we will learn topical perspectives how employer branding and talent acquisition work in different kind of organizations.
  During the course you will create your own reflective diary which shows your capability to analyze different topics, give reasoning for your opinions and think thoroughly how you can use your learning points in the future.
  
  The physical presence in the classes is necessary and this course cannot be done online or virtually.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  To be published later.

  Teachers

  Tiina Mehto

  Working life connections

  Visiting speakers.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  There is no examination during this implementation.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Individual and group working. The assignments will be introduced in the learning platform Moodle when the course starts.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  4th period March-May 2025.
  
  The mandatory physical lectures are on Thursdays at 17.40-20.30 in the Pasila campus on the following days: March 27, April 3, April 10, April 24, May 8 and May 15, 2025.

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Grading 1-5.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Employment in Finland STU011HH1AE-3013 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  1 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this or a corresponding course the student
  • understand the Finnish job market and work culture
  • is able search for a job or work placement based on the specific requirements of Finnish job market
  • shows development of his/her job seeking and networking skills
  • has good application template like CV and cover letter

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  NOTE: this course is not master -level course and course can not be attached to Master’s degree. However master students are welcomed.

  Contents

  • CV and job advertisements
  • Cover letter and job interview
  • Networking on social media and LinkedIn
  • Recognize your skills and motivation
  • Your rights as an employee in Finland
  • Finnish work culture
  • Maintaining you well-being during job search

  ---

  Teachers

  Eszter Pienluoto

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE3PA3
  • ITE2PAICB1
  • IBE1PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA2
  • ITE2PAICI1
  • IBE3PA1
  • ITE2PASOF1
  • ITE2PADIG1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Join Employment In Finland -course and get to know the Finnish labour market and how to navigate it! During this course you will learn about the job seeking process with specific requirements and tips to Finland, about Finnish workplace culture, and you will get support in creating your CV, cover letter and LinkedIn. This course is suitable for you at any point of your studies (the sooner the better!), if you are looking for your first work placements, or if you have years of work experience already, but you would like to know how to move forward in your career.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Employment in Finland STU011HH1AE-3014 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  1 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this or a corresponding course the student
  • understand the Finnish job market and work culture
  • is able search for a job or work placement based on the specific requirements of Finnish job market
  • shows development of his/her job seeking and networking skills
  • has good application template like CV and cover letter

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  NOTE: this course is not master -level course and course can not be attached to Master’s degree. However master students are welcomed.

  Contents

  • CV and job advertisements
  • Cover letter and job interview
  • Networking on social media and LinkedIn
  • Recognize your skills and motivation
  • Your rights as an employee in Finland
  • Finnish work culture
  • Maintaining you well-being during job search

  ---

  Teachers

  Eszter Pienluoto

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • ITE2PAICB1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • ITE2PAICI1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE3PA1
  • ITE2PASOF1
  • IBE2PA2
  • ITE2PADIG1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     English for Academic Purposes ENG003AS2AE-3004 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the course, the student
  • understands the different functions of sentence and paragraph types to express information
  • acquires an increased vocabulary suited for Academic English
  • learns the standard and academically accepted structure of an essay/report/thesis to better express one’s intentions more clearly in writing
  • knows how to use linking words and phrases, punctuation
  • understands and masters paraphrasing, writing summaries and abstracts
  • acquires skills in structuring a text according to academic standards
  • becomes more aware of one’s own writing by editing his/her own work

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Before taking this course, the student must have completed the Professional English Key Competence course or corresponding RPL process.
  Level of language skills required CEFR B2

  Contents

  Students learn, from the elements of the sentence and the paragraph, an approach that is expandable to encompass the demands of writing a text in academically appropriate English, as follows:
  • Paragraph Format
  • Paragraph Structure
  • Logical Division of Ideas
  • Process Paragraphs
  • Comparison and Contrast Paragraphs
  • Definition Paragraphs
  • Essay Organization

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student is able to apply the most central key concepts of Academic English in an understandable manner.
  The student is able to manage in advanced professional spoken and written situations with assistance and time for preparation.
  The student is able to communicate quite fluently and use appropriate language and terminology in the global context despite some obvious difficulties.
  The student is still learning how to convey and understand shades of meaning.
  The student is familiar with academic language usage but needs practice in intercultural context.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student is able to apply central key concepts of Academic English fluently and is easily understood. / in an easily understandable manner.
  The student is able to contribute actively in advanced academic spoken and written situations with a short time for preparation.
  The student is able to communicate fluently and use a range of appropriate language and terminology in the global context using Academic English without obvious difficulties.
  The student recognizes and is able to use some shades of meaning appropriately when needed.
  The student is able to use academic language skills in intercultural context fluently.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student is able to apply key concepts of Academic English fluently in a versatile manner.
  The student is able to contribute actively in spoken and written situations using Academic English with or without preparation.
  The student is able to communicate very fluently and use a wide range of appropriate language and terminology in the global context without difficulties.
  The student is able to convey shades of meaning effortlessly.
  The student is able to use academic language skills in intercultural context effectively in a convincing manner.

  Further information

  Contact lecturer Pia Kiviaho-Kallio

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Online lessons on Zoom every week to be attended
  Individual and team exercises and assignments. Please see Moodle for the details.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The course material to be provided by the Lecturer, please see Moodle for the course materials.

  Teachers

  Kristiina Åberg

  Working life connections

  The students acquire skills and knowledge of the requirements for and academic style to enable them to seek to become part of the academic community.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Course assignment and/or written exam at the end of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Academic English skills will be useful for the students wen continuing their academic studies and help to enter the international academic community.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Written assignments and a spoken exercise to be returned by the due dates. Please see Moodle for the course details.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  One online meeting per week, homework and independent study during one period in the Spring or Autumn semester. Please see Moodle for the course details.

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBE4PASCM
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • BLENDED
  • IBE4PACOM
  • ONLINE
  • EXCH
  • TRPAENG

  Alternative learning methods

  Credit transfer from a corresponding course will be appropriate for RPL.

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Further information

  Written and spoken assignments to be graded 1-5.

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     English for Academic Purposes ENG003AS2AE-3005 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the course, the student
  • understands the different functions of sentence and paragraph types to express information
  • acquires an increased vocabulary suited for Academic English
  • learns the standard and academically accepted structure of an essay/report/thesis to better express one’s intentions more clearly in writing
  • knows how to use linking words and phrases, punctuation
  • understands and masters paraphrasing, writing summaries and abstracts
  • acquires skills in structuring a text according to academic standards
  • becomes more aware of one’s own writing by editing his/her own work

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Before taking this course, the student must have completed the Professional English Key Competence course or corresponding RPL process.
  Level of language skills required CEFR B2

  Contents

  Students learn, from the elements of the sentence and the paragraph, an approach that is expandable to encompass the demands of writing a text in academically appropriate English, as follows:
  • Paragraph Format
  • Paragraph Structure
  • Logical Division of Ideas
  • Process Paragraphs
  • Comparison and Contrast Paragraphs
  • Definition Paragraphs
  • Essay Organization

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student is able to apply the most central key concepts of Academic English in an understandable manner.
  The student is able to manage in advanced professional spoken and written situations with assistance and time for preparation.
  The student is able to communicate quite fluently and use appropriate language and terminology in the global context despite some obvious difficulties.
  The student is still learning how to convey and understand shades of meaning.
  The student is familiar with academic language usage but needs practice in intercultural context.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student is able to apply central key concepts of Academic English fluently and is easily understood. / in an easily understandable manner.
  The student is able to contribute actively in advanced academic spoken and written situations with a short time for preparation.
  The student is able to communicate fluently and use a range of appropriate language and terminology in the global context using Academic English without obvious difficulties.
  The student recognizes and is able to use some shades of meaning appropriately when needed.
  The student is able to use academic language skills in intercultural context fluently.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student is able to apply key concepts of Academic English fluently in a versatile manner.
  The student is able to contribute actively in spoken and written situations using Academic English with or without preparation.
  The student is able to communicate very fluently and use a wide range of appropriate language and terminology in the global context without difficulties.
  The student is able to convey shades of meaning effortlessly.
  The student is able to use academic language skills in intercultural context effectively in a convincing manner.

  Further information

  Contact lecturer Pia Kiviaho-Kallio

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  The students study independently the course content and complete the exercises that provide practice, and submit all the Assignments by their due dates (to be found on the Moodle page / timetable).

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The course material is on the Moodle page in the course topics.

  Teachers

  Kristiina Åberg

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  The virtual instructed course has various Assignments that will be graded, as well as other course work and exercises.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  The virtual instructed course has various Assignments that will be graded, and their timetables are on the Moodle page / timetable.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  The course takes one period of the semester. The start week and all the Asignments and their timetables are on the Moodle page / timetable.

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBEB5PAMAR
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • GLOB21SMON
  • IBEB5PAHRL
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE5PACOM
  • IBE5PAACC
  • IBEB5PAACC
  • EXCH
  • TRPAENG

  Alternative learning methods

  The student has the opportunity to apply for RPL, one week before the start of the course at the latest.

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  The course includes Assignments to be returned and graded. The course grade is based on the averaged of the Assignment grades. The details of the assessment scale are on the Moodle page.

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     Enterprise Finance Planning ECO006AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the business finance orientation module, the student knows the key concepts of strategic and operational planning in corporate finance and is able to make long-term and short-term calculations in finance. The student understands and is able to analyze the company's financing planning calculations and is able to assess the cost and adequacy of financing. The student identifies financial risks and knows how to manage them.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisites :
  Basics of Financial Management - ECO001HH1AE
  Principles of Accounting and Finance - ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  The course content includes:
  - Deepening financial market information
  - Differences and conditions between equity and liabilities
  - Methods of raising capital
  - Basis of investment calculations
  - Working capital management
  - Risk management

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Competence level 1-2: Student
  • knows the basic concepts and methods of corporate financial planning
  • is able to assess the company's financing needs based on the plans
  • knows the key financing solutions of companies and their characteristics
  • is familiar with key financial instruments and their characteristics
  • is familiar with the cost differences of key financing solutions
  • is familiar with the factors affecting working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Competence level 3-4: Student
  • is familiar with the company's financial planning methods for different time periods
  • is able to determine the company's financing needs for the planning of financing for different periods
  • is familiar with market-based equity and debt in addition to traditional funding sources, and with the principles and practices of venture capital and crowdfunding;
  • is familiar with the most common models used to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital
  • is familiar with working capital management methods for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Competence level 5: Student
  • has an in-depth understanding of the importance of financial planning in the operations of companies of different sizes and is able to critically analyze the solutions made by companies.
  • is familiar with the key domestic and international practices of financial markets and financial intermediation
  • is able to prepare financial planning and risk management calculations in various decision situations and in situations requiring funding and foreign exchange trading.
  • is able to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital on the basis of market data from the perspective of both the company and the owner
  • is able to prepare calculations related to working capital management for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  As a rule, the course is completed by attending the class, as it is a study course carried out through contact face-to-face teaching in Moodle. The student familiarizes himself with the material in Moodle and does related exercises. Weekly teacher counseling sessions.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The material and web links are published in Moodle. It would be good to have completed the course "basics of financial management", as the topics of that course create the basis for this course.

  Teachers

  Jani Jokinen

  Working life connections

  No direct work life connections.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  The course is completed with assignments in Moodle, one hour of attendance and an exam.
  It is not a self-paced virtual course.
  Completing the course includes mandatory homework assignments that are completed weekly.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  No direct international connections.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Learning tasks related to each theme are published in Moodle.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Fall semester first episode.

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  Other methods of completion must be discussed separately with the teacher.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  According to the learning tasks completed in Moodle, participation and the total score of the exam.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Enterprise Finance Planning ECO006AS2AE-3004 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the business finance orientation module, the student knows the key concepts of strategic and operational planning in corporate finance and is able to make long-term and short-term calculations in finance. The student understands and is able to analyze the company's financing planning calculations and is able to assess the cost and adequacy of financing. The student identifies financial risks and knows how to manage them.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisites :
  Basics of Financial Management - ECO001HH1AE
  Principles of Accounting and Finance - ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  The course content includes:
  - Deepening financial market information
  - Differences and conditions between equity and liabilities
  - Methods of raising capital
  - Basis of investment calculations
  - Working capital management
  - Risk management

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Competence level 1-2: Student
  • knows the basic concepts and methods of corporate financial planning
  • is able to assess the company's financing needs based on the plans
  • knows the key financing solutions of companies and their characteristics
  • is familiar with key financial instruments and their characteristics
  • is familiar with the cost differences of key financing solutions
  • is familiar with the factors affecting working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Competence level 3-4: Student
  • is familiar with the company's financial planning methods for different time periods
  • is able to determine the company's financing needs for the planning of financing for different periods
  • is familiar with market-based equity and debt in addition to traditional funding sources, and with the principles and practices of venture capital and crowdfunding;
  • is familiar with the most common models used to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital
  • is familiar with working capital management methods for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Competence level 5: Student
  • has an in-depth understanding of the importance of financial planning in the operations of companies of different sizes and is able to critically analyze the solutions made by companies.
  • is familiar with the key domestic and international practices of financial markets and financial intermediation
  • is able to prepare financial planning and risk management calculations in various decision situations and in situations requiring funding and foreign exchange trading.
  • is able to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital on the basis of market data from the perspective of both the company and the owner
  • is able to prepare calculations related to working capital management for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Lauri Larjavaara

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Enterprise Finance Planning ECO006AS2AE-3005 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the business finance orientation module, the student knows the key concepts of strategic and operational planning in corporate finance and is able to make long-term and short-term calculations in finance. The student understands and is able to analyze the company's financing planning calculations and is able to assess the cost and adequacy of financing. The student identifies financial risks and knows how to manage them.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisites :
  Basics of Financial Management - ECO001HH1AE
  Principles of Accounting and Finance - ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  The course content includes:
  - Deepening financial market information
  - Differences and conditions between equity and liabilities
  - Methods of raising capital
  - Basis of investment calculations
  - Working capital management
  - Risk management

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Competence level 1-2: Student
  • knows the basic concepts and methods of corporate financial planning
  • is able to assess the company's financing needs based on the plans
  • knows the key financing solutions of companies and their characteristics
  • is familiar with key financial instruments and their characteristics
  • is familiar with the cost differences of key financing solutions
  • is familiar with the factors affecting working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Competence level 3-4: Student
  • is familiar with the company's financial planning methods for different time periods
  • is able to determine the company's financing needs for the planning of financing for different periods
  • is familiar with market-based equity and debt in addition to traditional funding sources, and with the principles and practices of venture capital and crowdfunding;
  • is familiar with the most common models used to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital
  • is familiar with working capital management methods for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Competence level 5: Student
  • has an in-depth understanding of the importance of financial planning in the operations of companies of different sizes and is able to critically analyze the solutions made by companies.
  • is familiar with the key domestic and international practices of financial markets and financial intermediation
  • is able to prepare financial planning and risk management calculations in various decision situations and in situations requiring funding and foreign exchange trading.
  • is able to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital on the basis of market data from the perspective of both the company and the owner
  • is able to prepare calculations related to working capital management for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  After completing the business finance orientation module, the student knows the key concepts of strategic and operational planning in corporate finance and is able to make long-term and short-term calculations in finance. The student understands and is able to analyze the company's financing planning calculations and is able to assess the cost and adequacy of financing. The student identifies financial risks and knows how to manage them.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The course content includes:
  - Deepening financial market information
  - Differences and conditions between equity and liabilities
  - Methods of raising capital
  - Basis of investment calculations
  - Working capital management
  - Risk management

  Teachers

  Jani Jokinen

  Working life connections

  Are you going to become an entrepreneur, are you planning a business? The course provides a practical perspective on corporate finance and risk management. You should come and learn the language of financial and financial management, even if you are not planning to focus on those tasks in your future career. The company's financial and financial management distributes resources within the company.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  1) Course implementation methods: contact, online, blended, virtual
  
  2) If you already know the Competence Objectives for this course, you can show your competence. Ask the course teacher for more information. Also more information on competence identification: https://www.haaga-helia.fi/fi/osaamisen-tunnistaminen-ja-work-study

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  According to implementation plan

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  According to implementation plan

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  Prerequisites :
  Basics of Financial Management - ECO001HH1AE
  Principles of Accounting and Finance - ECO002TR1AE

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Competence level 1-2: Student
  • knows the basic concepts and methods of corporate financial planning
  • is able to assess the company's financing needs based on the plans
  • knows the key financing solutions of companies and their characteristics
  • is familiar with key financial instruments and their characteristics
  • is familiar with the cost differences of key financing solutions
  • is familiar with the factors affecting working capital
  
  Competence level 3-4: Student
  • is familiar with the company's financial planning methods for different time periods
  • is able to determine the company's financing needs for the planning of financing for different periods
  • is familiar with market-based equity and debt in addition to traditional funding sources, and with the principles and practices of venture capital and crowdfunding;
  • is familiar with the most common models used to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital
  • is familiar with working capital management methods for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing
  
  Competence level 5: Student
  • has an in-depth understanding of the importance of financial planning in the operations of companies of different sizes and is able to critically analyze the solutions made by companies.
  • is familiar with the key domestic and international practices of financial markets and financial intermediation
  • is able to prepare financial planning and risk management calculations in various decision situations and in situations requiring funding and foreign exchange trading.
  • is able to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital on the basis of market data from the perspective of both the company and the owner
  • is able to prepare calculations related to working capital management for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneurship and Business Operations ENT001HH1AE-3038 01.01.2025-29.05.2025  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  
  o act entrepreneurially,
  o understand the key concepts of entrepreneurship and business,
  o describe the ways of becoming an entrepreneur, the opportunities, forms of entrepreneurship, and types of companies,
  o assess entrepreneurship and networks from an individual's perspective,
  o utilize the knowledge base and the BMC model when describing and evaluating a business, considering responsibility.

  Contents

  o Key concepts of entrepreneurship and business
  o Entrepreneurship in Finland
  o Entrepreneurial competence
  o Opportunities in entrepreneurship
  o Responsibility in business
  o Business model, Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  Able to
  o take responsibility for their tasks
  o use key concepts of entrepreneurship, business, and sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o assess their own opportunities to act as an entrepreneur
  o evaluate business opportunities and the process of becoming an entrepreneur
  o identify and describe their own networks
  o understand the knowledge base of entrepreneurship and business and its connections to sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o analyze the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship
  o analyze business opportunities and models

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Can be found in Moodle

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Timo Rima

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2025 - 29.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 30

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneurship and Business Operations ENT001HH1AE-3020 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  
  o act entrepreneurially,
  o understand the key concepts of entrepreneurship and business,
  o describe the ways of becoming an entrepreneur, the opportunities, forms of entrepreneurship, and types of companies,
  o assess entrepreneurship and networks from an individual's perspective,
  o utilize the knowledge base and the BMC model when describing and evaluating a business, considering responsibility.

  Contents

  o Key concepts of entrepreneurship and business
  o Entrepreneurship in Finland
  o Entrepreneurial competence
  o Opportunities in entrepreneurship
  o Responsibility in business
  o Business model, Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  Able to
  o take responsibility for their tasks
  o use key concepts of entrepreneurship, business, and sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o assess their own opportunities to act as an entrepreneur
  o evaluate business opportunities and the process of becoming an entrepreneur
  o identify and describe their own networks
  o understand the knowledge base of entrepreneurship and business and its connections to sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o analyze the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship
  o analyze business opportunities and models

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Mia Blanc

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneurship and Business Operations ENT001HH1AE-3034 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  
  o act entrepreneurially,
  o understand the key concepts of entrepreneurship and business,
  o describe the ways of becoming an entrepreneur, the opportunities, forms of entrepreneurship, and types of companies,
  o assess entrepreneurship and networks from an individual's perspective,
  o utilize the knowledge base and the BMC model when describing and evaluating a business, considering responsibility.

  Contents

  o Key concepts of entrepreneurship and business
  o Entrepreneurship in Finland
  o Entrepreneurial competence
  o Opportunities in entrepreneurship
  o Responsibility in business
  o Business model, Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  Able to
  o take responsibility for their tasks
  o use key concepts of entrepreneurship, business, and sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o assess their own opportunities to act as an entrepreneur
  o evaluate business opportunities and the process of becoming an entrepreneur
  o identify and describe their own networks
  o understand the knowledge base of entrepreneurship and business and its connections to sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o analyze the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship
  o analyze business opportunities and models

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  The instruction will be offered both on Campus and online. The learning methods will include lectures, guest lectures, self-studies, team work and individual work in class, working with literature sources, practice-oriented activities, research and development activities.
  
  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is specifically aimed at students of INTBBA degree.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The students will work with a variety of sources, including media sources, peer-reviewed academic articles, and text books. The students will contribute to the choice of the sources, based on the topics they choose for their course assignments.

  Teachers

  Ivan Berazhny

  Working life connections

  The course will include guest lecturers and require students to maintain connections with the worklife through their course work.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  The course offers submission and assessment time-lines which need to be respected. A certain flexibility can be accepted based on students' situations. The course does not have an exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The instruction language is English, the course material will align with global diversity of entrepreneurship contexts, The class is an international class, with team work that will enable cross-cultural communication.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Can be found in Moodle.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Can be found in Moodle.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA3

  Alternative learning methods

  Should the student be entitled to and requesting an alternative implementation, such requests need to be forwarded to the instructor within one week of the course's starting day.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Can be found in Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneurship and Business Operations ENT001HH1AE-3035 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  
  o act entrepreneurially,
  o understand the key concepts of entrepreneurship and business,
  o describe the ways of becoming an entrepreneur, the opportunities, forms of entrepreneurship, and types of companies,
  o assess entrepreneurship and networks from an individual's perspective,
  o utilize the knowledge base and the BMC model when describing and evaluating a business, considering responsibility.

  Contents

  o Key concepts of entrepreneurship and business
  o Entrepreneurship in Finland
  o Entrepreneurial competence
  o Opportunities in entrepreneurship
  o Responsibility in business
  o Business model, Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  Able to
  o take responsibility for their tasks
  o use key concepts of entrepreneurship, business, and sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o assess their own opportunities to act as an entrepreneur
  o evaluate business opportunities and the process of becoming an entrepreneur
  o identify and describe their own networks
  o understand the knowledge base of entrepreneurship and business and its connections to sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o analyze the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship
  o analyze business opportunities and models

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Petra Lindell

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneurship and Business Operations ENT001HH1AE-3036 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  
  o act entrepreneurially,
  o understand the key concepts of entrepreneurship and business,
  o describe the ways of becoming an entrepreneur, the opportunities, forms of entrepreneurship, and types of companies,
  o assess entrepreneurship and networks from an individual's perspective,
  o utilize the knowledge base and the BMC model when describing and evaluating a business, considering responsibility.

  Contents

  o Key concepts of entrepreneurship and business
  o Entrepreneurship in Finland
  o Entrepreneurial competence
  o Opportunities in entrepreneurship
  o Responsibility in business
  o Business model, Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  Able to
  o take responsibility for their tasks
  o use key concepts of entrepreneurship, business, and sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o assess their own opportunities to act as an entrepreneur
  o evaluate business opportunities and the process of becoming an entrepreneur
  o identify and describe their own networks
  o understand the knowledge base of entrepreneurship and business and its connections to sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o analyze the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship
  o analyze business opportunities and models

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Petra Lindell

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneurship and Business Operations ENT001HH1AE-3037 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (NONSTOP, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  
  o act entrepreneurially,
  o understand the key concepts of entrepreneurship and business,
  o describe the ways of becoming an entrepreneur, the opportunities, forms of entrepreneurship, and types of companies,
  o assess entrepreneurship and networks from an individual's perspective,
  o utilize the knowledge base and the BMC model when describing and evaluating a business, considering responsibility.

  Contents

  o Key concepts of entrepreneurship and business
  o Entrepreneurship in Finland
  o Entrepreneurial competence
  o Opportunities in entrepreneurship
  o Responsibility in business
  o Business model, Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  Able to
  o take responsibility for their tasks
  o use key concepts of entrepreneurship, business, and sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o assess their own opportunities to act as an entrepreneur
  o evaluate business opportunities and the process of becoming an entrepreneur
  o identify and describe their own networks
  o understand the knowledge base of entrepreneurship and business and its connections to sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o analyze the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship
  o analyze business opportunities and models

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  - Self-study
  - The teachers offer online advice and guidance every few weeks.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Written and video material found on Moodle.
  
  Alexander Osterwarder & Yve Piegneur : Business Model Generation. ISBN: 978-2-8399-0580

  Teachers

  Petteri Tiljander, Ivan Berazhny

  Working life connections

  - Entrepreneurship and business operations have a direct connection to working life.
  - The assignments are related to working life.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Self-checking Moodle H5P exams, for which 80% of the points must be achieved in order to proceed with the implementation.
  
  All assignments must be returned no later than the end date of the implementation.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  - International literature
  - International participants
  - International business environments

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Individual assignments.
  1. (Entrepreneurship) (50%)
  2. (Business operations) (25%)
  3. (Business operations) (25%)

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 08.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  The implementation starts on 13.1.2025 and ends on 14.3.2025. The students are responsible for their own scheduling and the progress of studies. Deadline for returning assignments are 14.3.2025.
  
  The online tutoring schedule is published in Moodle.

  Groups

  • NONSTOP
  • LIE4VIA
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneur’s Networks and Arenas ENT008AS2AE-3003 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student is able to identify his or her own entrepreneurial support networks both locally and internationally
  The student is able to work in different entrepreneurship arenas
  The student is able to use their networks in entrepreneurship and business planning.
  The student is able to reflect, in cooperation with the group and experts, on the skills challenges of entrepreneurship and ways to overcome them
  The student is able to collaborate in the implementation of an entrepreneurship event.

  Contents

  - The importance of networks in business
  - Important forums for entrepreneurs in practice
  - The challenges of an entrepreneur's stakeholder contacts
  - Entrepreneur's finances, insurance and social security
  - Entrepreneur' personal branding and visibility

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student will recognize how entrepreneurs access additional information, services, and assistance for business planning, operations, and development. The student will be able to find and use contacts, services, and sources of information necessary for entrepreneurship.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student will have knowledge of the challenges of entrepreneurship and how entrepreneurs can obtain additional information, services, and assistance to plan, run and develop their businesses. The student will be able to find, evaluate and use a variety of contacts, services, and sources of information necessary for entrepreneurship.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student will have knowledge about the challenges of entrepreneurship and how entrepreneurs can get more information, and services and help to plan, operate and develop their businesses. The student is able to search, evaluate and use different contacts, services, and sources of information necessary for entrepreneurship. The student will also be able to establish and maintain contacts with entrepreneurs and experts. The student is competent in networking and cooperation and understands the impact of culture on the rules of the game, and is able to use networks and forums in his/her own activities.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact lectures according to the separate timetable, Blended-course, PBL & Learning-by doing.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Materials in Moodle platform, and added materials instructed in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Petra Lindell, Anne Leinovaara-Matomäki

  Working life connections

  Inbound tight working-life contacts with visiting lecturers and networking events etc.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam. No up-grading or re-take possibility - do your best effort at once.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  In-bound internationality. All is international : the themes, the visitors and also exchange students in the course.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  All the assignments in the Moodle, on time + active participation is required and expected. Detailed instructions in the Moodle platform.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  Acording to the separate time-table, see Moodle.

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • EVENING
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Alternative learning methods

  No additional methods. If you would like to demonstrate the course (work & study / demonstration, "RPL") contact the guiding teacher of the course.

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Further information

  0-5, all assignments must be done in time and in correct manner in order to pass the course. Including for example the learning diary and the individual student presentation, and networking events. Active course-participation is a must.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     European Entrepreneurship Project ENT021AS2AE-3002 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT) +-
  Learning objectives

  Student is able to apply creative and critical problem-solving skills when developing entrepreneurial ideas (new products, services) in a European context.
  Student is able to create, describe and evaluate a value proposition.
  Student is able to communicates and justifiy the value proposition to a variety of stakeholder groups.
  Student is able to develop intercultural understanding, cooperation, negotiation and conflict management skills.
  Student is able to demonstrate his/her ability to manage time under pressure and tolerate uncertainty inherent in intercultural teamwork.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No previous experience in any field is required

  Contents

  Entrepreneurial idea identification and assessment.
  Sustainability in entrepreneurhsip
  Value proposition
  Business model
  Pitching

  ---

  Teachers

  Sari Haavisto, Maija Suonpää

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  22.12.2023 - 22.12.2023

  Content scheduling

  The workshop will take place in Porvoo Campus and the physical part will start on the 9th of September and finish on September 16th.
  
  Pre-assignments and team meetings will be held one week before the workshop starts and evaluation will take place online one week after the workshop ended.
  
  There is a fee to participate in the course of 350 EUR per student. The offer includes tuition, entrance fees, accommodation and subsistence from Dinner on Saturday to breakfast on Friday.
  
  What is not included?
  The price does not include travel expenses to Haaga-Helia University of Applied Sciences, Porvoo Campus and personal expenses during all days.

  Groups

  • CONTACT

  Seats

  1 - 8

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Excel and BI ANA001AS3AE-3001 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  During the course, students will learn to manipulate data from various sources into a format that can be analyzed using Excel functions. Additionally, they will be introduced comprehensively to Pivot tools and Excel's data model, and will create visual reports based on the data, also utilizing Power BI.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  ICT Competencies or equivalent knowledge. https://opinto-opas.haaga-helia.fi/course_unit/ICB001HH1AE
  Advanced Use of Excel course recommended. https://opinto-opas.haaga-helia.fi/course_unit/ANA002AS2AE

  Contents

  Quick analysis of the area and table formatting
  Traditional lookup functions and their limitations
  XLOOKUP
  Query - Importing and editing external data
  Excel's data model
  PowerPivot
  Reporting and data visualization
  Overview of Power BI Desktop program

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student shows a basic understanding of Excel's common features and analysis tools. They can import and modify data in Excel under guidance, construct guided data models, and create simple dashboards for data analysis based on them.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student shows proficiency in Excel's basic features and fundamental analysis tools. They are capable of importing and formatting data in Excel, constructing simple data models, and using them to analyze data effectively.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student shows exceptional command of Excel's core features and key analysis tools. They adeptly utilize Excel's functionalities and techniques to a high degree. Additionally, they can proficiently source, import, and format data from diverse origins into Excel, construct advanced data models, and generate versatile dashboards for comprehensive data analysis.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions with lecture and Excel & PowerBI exercises

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material available in Moodle.
  
  Recommended sites:
  https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/excel
  https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/powerplatform/power-bi

  Teachers

  Antti Mitronen, Timi Kohonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • IBE5PACOM
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH
  • ITE3PAICB1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Assessment criteria - grade 1
  The student shows a basic understanding of Excel's common features and analysis tools. They can import and modify data in Excel under guidance, construct guided data models, and create simple dashboards for data analysis based on them.
  
  Assessment criteria - grade 3
  The student shows proficiency in Excel's basic features and fundamental analysis tools. They are capable of importing and formatting data in Excel, constructing simple data models, and using them to analyze data effectively.
  
  Assessment criteria - grade 5
  The student shows exceptional command of Excel's core features and key analysis tools. They adeptly utilize Excel's functionalities and techniques to a high degree. Additionally, they can proficiently source, import, and format data from diverse origins into Excel, construct advanced data models, and generate versatile dashboards for comprehensive data analysis.
  
  Assessment criteria - failed
  The above conditions are not met.

  Degree Programme

  ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3072 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Books: Cavusgil S.T., Knight G., Riesenberger J.R. 3rd Edition or newer. International Business: The New Realities. Hollensen, S. Pearson 2014. Global Marketing. E-publication 2017 also available. Other possible material provided/suggested by the teacher.

  Teachers

  Anna Kimberley, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3051 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Rakhshanda Khan

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 31.05.2025

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration implementation. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Seats

  1 - 250

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3065 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teachers

  Rakhshanda Khan

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3066 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teachers

  Päivi Käri-Zein

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3068 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBEB3PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teachers

  Ville Hanni

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB3PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3069 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hannu Koikkalainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3070 19.05.2025-15.08.2025  5 cr  (BLENDED, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teachers

  Rakhshanda Khan

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.05.2025 - 15.08.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Groups

  • BLENDED
  • SUMMER
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3104 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (TR3HEHRL2, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Inquiry learning
  Own reading
  Independent studying
  Learning by doing

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Books: Cavusgil S.T., Knight G., Riesenberger J.R. 3rd Edition or newer. International Business: The New Realities. Hollensen, S. Pearson 2014. Global Marketing. E-publication 2017 also available. Other possible material provided/suggested by the teacher.

  Teachers

  Antti Leppilampi, Ivan Berazhny

  Working life connections

  Cases and examples are connected to working life.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Exams and quizzes are available and each participant is allowed to to take quizzes at own speed during the course time.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  - Participants are of different nationalities
  - Cases are of international character

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Each individual should complete all quizzes and assignments.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  Course is open between separate timetable.

  Groups

  • TR3HEHRL2
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • TR3HEECO2
  • EXCH
  • TR3HEINT

  Alternative learning methods

  You can proceed in your studies by
  - using recognition of prior learning (transfer crediting and demonstrations (i.e. RPL) or
  Contact the teachers before the course starts if you have considerable prior learning about the subject already.

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  All quizzes will be assessed as indicated and different quizzes have different weights (see Moodle for detailed instructions).

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     Financial Accounting ECO002AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to apply generally accepted accounting principles
  - is able to recognize and interpret the effects of business transactions into income statement and balance sheet
  - is able to prepare accounting for a small firm by using accounting software
  - is able to analyze profitability and financial position of a company based on the accounting reports
  - is able to comply with value added tax rules and procedures
  - recognizes the career options and future roles of an accountant in a global environment
  - operates ethically, responsibly and sustainably in ones role

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - daily accounting process
  - month end reporting
  - principles of value added tax processes; VAT liable sales and deductible purchases
  - basics of cross-border VAT
  - most common period end adjustments
  - accounting software
  - roles and principles in accounting profession and career insights

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to recognize some business transactions
  - is able to record some business transactions by using accounting software
  - recognizes basic value added tax rules and processes of a company

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to prepare accounting based on the business transactions for a company
  - is able to record the basic period end adjustments
  - is able to use accounting software for preparing the accounts for a company
  - is able to apply value added tax (VAT) rules in the daily accounting and know the main filing process of VAT
  - is able to apply basic cross-border VAT rules
  - is able to understand the information flows from daily accounting to accounting reports

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  In addition to prior level assessment criteria, student
  - is able to manage period end adjustment process
  - is able to verify the correctness of accounting information by thorough analysis of the monthly reporting
  - is able to justify the importance of accounting information and understand its role for business development

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact teaching 2 x 3 hours a week
  Active participation recommended

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course e-book available
  Study materials, exercises, assignments and Procountor instructions available on course Moodle

  Teachers

  Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Course exams in the end of the course, course exams generate additional points to the exam
  Two retake opportunities in the electronic exam room
  
  Procountor graded assignment

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Course has international aspect embedded into course contents

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  5-6 learning assignments which generate additional marks to the exam
  1-3 Procountor assignments

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL and Work study available
  RPL enrolment via separate Moodle platform: https://hhmoodle.haaga-helia.fi/course/view.php?id=34346

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Course exam 60%, course assignments generate additional marks to the exam
  Procountor assignment 40%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Accounting ECO002AS2AE-3004 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to apply generally accepted accounting principles
  - is able to recognize and interpret the effects of business transactions into income statement and balance sheet
  - is able to prepare accounting for a small firm by using accounting software
  - is able to analyze profitability and financial position of a company based on the accounting reports
  - is able to comply with value added tax rules and procedures
  - recognizes the career options and future roles of an accountant in a global environment
  - operates ethically, responsibly and sustainably in ones role

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - daily accounting process
  - month end reporting
  - principles of value added tax processes; VAT liable sales and deductible purchases
  - basics of cross-border VAT
  - most common period end adjustments
  - accounting software
  - roles and principles in accounting profession and career insights

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to recognize some business transactions
  - is able to record some business transactions by using accounting software
  - recognizes basic value added tax rules and processes of a company

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to prepare accounting based on the business transactions for a company
  - is able to record the basic period end adjustments
  - is able to use accounting software for preparing the accounts for a company
  - is able to apply value added tax (VAT) rules in the daily accounting and know the main filing process of VAT
  - is able to apply basic cross-border VAT rules
  - is able to understand the information flows from daily accounting to accounting reports

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  In addition to prior level assessment criteria, student
  - is able to manage period end adjustment process
  - is able to verify the correctness of accounting information by thorough analysis of the monthly reporting
  - is able to justify the importance of accounting information and understand its role for business development

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle
  Active participation recommended

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course e-book: Harrison, W. T., Thomas, C. W., Tietz, W. M. & Suwardy, T. (2023). Financial accounting: International financial reporting standards (12th edition, global edition.). Pearson. Chapters 1-7.?
  Accounting Act and Decree?
  Applicable tax laws?available
  
  Study materials, exercises, assignments and Procountor instructions available on course Moodle

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer, Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Course exam in the end of the course in the electronic exam room.
  Course assignments during the course.
  Procountor assignments by the end of the course.
  Two retake opportunities in the electronic exam room.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Course has international aspect embedded into course contents

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  5-7 course assignments (10% of course grade)
  2 Procountor assignments (30% of course grade)

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL and Work study available
  RPL enrolment: contact the course teacher

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Course assignments 10%
  Course exam 60%,
  Procountor assignments 30%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Accounting ECO002AS2AE-3005 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to apply generally accepted accounting principles
  - is able to recognize and interpret the effects of business transactions into income statement and balance sheet
  - is able to prepare accounting for a small firm by using accounting software
  - is able to analyze profitability and financial position of a company based on the accounting reports
  - is able to comply with value added tax rules and procedures
  - recognizes the career options and future roles of an accountant in a global environment
  - operates ethically, responsibly and sustainably in ones role

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - daily accounting process
  - month end reporting
  - principles of value added tax processes; VAT liable sales and deductible purchases
  - basics of cross-border VAT
  - most common period end adjustments
  - accounting software
  - roles and principles in accounting profession and career insights

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to recognize some business transactions
  - is able to record some business transactions by using accounting software
  - recognizes basic value added tax rules and processes of a company

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to prepare accounting based on the business transactions for a company
  - is able to record the basic period end adjustments
  - is able to use accounting software for preparing the accounts for a company
  - is able to apply value added tax (VAT) rules in the daily accounting and know the main filing process of VAT
  - is able to apply basic cross-border VAT rules
  - is able to understand the information flows from daily accounting to accounting reports

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  In addition to prior level assessment criteria, student
  - is able to manage period end adjustment process
  - is able to verify the correctness of accounting information by thorough analysis of the monthly reporting
  - is able to justify the importance of accounting information and understand its role for business development

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle
  Active participation recommended

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course e-book: Harrison, W. T., Thomas, C. W., Tietz, W. M. & Suwardy, T. (2023). Financial accounting: International financial reporting standards (12th edition, global edition.). Pearson. Chapters 1-7.?
  Accounting Act and Decree?
  Applicable tax laws?available
  
  Study materials, exercises, assignments and Procountor instructions available on course Moodle

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer, Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Course exam in the end of the course in the electronic exam room.
  Course assignments during the course.
  Procountor assignments by the end of the course.
  Two retake opportunities in the electronic exam room.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Course has international aspect embedded into course contents

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  5-7 course assignments (10% of course grade)
  2 Procountor assignments (30% of course grade)

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL and Work study available
  RPL enrolment: contact the course teacher

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Course assignments 10%
  Course exam 60%,
  Procountor assignments 30%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Processes and Service Design ECO004AS2AE-3004 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to identify financial processes of a company; also in an international business context
  - is able to recognise the importance of financial process mapping and difference between master and transactional data and how they can contribute in sustainable business development initiatives
  - is able to design financial process and related data flows
  - is able to document and recognize development areas of processes, also from automation point of view
  - is able to identify the data connections between different applications
  - is able to recognise service design concepts and tools
  - is able to apply service design approach in creating services and in discovering development areas in business processes

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - Financial processes and documentation of them; flowcharts, data flow diagrams
  - Data input, data storage, data processing
  - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems
  - Service design

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle.
  60% of the course Financial Processes, 40% of the course Service Design.

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer

  Working life connections

  During the course, we use an enterprise resource planning system (SAP) for case studies, and perform several process analysis from the point of view of developing processes and utilizing also service design methods.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Preliminary tasks, changes possible:
  Modeling a financial process.
  ERP (SAP) exercises/case studies.
  Service design teamwork and Moodle exam.
  Process management and development methods Moodle exam.
  Process development.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Processes and Service Design ECO004AS2AE-3002 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to identify financial processes of a company; also in an international business context
  - is able to recognise the importance of financial process mapping and difference between master and transactional data and how they can contribute in sustainable business development initiatives
  - is able to design financial process and related data flows
  - is able to document and recognize development areas of processes, also from automation point of view
  - is able to identify the data connections between different applications
  - is able to recognise service design concepts and tools
  - is able to apply service design approach in creating services and in discovering development areas in business processes

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - Financial processes and documentation of them; flowcharts, data flow diagrams
  - Data input, data storage, data processing
  - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems
  - Service design

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle.
  60% of the course Financial Processes, 40% of the course Service Design.

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer, Tuija Koskimäki

  Working life connections

  During the course, we use an enterprise resource planning system (SAP) for case studies, and perform several process analysis from the point of view of developing processes and utilizing also service design methods.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Preliminary tasks, changes possible:
  Modeling a financial process.
  ERP (SAP) exercises/case studies.
  Service design teamwork and Moodle exam.
  Process management and development methods Moodle exam.
  Process development.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Processes and Service Design ECO004AS2AE-3003 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to identify financial processes of a company; also in an international business context
  - is able to recognise the importance of financial process mapping and difference between master and transactional data and how they can contribute in sustainable business development initiatives
  - is able to design financial process and related data flows
  - is able to document and recognize development areas of processes, also from automation point of view
  - is able to identify the data connections between different applications
  - is able to recognise service design concepts and tools
  - is able to apply service design approach in creating services and in discovering development areas in business processes

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - Financial processes and documentation of them; flowcharts, data flow diagrams
  - Data input, data storage, data processing
  - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems
  - Service design

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer, Tuija Koskimäki

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  During the course, we use an enterprise resource planning system (SAP) for case studies, and perform several process analysis from the point of view of developing processes and utilizing also service design methods.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH
  • IBEB5PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Statement Analysis ECO023AS2AE-3003 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to analyze financial statements with commonly known tools and techniques in this field
  - is able evaluate also non-financial information (ESG) provided by the companies
  - is able to recognize differences in most common accounting standards and analyze their impact on the analysis
  - is able to integrate sustainability reporting information to financial statement analysis in order to build broader view of the company
  - is able to use visualization tools and storytelling techniques in presenting financial information to stakeholders
  - is able to utilize applicable quantitative and qualitative research methods to analyze the dependencies of the variables presented in the financial statements and to make forecasts
  - is able to plan and give recommendations to business operations through insights gathered by collecting and analyzing relevant financial and non-financial data from annual reports)

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - financial statement analysis including the notes to financial statements
  - key ratio analysis
  - non-financial data, sustainability reports
  - presenting financial information
  - visualization and storytelling
  - quantitative and qualitative research methods

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to recognise some financial statement analysis methods and knows how to apply them
  - is able to identify standards and principles applied in financial statements
  - is able to present some financial information

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to analyze financial statements with key ratios as well as link them to the strategic goals of a company
  - is able to utilize non-financial information in the analysis
  - is able to recognize the value of notes to the financial statements in the analysis
  - is able to present financial information and utilize visualization tools with ease
  - is able to apply some quantitative or qualitative methods in the analysis

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - is able to analyze financial statements with key ratios as well as link them to the strategic goals of a company
  - is able to evaluate financial statement analysis in risk assessment of a company
  - is able to implement non-financial information into the analysis like e.g. sustainability report information
  - is able to utilize information from notes to the financial statements in the analysis
  - is able to present financial information and utilize visualization tools and storytelling convincingly
  - is able to apply quantitative and qualitative methods to deepen the analysis

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Joonas Jokinen, Mikko Kumpulainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Statement Analysis ECO023AS2AE-3004 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to analyze financial statements with commonly known tools and techniques in this field
  - is able evaluate also non-financial information (ESG) provided by the companies
  - is able to recognize differences in most common accounting standards and analyze their impact on the analysis
  - is able to integrate sustainability reporting information to financial statement analysis in order to build broader view of the company
  - is able to use visualization tools and storytelling techniques in presenting financial information to stakeholders
  - is able to utilize applicable quantitative and qualitative research methods to analyze the dependencies of the variables presented in the financial statements and to make forecasts
  - is able to plan and give recommendations to business operations through insights gathered by collecting and analyzing relevant financial and non-financial data from annual reports)

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - financial statement analysis including the notes to financial statements
  - key ratio analysis
  - non-financial data, sustainability reports
  - presenting financial information
  - visualization and storytelling
  - quantitative and qualitative research methods

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to recognise some financial statement analysis methods and knows how to apply them
  - is able to identify standards and principles applied in financial statements
  - is able to present some financial information

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to analyze financial statements with key ratios as well as link them to the strategic goals of a company
  - is able to utilize non-financial information in the analysis
  - is able to recognize the value of notes to the financial statements in the analysis
  - is able to present financial information and utilize visualization tools with ease
  - is able to apply some quantitative or qualitative methods in the analysis

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - is able to analyze financial statements with key ratios as well as link them to the strategic goals of a company
  - is able to evaluate financial statement analysis in risk assessment of a company
  - is able to implement non-financial information into the analysis like e.g. sustainability report information
  - is able to utilize information from notes to the financial statements in the analysis
  - is able to present financial information and utilize visualization tools and storytelling convincingly
  - is able to apply quantitative and qualitative methods to deepen the analysis

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Joonas Jokinen, Mikko Kumpulainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Statement Analysis ECO023AS2AE-3005 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to analyze financial statements with commonly known tools and techniques in this field
  - is able evaluate also non-financial information (ESG) provided by the companies
  - is able to recognize differences in most common accounting standards and analyze their impact on the analysis
  - is able to integrate sustainability reporting information to financial statement analysis in order to build broader view of the company
  - is able to use visualization tools and storytelling techniques in presenting financial information to stakeholders
  - is able to utilize applicable quantitative and qualitative research methods to analyze the dependencies of the variables presented in the financial statements and to make forecasts
  - is able to plan and give recommendations to business operations through insights gathered by collecting and analyzing relevant financial and non-financial data from annual reports)

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - financial statement analysis including the notes to financial statements
  - key ratio analysis
  - non-financial data, sustainability reports
  - presenting financial information
  - visualization and storytelling
  - quantitative and qualitative research methods

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to recognise some financial statement analysis methods and knows how to apply them
  - is able to identify standards and principles applied in financial statements
  - is able to present some financial information

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to analyze financial statements with key ratios as well as link them to the strategic goals of a company
  - is able to utilize non-financial information in the analysis
  - is able to recognize the value of notes to the financial statements in the analysis
  - is able to present financial information and utilize visualization tools with ease
  - is able to apply some quantitative or qualitative methods in the analysis

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - is able to analyze financial statements with key ratios as well as link them to the strategic goals of a company
  - is able to evaluate financial statement analysis in risk assessment of a company
  - is able to implement non-financial information into the analysis like e.g. sustainability report information
  - is able to utilize information from notes to the financial statements in the analysis
  - is able to present financial information and utilize visualization tools and storytelling convincingly
  - is able to apply quantitative and qualitative methods to deepen the analysis

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Joonas Jokinen, Mikko Kumpulainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Statements and Corporate Tax ECO005AS2AE-3001 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to prepare statutory financial statements for a small company according to accounting standards
  - is able to identify key international accounting standards
  - is able to apply accrual principle in the valuation of assets and liabilities of a company
  - is able to identify the minimum requirements of sustainability reporting in the financial statements
  - is able to prepare cash flow statement
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to distinguish tax implications in different company forms and analyse total tax rate from owners’ perspective

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Course ECO002AS2AE Financial accounting or similar competence level gained

  Contents

  - accounting principles and standards
  - essential period end adjustment and valuation principles
  - contents of the financial statement including notes
  - cash flow statement
  - non-financial information
  - income taxation of a company

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to assist in preparing the financial statements and prepare some basic period end adjustments
  - is able to recognize the difference between taxable income and net income
  - is able to distinguish tax rules for different company forms

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to prepare financial statements according to accounting principles and standards
  - is able to apply valuation principles to assets and liabilities
  - is able to prepare basic cash flow statement
  - is able to outline basic requirements for sustainability reporting
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to choose applicable tax rules for different company forms and provide some advice on tax matters to management and owners

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - is able to prepare independently financial statement by applying all necessary accounting standards and principles
  - is able to verify and justify that financial statements give a true and fair view of the company
  - is able to prepare cash flow statement
  - is able to apply common sustainability reporting requirements in connection to financial statements
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to choose applicable tax rules for different company forms and recognize the differences in their total tax rate
  - provide advice on tax matters to management and owners

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Harrison, W. T., Thomas, C. W., Tietz, W. M. & Suwardy, T. (2024). Financial accounting: International financial reporting standards (12th edition, global edition.). Pearson. Chapters 3, 4, 6, 7, 9.
  
  Accounting Act and Decree
  Applicable tax laws
  
  Other materials informed by the course teacher.

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  According to the schedule

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Exercises and Moodle exam

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Statements and Corporate Tax ECO005AS2AE-3003 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to prepare statutory financial statements for a small company according to accounting standards
  - is able to identify key international accounting standards
  - is able to apply accrual principle in the valuation of assets and liabilities of a company
  - is able to identify the minimum requirements of sustainability reporting in the financial statements
  - is able to prepare cash flow statement
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to distinguish tax implications in different company forms and analyse total tax rate from owners’ perspective

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Course ECO002AS2AE Financial accounting or similar competence level gained

  Contents

  - accounting principles and standards
  - essential period end adjustment and valuation principles
  - contents of the financial statement including notes
  - cash flow statement
  - non-financial information
  - income taxation of a company

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to assist in preparing the financial statements and prepare some basic period end adjustments
  - is able to recognize the difference between taxable income and net income
  - is able to distinguish tax rules for different company forms

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to prepare financial statements according to accounting principles and standards
  - is able to apply valuation principles to assets and liabilities
  - is able to prepare basic cash flow statement
  - is able to outline basic requirements for sustainability reporting
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to choose applicable tax rules for different company forms and provide some advice on tax matters to management and owners

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - is able to prepare independently financial statement by applying all necessary accounting standards and principles
  - is able to verify and justify that financial statements give a true and fair view of the company
  - is able to prepare cash flow statement
  - is able to apply common sustainability reporting requirements in connection to financial statements
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to choose applicable tax rules for different company forms and recognize the differences in their total tax rate
  - provide advice on tax matters to management and owners

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Harrison, W. T., Thomas, C. W., Tietz, W. M. & Suwardy, T. (2018). Financial accounting: International financial reporting standards (11th edition, global edition.). Pearson. Chapters 4, 11. (tbc)
  
  Accounting Act and Decree
  Applicable tax laws
  
  Other materials informed by the course teacher.

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Statements and Corporate Tax ECO005AS2AE-3002 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to prepare statutory financial statements for a small company according to accounting standards
  - is able to identify key international accounting standards
  - is able to apply accrual principle in the valuation of assets and liabilities of a company
  - is able to identify the minimum requirements of sustainability reporting in the financial statements
  - is able to prepare cash flow statement
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to distinguish tax implications in different company forms and analyse total tax rate from owners’ perspective

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Course ECO002AS2AE Financial accounting or similar competence level gained

  Contents

  - accounting principles and standards
  - essential period end adjustment and valuation principles
  - contents of the financial statement including notes
  - cash flow statement
  - non-financial information
  - income taxation of a company

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to assist in preparing the financial statements and prepare some basic period end adjustments
  - is able to recognize the difference between taxable income and net income
  - is able to distinguish tax rules for different company forms

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to prepare financial statements according to accounting principles and standards
  - is able to apply valuation principles to assets and liabilities
  - is able to prepare basic cash flow statement
  - is able to outline basic requirements for sustainability reporting
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to choose applicable tax rules for different company forms and provide some advice on tax matters to management and owners

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - is able to prepare independently financial statement by applying all necessary accounting standards and principles
  - is able to verify and justify that financial statements give a true and fair view of the company
  - is able to prepare cash flow statement
  - is able to apply common sustainability reporting requirements in connection to financial statements
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to choose applicable tax rules for different company forms and recognize the differences in their total tax rate
  - provide advice on tax matters to management and owners

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is an EVENING CONTACT implementation.
  The lessons contain lectures, examples and exercises mainly in excel. If time allows, Procountor accounting program will be used as well.
  Flipped classroom is used for certain sections of the course.The implementation requires independent studies.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Harrison, W. T., Thomas, C. W., Tietz, W. M. & Suwardy, T. (2024). Financial accounting: International financial reporting standards (12th edition, global edition.). Pearson. Chapters 3, 4, 6, 7, 9.
  
  Accounting Act and Decree (Finland)
  Applicable tax laws (Finland)
  
  Other materials informed by the course teacher.

  Teachers

  Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Working life connections

  Practical examples as much as possible. The material and exercises are according to Finnish GAAP.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Exam will be during the last week of the course in the electronic exam room.
  The 1st retake opportunity will be in the electronic exam room within 2-3 weeks after the course.
  2nd retake by request.
  
  Exam is 70-80% of the course grade.
  Assignments (Excel and/or Procountor) are 20-30% of the course grade.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Course contains class exercises in excel with solutions in Moodle.
  There will 4-6 assignments in excel and/or Procountor making 20-30% of the course grade.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Weekly evening lessons on Mondays.

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH
  • IBEB5PAACC

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL and Work study available.
  For RPL, contact the teacher.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Exam (electronic exam room) 70-80%
  Excel and/or Procountor assignments 20-30%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Business Communication (for Finnish-speaking students) FIN014AS2AE-3005 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  This course has practical orientation, drawing on both theoretical knowledge and personal communication skills. You are familiar with different areas of corporate communications as well as with the linguistic and stylistic conventions of business writing in Finnish. You are able to write effective and reader-friendly messages and documents and you can prepare a professional report in Finnish. You are aware of the importance and strategic role of communication in companies and other organizations.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites. The course language of instruction is Finnish and you need to have proficient user language skills (level C1-C2) to follow the course successfully.
  
  
  NOTE! If your school language is Swedish, you will receive a certificate of proficiency in Finnish for civil servants after you have completed this course and taken the additional tests (oral test and written test under supervision). Please contact the teacher responsible for the course. You will receive further information from him/her.

  Contents

  - Functions of corporate and community communication
  - Basics of business related text types
  - Formal writing in a professional setting
  - Written report (project work)
  - Language planning

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge:
  You have a basic theoretical knowledge of corporate communications. You know the most relevant concepts and Haaga-Helia guidelines for writing reports and can partly apply them to new contexts. Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills:
  You have satisfactory skills to produce and deliver professional texts and reports in Finnish. Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  Competence:
  You show satisfactory activity and initiative in the learning process. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge:
  You have a good theoretical knowledge of corporate communications. You know the relevant
  concepts and Haaga-Helia guidelines for writing reports and can apply them to new contexts. Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills:
  You have good skills to produce and deliver professional texts and reports in Finnish. Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  Competence:
  You show activity and initiative in the learning process. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge:
  You have a very good theoretical knowledge of corporate communications. Your use of the relevant concepts and Haaga-Helia guidelines for writing reports in new contexts is very accurate. Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills:
  You have excellent skills to produce and deliver professional texts and reports in Finnish. Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  Competence:
  You show excellent activity and initiative in the learning process. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  This is a virtual course. The course language of instruction is Finnish.

  ---

  Teachers

  Sanna Kukkonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  Finnish

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • REE4HA1
  • REE3HA1
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Seats

  30 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Business Communication (for Finnish-speaking students) FIN014AS2AE-3006 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  This course has practical orientation, drawing on both theoretical knowledge and personal communication skills. You are familiar with different areas of corporate communications as well as with the linguistic and stylistic conventions of business writing in Finnish. You are able to write effective and reader-friendly messages and documents and you can prepare a professional report in Finnish. You are aware of the importance and strategic role of communication in companies and other organizations.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites. The course language of instruction is Finnish and you need to have proficient user language skills (level C1-C2) to follow the course successfully.
  
  
  NOTE! If your school language is Swedish, you will receive a certificate of proficiency in Finnish for civil servants after you have completed this course and taken the additional tests (oral test and written test under supervision). Please contact the teacher responsible for the course. You will receive further information from him/her.

  Contents

  - Functions of corporate and community communication
  - Basics of business related text types
  - Formal writing in a professional setting
  - Written report (project work)
  - Language planning

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge:
  You have a basic theoretical knowledge of corporate communications. You know the most relevant concepts and Haaga-Helia guidelines for writing reports and can partly apply them to new contexts. Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills:
  You have satisfactory skills to produce and deliver professional texts and reports in Finnish. Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  Competence:
  You show satisfactory activity and initiative in the learning process. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge:
  You have a good theoretical knowledge of corporate communications. You know the relevant
  concepts and Haaga-Helia guidelines for writing reports and can apply them to new contexts. Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills:
  You have good skills to produce and deliver professional texts and reports in Finnish. Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  Competence:
  You show activity and initiative in the learning process. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge:
  You have a very good theoretical knowledge of corporate communications. Your use of the relevant concepts and Haaga-Helia guidelines for writing reports in new contexts is very accurate. Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills:
  You have excellent skills to produce and deliver professional texts and reports in Finnish. Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  Competence:
  You show excellent activity and initiative in the learning process. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  This is a virtual course. The course language of instruction is Finnish.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  The course language of instruction is Finnish and you need to have proficient user language skills (level C1-C2) to follow the course successfully. No other prerequisites.
  
  This is a virtual course.
  
  On this course, the students work independently. There is no team work.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Kortetjärvi-Nurmi, S. & Murtola, K. Areena. Yritysviestinnän käsikirja. Edita. Helsinki.
  
  Other materials on Moodle at the beginning of the implementation.

  Teachers

  Sanna Kukkonen

  Working life connections

  The content of the course is closely related to the communicational environment as well as the skills and knowledge needed in work life.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  Finnish

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Learning assigments, Moodle exams, written assignments and a project report.
  
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  The course starts in January and ands in May. There are learning assignments throughout the course, and at the end the students submit a larger written assignment (project report) based on a communicational theme. Closer information on Moodle.

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • VIRTUAL
  • IBE4PACOM
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Alternative learning methods

  If you have acquired the required learning outcomes, you can show your competences with a demonstration. For more detailed information, please contact the responsible teacher.
  
  More information and instructions regarding the recognition of learning: https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning

  Seats

  30 - 60

  Further information

  Learning assignments 0–3, 5 ja 6 30 %
  Written assignments 3A & 3B 10 %
  Project work (report) 30 %
  A test on Finnish language proficiency (kielenhuolto) 30 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Business Culture and Society INT004AS2AE-3006 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (NONSTOP, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successful competition of the course, the student has achieved an orientation to the Finnish market and culture, and is able to:
  
  1. understand the Finnish society, and the most important stages of history and culture, and understand their effects on the contemporary Finnish society.
  2. understand the characteristics of Finnish business culture and customs.
  3. understand practices in Finnish business communication to successfully communicate with the Finnish speaking market.
  4. understand the Finnish business environment, its actors, and organizational cultures.
  5. demonstrate ability to implement the knowledge of Finnish business culture in own actions.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No pre-requirements.
  This course is for non-Finnish students.

  Contents

  Contents
  
  1. Finnish society and market (history, politics, economy, culture)
  2. Finnish business culture and customs
  3. Finnish business communication
  4. Business environment, actors, and organizational culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student is able to recognize and understand the major characteristics of the Finnish society, and some important stages of history and culture. The student has a basic understanding of Finnish business communication, business culture and business environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student understands the Finnish society and the main stages of history and culture and their effects on the contemporary society. Also, the student understands the characteristics of Finnish business culture and customs. The student understands the business environment, its actors, and organizational cultures.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student understands and can analyze the Finnish society, culture, and history. Also, the student understands practices in Finnish business communication to successfully communicate with the Finnish speaking market
  The student demonstrates ability to implement the knowledge of Finnish business environment and culture in own actions

  Further information

  This course is meant for those international students whose mother tongue is not Finnish or Swedish.

  ---

  Teachers

  Ana Dimkar

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  01.01.2024 - 01.01.2024

  Groups

  • NONSTOP
  • FH24S
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 1 FIN001AS2AE-3035 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can introduce oneself, give basic information about oneself and ask simple questions
  * can understand and use basic expressions and simple sentences in routine everyday situation
  * is able to deal with some everyday social situations and handle simple shopping situations
  * is aware of the basic characteristics of the Finnish language, culture and habits
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The student is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  • basics of pronunciation
  • greetings
  • numbers and time expressions
  • family
  • weather
  • everyday life
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo, Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 01.08.2024

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 1 FIN001AS2AE-3037 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can introduce oneself, give basic information about oneself and ask simple questions
  * can understand and use basic expressions and simple sentences in routine everyday situation
  * is able to deal with some everyday social situations and handle simple shopping situations
  * is aware of the basic characteristics of the Finnish language, culture and habits
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The student is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  • basics of pronunciation
  • greetings
  • numbers and time expressions
  • family
  • weather
  • everyday life
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on Wednesdays at 17:40-20.30 in Pasila
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive supervised assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, text)

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Study book: Sonja Gehring & Sanni Heinzmann: Uudistettu Suomen mestari 1, Finn Lectura, chapters 1-5 (2020)
  Other material available in Moodle and online

  Teachers

  Anna-Reetta Kokkonen

  Working life connections

  The course is through language strongly linked to the Finnish society which gives international students a possibility to adapt more easily to Finland.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two comprehensive supervised assignments replacing one final exam
  Re-exam (covering the whole course) to be agreed separately

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural student group

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Weekly follow-up tests
  Video assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  On Wednesdays at 17:40-20.30 from August 30th to December 13th
  Intensive week 42, no lessons
  Detailed schedule in Moodle

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Continuous assessment: oral skills, homework, follow-ups 40 %
  Supervised assignment 1 30 %
  Supervised assignment 2 30 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 1 FIN001AS2AE-3048 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can introduce oneself, give basic information about oneself and ask simple questions
  * can understand and use basic expressions and simple sentences in routine everyday situation
  * is able to deal with some everyday social situations and handle simple shopping situations
  * is aware of the basic characteristics of the Finnish language, culture and habits
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The student is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  • basics of pronunciation
  • greetings
  • numbers and time expressions
  • family
  • weather
  • everyday life
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on xxx at xxx in
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive learning assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, text)

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Study book: Sonja Gehring & Sanni Heinzmann: Uudistettu Suomen mestari 1, Finn Lectura, chapters 1-5 (2020)
  Other material available in Moodle and online

  Teachers

  Tuula Jäppinen

  Working life connections

  The course is through language strongly linked to the Finnish society which gives international students a possibility to adapt more easily to Finland.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural student group

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Video assignment
  Writing assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Detailed schedule in Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Continuous assessment and oral skills 40 %
  Exam 1 30 %
  Exam 2 30 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 1 FIN001AS2AE-3036 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can introduce oneself, give basic information about oneself and ask simple questions
  * can understand and use basic expressions and simple sentences in routine everyday situation
  * is able to deal with some everyday social situations and handle simple shopping situations
  * is aware of the basic characteristics of the Finnish language, culture and habits
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The student is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  • basics of pronunciation
  • greetings
  • numbers and time expressions
  • family
  • weather
  • everyday life
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact course.
  - discussion and oral presentation
  - reading and written assignments
  - individual and group exercises
  - quizzes and tests

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Suomen mestari 1. New edition! Finn Lectura. Chapters 1 – 5.
  
  ISBN/GTIN: 978-951-1-33423-1
  
  Additional material provided by the teacher.

  Teachers

  Pia Mattila

  Working life connections

  This is your first step to get important language skills. It is difficult to find a job in Finland without knowing any Finnish.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  - First supervised written assignment on Tuesday the 22nd of October at Pasila Campus.
  - Second supervised written assignment on Tuesday the 10th of December at Pasila Campus.
  
  - Students, who want to improve their grade after the course, can take a re-test. You have two attempts within half a year after the course has ended. Ask your teacher for the dates.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course is conducted in BBA programs with a mix of international students. Also, the Finnish language and culture taught in the course will expand your knowledge of internationality.

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  - daily quizzes and exercises in class
  - two bigger, supervised, written assignments

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  - contact classes on Tuesdays and Thursdays at 14:00-15:30 in Pasila campus.
  - Classes are in classroom PA/1005.

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  If you already have skills and competences matching the goals of this course, you can show them through demonstration in the beginning of each semester. Ask the teacher of the course. More information https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning
  
  RPL days in autumn 2024: (to be announced later)
  
  More information in August 2024.
  
  You don't have to enroll in these tests.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  - continuous assessment in class, based on your skills shown in oral and written exercises and on your results in daily quizzes and homework. 30 %
  - two supervised written assignments 70 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 2 FIN002AS2AE-3018 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can communicate in simple everyday situations
  * can tell about his/her home
  * knows some work-related vocabulary
  * can use and understand the local case system of nouns
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The student is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.2.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 1 or equivalent competence (about 5 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • pronunciation
  • housing
  • traveling
  • food and drink
  • professions and work
  • expressing place and direction
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact course.
  - discussion and oral presentation
  - reading and written assignments
  - individual and group exercises
  - quizzes and tests

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Suomen mestari 1. New edition! Finn Lectura. Chapters 6 - 9.
  
  ISBN/GTIN: 978-951-1-33423-1 (New edition!)
  
  Additional material provided by the teacher.

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo

  Working life connections

  These basic courses are your first steps to get important language skills. It is difficult to find a job in Finland without knowing any Finnish language or Finnish culture.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  - First supervised written assignment ("midterm test") on Fri 13.10.2023 at 14:00 at Pasila Campus
  - Second supervised written assignment ("final test") on Fri 8.12.2023 at 14:00 at Pasila Campus
  
  - Students, who want to improve their grade after the course, can take a re-test. You have two attempts within half a year after the course has ended. Ask your teacher for the dates. The re-test covers the whole course content. Re-test only can approve the points you got from the "supervised assignments". The points for "continuous assessment" stay.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course is conducted in BBA programs with a mix of international students. Also, the Finnish language and culture taught in the course will expand your knowledge of internationality.

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  - daily quizzes and exercises in class
  - two bigger, supervised, written assignments

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  - contact classes on Wednesdays and Fridays at 14:00 - 15:45 in Pasila campus.
  - See the Moodle for exact places. The classes are planned to be in classroom PA/1004.

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • TF2SWD
  • TF2DIG
  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK

  Alternative learning methods

  If you already have skills and competences matching the goals of this course, you can show them through demonstration in the beginning of each semester. Ask the teacher of the course. More information https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning
  
  Next RPL days in January 2024. Ask for more details closer to the January.
  You don't have to enroll in these tests.

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Further information

  - continuous assessment in class, based on your skills shown in oral and written exercises and on your results in daily quizzes and homework. 30 %
  - two supervised written assignments 70 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 2 FIN002AS2AE-3019 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can communicate in simple everyday situations
  * can tell about his/her home
  * knows some work-related vocabulary
  * can use and understand the local case system of nouns
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The student is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.2.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 1 or equivalent competence (about 5 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • pronunciation
  • housing
  • traveling
  • food and drink
  • professions and work
  • expressing place and direction
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo, Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 01.08.2024

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 2 FIN002AS2AE-3020 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can communicate in simple everyday situations
  * can tell about his/her home
  * knows some work-related vocabulary
  * can use and understand the local case system of nouns
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The student is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.2.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 1 or equivalent competence (about 5 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • pronunciation
  • housing
  • traveling
  • food and drink
  • professions and work
  • expressing place and direction
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 2 FIN002AS2AE-3021 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can communicate in simple everyday situations
  * can tell about his/her home
  * knows some work-related vocabulary
  * can use and understand the local case system of nouns
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The student is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.2.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 1 or equivalent competence (about 5 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • pronunciation
  • housing
  • traveling
  • food and drink
  • professions and work
  • expressing place and direction
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on Wednesdays at 17:40-20.30 in Pasila
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive supervised assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, follow-up tests)

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Study book: Sonja Gehring & Sanni Heinzmann: Uudistettu Suomen mestari 1, Finn Lectura, chapters 6-9 (2020)
  Other material available in Moodle and online

  Teachers

  Anna-Reetta Kokkonen

  Working life connections

  The course is through language strongly linked to the Finnish society which gives international students a possibility to adapt more easily to Finland.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two comprehensive supervised assignments replacing one final exam
  Re-exam (covering the whole course) to be agreed separately

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural student group

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Weekly follow-up tests, video assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  On Wednesdays at 17:40-20.30 from January to May
  Intensive weeks 8 and 12, no lessons
  Detailed schedule in Moodle

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Continuous assessment and oral skills 40 %
  Supervised assignment 1 30 %
  Supervised assignment 2 30 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 2 FIN002AS2AE-3037 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can communicate in simple everyday situations
  * can tell about his/her home
  * knows some work-related vocabulary
  * can use and understand the local case system of nouns
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The student is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.2.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 1 or equivalent competence (about 5 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • pronunciation
  • housing
  • traveling
  • food and drink
  • professions and work
  • expressing place and direction
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Sanna Kukkonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 3 FIN003AS2AE-3014 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB3PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  
  * can tell about his/her past
  * is able to talk about his/her health
  * can discuss his/her free time and hobbies
  * develops his/her vocabulary and knowledge about the grammatical structures of the course.
  
  The student is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A2.1.

  Contents

  • Travelling
  • Health
  • Free time activities and hobbies
  • The past tense of verbs (Imperfect)
  • The construction `have to´
  • The forms of object

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Taija Hämäläinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Sanna Kukkonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB3PA1
  • IBE3PA3
  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK
  • IBE3PA2
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 3 FIN003AS2AE-3015 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  
  * can tell about his/her past
  * is able to talk about his/her health
  * can discuss his/her free time and hobbies
  * develops his/her vocabulary and knowledge about the grammatical structures of the course.
  
  The student is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A2.1.

  Contents

  • Travelling
  • Health
  • Free time activities and hobbies
  • The past tense of verbs (Imperfect)
  • The construction `have to´
  • The forms of object

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Taija Hämäläinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo, Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 01.08.2024

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 3 FIN003AS2AE-3016 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  
  * can tell about his/her past
  * is able to talk about his/her health
  * can discuss his/her free time and hobbies
  * develops his/her vocabulary and knowledge about the grammatical structures of the course.
  
  The student is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A2.1.

  Contents

  • Travelling
  • Health
  • Free time activities and hobbies
  • The past tense of verbs (Imperfect)
  • The construction `have to´
  • The forms of object

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Taija Hämäläinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on Mondays and Wednesdays at 16:00-17.30 in Pasila
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive supervised assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, follow-up tests)
  
  Emphasis will be given to all four language skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing.
  The class will provide students the opportunity to practice new vocabulary and grammatical structures through in-class discussion of assigned activities and readings. To succeed in this course, you must actively participate and you will be expected to attend class regularly, prepare for class, and speak as much Finnish as possible.
  
  Contact hours: oral and written exercises individually and in pairs, group work, learning games.
  Independent studies: homework and preparation for lessons, exams and assignments, online material.
  This course develops student’s ability to understand and use Finnish language further and activates the language skills learned earlier. The students are encouraged and able to use Finnish in everyday situations.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Gehring, Sonja & Heinzmann, Sanni: Uudistettu Suomen mestari 2. Finn Lectura. Helsinki. Chapters 1 - 4. (2022)
  Note! The renewed version of Suomen mestari 2 book (2022) will be used on the course.
  Other material provided by the teacher

  Teachers

  Anna-Reetta Kokkonen

  Working life connections

  Learning Finnish language and culture will give students skills and readiness to work in a Finnish speaking working environment.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two comprehensive supervised assignments replacing one final exam
  Re-exam (covering the whole course) to be agreed separately

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  International students. Differences between Finnish and other cultures.

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Weekly follow-up tests, video assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  On Mondays and Wednesdays from January to May
  Intensive weeks 8 and 12, no lessons
  Detailed schedule in Moodle
  
  Themes handled during the course are health, travelling, presentations and Finnish working life.
  The grammar studied during the course:
  past tense forms of verbs (simple past and perfect tenses)
  object
  imperative forms of verbs
  pluperfect forms of verbs
  3. infinitive forms of verbs.

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE3PA1
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Continuous assessment and oral skills 40 %
  Supervised assignment 1 30 %
  Supervised assignment 2 30 %
  
  Regular and active participation is crucial to your progress. Coming on time, being prepared, doing activities, answering questions and speaking Finnish as much as possible are all part of the continuous demonstration of your language skills.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 4 FIN004AS2AE-3011 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  - can tell about his/her studies and work experience and write a CV in Finnish
  - can discuss festivities and national holiday traditions in Finland and other countries
  - is able to handle simple communication situations as a customer in offices and shops
  - is able to follow news in easy Finnish (Selkouutiset)
  - is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A2.2 - B1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 3 or equivalent competence (about 15 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • communication in offices
  • education and work experience
  • applying for a job in Finland
  • shopping
  • celebrating national holidays and other events
  • past tenses of verbs (perfekti, pluskvamperfekti)
  • plural forms of nouns

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Tuula Jäppinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 4 FIN004AS2AE-3012 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  - can tell about his/her studies and work experience and write a CV in Finnish
  - can discuss festivities and national holiday traditions in Finland and other countries
  - is able to handle simple communication situations as a customer in offices and shops
  - is able to follow news in easy Finnish (Selkouutiset)
  - is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A2.2 - B1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 3 or equivalent competence (about 15 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • communication in offices
  • education and work experience
  • applying for a job in Finland
  • shopping
  • celebrating national holidays and other events
  • past tenses of verbs (perfekti, pluskvamperfekti)
  • plural forms of nouns

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Tuula Jäppinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • IBE3PA1
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 4 FIN004AS2AE-3013 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  - can tell about his/her studies and work experience and write a CV in Finnish
  - can discuss festivities and national holiday traditions in Finland and other countries
  - is able to handle simple communication situations as a customer in offices and shops
  - is able to follow news in easy Finnish (Selkouutiset)
  - is able to express her/himself both in writing and orally in Finnish at the proficiency level of the course.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A2.2 - B1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 3 or equivalent competence (about 15 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • communication in offices
  • education and work experience
  • applying for a job in Finland
  • shopping
  • celebrating national holidays and other events
  • past tenses of verbs (perfekti, pluskvamperfekti)
  • plural forms of nouns

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Tuula Jäppinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo, Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 01.08.2024

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish for Exchange Students FIN015AS2AE-3014 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course the student:
  - knows the elementary vocabulary and structures of Finnish language needed in routine everyday situations
  - has had a chance to practice and improve his / her independent language learning skills
  - has learned to use the surrounding language environment to improve his / her Finnish skills
  - is familiar with the basic characteristics of Finnish language, culture and habits related to everyday life.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - Basics of the pronunciation
  - Vocabulary and key phrases for everyday and studying purposes
  - Asking and giving information in everyday situations
  - Shopping and ordering
  - Introduction to expressing time, place and direction
  - Information about Finland and the Finnish culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge of the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  This course is for exchange students only.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on Mondays at 11-14
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive learning assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, text)

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material provided by the teacher
  Other material available in Moodle and online

  Teachers

  Maria Jompero

  Working life connections

  The course is through language strongly linked to the Finnish society which gives exchange students a possibility to adapt more easily to Finland during their stay.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural student group

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Video assignment
  Writing assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  On Mondays at 11-14,

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Continuous assessment and oral skills 30 %
  Learning assignment 1 35 %
  Learning assignment 2 35 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish for Exchange Students FIN015AS2AE-3015 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course the student:
  - knows the elementary vocabulary and structures of Finnish language needed in routine everyday situations
  - has had a chance to practice and improve his / her independent language learning skills
  - has learned to use the surrounding language environment to improve his / her Finnish skills
  - is familiar with the basic characteristics of Finnish language, culture and habits related to everyday life.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - Basics of the pronunciation
  - Vocabulary and key phrases for everyday and studying purposes
  - Asking and giving information in everyday situations
  - Shopping and ordering
  - Introduction to expressing time, place and direction
  - Information about Finland and the Finnish culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge of the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  This course is for exchange students only.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on Thursdays in Pasila
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive learning assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, text)

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material provided by the teacher
  Other material available in Moodle and online

  Teachers

  Sanna Kukkonen

  Working life connections

  The course is through language strongly linked to the Finnish society which gives exchange students a possibility to adapt more easily to Finland during their stay.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two comprehensive learning assignments (weeks xx and xx) replacing one final exam
  Re-exam (covering the whole course) to be agreed separately

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural student group

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Video assignment
  Writing assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  On Thursdays from January 23 to May 15
  Intensive weeks 8 and 12, no lessons
  Detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Continuous assessment and oral skills 30 %
  Learning assignment 1 35 %
  Learning assignment 2 35 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish for Exchange Students FIN015AS2AE-3013 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course the student:
  - knows the elementary vocabulary and structures of Finnish language needed in routine everyday situations
  - has had a chance to practice and improve his / her independent language learning skills
  - has learned to use the surrounding language environment to improve his / her Finnish skills
  - is familiar with the basic characteristics of Finnish language, culture and habits related to everyday life.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - Basics of the pronunciation
  - Vocabulary and key phrases for everyday and studying purposes
  - Asking and giving information in everyday situations
  - Shopping and ordering
  - Introduction to expressing time, place and direction
  - Information about Finland and the Finnish culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge of the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  This course is for exchange students only.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact and distant sessions (using Moodle platform)
  Weekly individual self-study and exercises
  Individual and group assignments

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material available in Moodle

  Teachers

  Pia Mattila

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Exam dates are announced in Moodle.
  Teacher will tell about re-exams.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural learning environment and multicultural student teams

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Weekly individual self-study and home work
  Individual assignments
  Group assignment (video)

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  27 August - 12 December. On Tuesdays and Thursdays at 12.00-13.30.
  Notice: course starts on 27 August at 12:00.
  Further details available in Moodle.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Active participation and learning assignments: 30 %
  Exam 1: 35 %
  Exam 2: 35 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish for Exchange Students FIN015AS2AE-3016 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course the student:
  - knows the elementary vocabulary and structures of Finnish language needed in routine everyday situations
  - has had a chance to practice and improve his / her independent language learning skills
  - has learned to use the surrounding language environment to improve his / her Finnish skills
  - is familiar with the basic characteristics of Finnish language, culture and habits related to everyday life.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - Basics of the pronunciation
  - Vocabulary and key phrases for everyday and studying purposes
  - Asking and giving information in everyday situations
  - Shopping and ordering
  - Introduction to expressing time, place and direction
  - Information about Finland and the Finnish culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge of the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  This course is for exchange students only.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Teaching sessions in classroom
  Weekly independent study and exercises
  Individual and group assignments

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material available in Moodle

  Teachers

  Pia Mattila

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Exam dates are announced in Moodle.
  Teacher will tell about re-exams.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural learning environment and multicultural student teams

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Weekly independent study and homework
  Individual assignments
  Group assignment (video)

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  20 January - 16 May
  3 hours / week. Lessons are on Wednesdays at 14:00-16:30.
  Notice: this course starts on the week 4.
  Further details available in Moodle in the beginning of January.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Active participation and learning assignments: 30 %
  Exam 1: 35 %
  Exam 2: 35 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish for Work 1 FIN007AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CAMPUS24S, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Osaamistavoitteet:
  • Opiskelija tutustuu työelämän tekstilajeihin ja pystyy kirjoittamaan mm. sähköpostin ja tekstiviestin
  • Opiskelija osaa kertoa itsestään, omasta työhistoriastaan ja omasta osaamisestaan
  • Opiskelija tuntee työelämään ja ammatteihin liittyvää sanastoa
  • Opiskelija osaa ilmaista mielipiteensä ja kertoa näkemyksiään
  • Opiskelija seuraa ajankohtaista keskustelua ja uutisointia liittyen työelämään tai muuhun ajankohtaiseen aiheeseen

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Lähtötasona eurooppalaisen viitekehyksen taitotaso B1.1
  
  Kurssille voi osallistua, kun on suorittanut Haaga-Heliassa 20 opintopistettä suomea tai kun on muualla opiskellut vastaavan määrän suomea.

  Contents

  * Sopiminen, mielipiteen ilmaiseminen
  * Konditionaali
  * Puhekielen fraaseja ja sanontoja
  * Tietoa ammateista
  * Oma opiskelu- ja työhistoria
  * Aikamuotojen kertaus
  * Työhyvinvointi
  * Rekrytointiasiaa

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  vastuuopettaja: Taija Hämäläinen

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Virtual course: the teacher adds material and exercises in Moodle weekly.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Teacher's material which will be added to Moodle weekly.
  Dictionary

  Teachers

  Taija Hämäläinen

  Working life connections

  The course handles different situations and language needs likely to arise in working life.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  There's no exam, the grade consists of assignment points.

  Teaching language

  Finnish

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  The teacher adds material and assignments to Moodle weekly.
  
  Every part of the course has some general information about what will be studied during that week. There's also a link that leads to material and exercises. These don't have to be returned to the teacher, these exercises are meant to help students learn and practice before doing the assignments that are to be returned.
  
  The course assignments vary: they can be about writing, video, listening, reading or grammar (for example introducing yourself by video, writing about your life, video CV, text message, e-mails, video about your opinion, phrases used in different situations etc.)

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  All assignments are not available when the course starts. However, the teacher tries to be flexible about making topics and assignments available so students can do assignments when it suits them.
  
  All assignments have a deadline, and it's very important to stick to these deadlines. If you don't, the teacher thinks you have decided to leave the course early. So, if you have a problem and can't follow the schedules, please write the teacher and email.

  Groups

  • CAMPUS24S
  • 3AMK
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Alternative learning methods

  Virtual course

  Seats

  30 - 52

  Further information

  The course will be graded 0 - 5.
  
  There's no final exam, the grade will be calculated based on assignments and active participation. Students have to do and submit all assignments in time. If you are late with the submission, you'll get less points.
  
  If needed, the teacher can have an online conversation or a meeting as an additional tool when grading students.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish for Work 2 FIN008AS2AE-3003 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CAMPUSONLINE, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Opiskelija
  - osaa kirjoittaa lyhyitä työelämän tiedottavia ja markkinoivia tekstejä
  - osaa esitellä jonkin yrityksen, tuotteen tai palvelun suullisesti käyttäen apuna esitysdioja
  - tutustuu suomalaiseen työkulttuuriin ja joihinkin oman alansa työtehtäviin
  - harjaantuu etsimään tietoa suomenkielisistä kirjallisista ja suullisista lähteistä ja referoimaan tietoja
  Opiskelijan sanavarasto laajenee, kuullun ja luetun ymmärtämisen taito paranee ja kirjoitetun kielen rakenteiden hallinta vahvistuu.
  Tavoitetaso on B1.2.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Opintojaksolle voi osallistua, kun on saavuttanut itsenäisen kielenkäyttäjän tason B1.1. Kurssi sopii opintojakson Finnish for Work 1 (FIN007AS2AE) jälkeen mutta osallistuminen ei edellytä mainitun kurssin käymistä.
  
  HUOM! Jos koulusivistyskielesi on ruotsi, saat tutkintotodistukseen merkinnän virkamiessuomesta, kun olet suorittanut tämän kurssin ja tehnyt lisätestit (suullinen testi ja kirjallinen testi valvotusti). Ota yhteyttä kurssin vastuuopettajaan. Saat häneltä lisätietoja.

  Contents

  Opintojaksossa yhdistyvät kielen, viestinnän ja alakohtaisen työelämätiedon teemat.
  
  Sisältöjä ovat:
  - työelämän tekstilajit (lyhyet tiedottavat ja markkinoivat tekstit)
  - yrityksen, tuotteen tai palvelun esitteleminen
  - oman alan työtehtäviin tutustuminen
  - tietoa suomalaisesta työkulttuurista
  - teemoihin liittyvää oman alan sanastoa
  - kielioppi: verbien rektioita, verbin passiivin perfekti, partisiippirakenteita

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Kielitaitosi on tyydyttävä suhteessa kurssin oppimistavoitteisiin. Tarvitset vielä paljon ohajusta ja tukea tehtävien tekemiseen. Sinulla on perustiedot ja -taidot kielestä mutta sinun on vielä vaikea soveltaa taitojasi uusiin tilanteisiin ja tulla toimeen ilman apua.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Kielitaitosi on hyvä suhteessa kurssin oppimistavoitteisiin. Pystyt tekemään annetut tehtävät itsenäisesti. Osaat soveltaa oppimaasi, kun konteksti on tuttu ja voit valmistautua. Osoitat kiinnostusta kielitaitosi itsenäiseen kehittämiseen.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Kielitaitosi on erinomainen suhteessa kurssin oppimistavoitteisiin, Pystyt tekemään annetut tehtävät itsenäisesti ja luovasti. Osaat soveltaa oppimaasi uusiin tilanteisiin myös spontaanisti. Osoitat kykyä arvioida kielitaitosi tasoa ja löytää keinoja kehittyä edelleen. Olet myös halukas auttamaan muita.

  Further information

  vastuuopettaja: Tuula Jäppinen
  
  Opintojaksojen contact-, online ja blended-toteutuksilla edellytämme läsnäoloa lukujärjestykseen merkityillä opetuskerroilla. Jos olet poissa opetuskerroilta yli 25 % arvosanasi laskee yhdellä numerolla. Jos olet poissa opetuskerroilta yli 50 %, opintojakso hylätään.

  ---

  Teachers

  Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  Finnish

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Groups

  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Seats

  30 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Forms of Entrepreneurship ENT005AS2AE-3002 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB3PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student is able to identify different forms of entrepreneurship, such as family, chain, expert, team, etc.
  The student is able to observe the development and change in forms of entrepreneurship
  The student is able to describe forms of entrepreneurship based on the knowledge base
  The student is able to contribute competently to a debate on forms of entrepreneurship
  The student is able to evaluate entrepreneurship in a variety of ways in order to develop one's own or existing entrepreneurship

  Contents

  - Family business
  - Chain entrepreneurship
  - Cooperative entrepreneurship
  - Specialist entrepreneurship
  - Team entrepreneurship
  - Immigrant entrepreneurship
  - Other forms of entrepreneurship
  - Personal reflection on entrepreneurship
  
  • Pondering and reflecting what entrepreneurship means to the student. Is entrepreneurship sustainable?

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student identifies the specific features of different forms of entrepreneurship and has familiarised himself/herself with one of the forms of entrepreneurship in more detail using the knowledge base. The student will identify the practices and opportunities associated with the different forms of entrepreneurship and understand the concepts and debates related to them.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  In addition to the above, the student has been familiarized with several different forms of entrepreneurship through the knowledge base. He or she will be able to contribute to business development, taking into account the specificities of the different forms of entrepreneurship.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student understands the practices, processes, and opportunities associated with different forms of entrepreneurship and is able to take them into account in business development. In addition, the student will have a thorough understanding of several forms of entrepreneurship through the knowledge base as part of his/her own entrepreneurship.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Detailed information on timetable etc. on the student schedule and during the first lecture. Please note, it is compulsory to participate to the first on-line lecture in order to keep the course position and later complete the course.
  There is a strong "learning-by-doing" method in the course.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Moodle platform and all the articles etc. material referred in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Bettina Merlin, Petra Lindell

  Working life connections

  Strong connection to the working life in the materials and also possible outside entrepreneurs as guest stars.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam. Assignments and their presentations act as "exams". Please note, there is no re-take possibility, so do your best work at once. It is compulsory to act on time and fulfill all the requirements in order to pass the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Internationalization is inbound in all the materials and approach.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Instructions at Moodle and during the first on-line lecture. There is a group-work and an individual assignment and their presentations in the course. All these assignments must be done well and returned in time and according to instructions in order to pass.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  According to separate time table, detailed instructions during the first on-line lecture.

  Groups

  • IBEB3PA1
  • IBE3PA3
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBE3PA2
  • IBE3PA1
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  If you already know the study requirements of this course you can possibly demonstrate your skills. Please contact the respective study guiding councellor (=OSO).
  
  More information: https://www.haaga helia.fi/fi/osaamisen-tunnistaminen-ja-work-study Ohjeistus: Opintojakso – Kuvaustiedot – Toteutustavat, näyttö ja opinnollistaminen

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Evaluation is based to the quality of the assignments and their presentation. Detailed information in the Moodle and during the first lecture.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     French 1 FRE001AS2AE-3010 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  - manage in basic oral or written everyday situations/ use the elementary structures of the language in basic and written everyday situations
  - recognize the basic cultural specificity of the French speaking countries
  - recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  - plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisite course required

  Contents

  - Pronunciation & intonation
  - Basic structures of the Language
  - Small talk -situations
  - Introducing itself, discuss studies & work
  - Ordering in a restaurant
  - Traveling
  - Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the French language with assistance, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life very basic situations. S/he needs more practice regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. S/he has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the French language quite independently, when speaking or writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. S/he manages quite well regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. S/he has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the French language independently, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. S/he performs very well with the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. S/he has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Blended course

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material in Moodle

  Teachers

  Laurianne Bellotti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Mid-term exam: Wednesday 23rd of October, 14:00-15:30
  Final exam: Wednesday 11th of December, 14:00-15:30
  Re-take exam for the all course, once the course is over: Link in Moodle

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Starting Wednesday 19.08, until Wednesday 11.12
  Contact sessions: Wednesdays, 14-15:30
  Self-studies: Fridays, 14-15:30

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • 3AMK
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     French 1 FRE001AS2AE-3011 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  - manage in basic oral or written everyday situations/ use the elementary structures of the language in basic and written everyday situations
  - recognize the basic cultural specificity of the French speaking countries
  - recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  - plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisite course required

  Contents

  - Pronunciation & intonation
  - Basic structures of the Language
  - Small talk -situations
  - Introducing itself, discuss studies & work
  - Ordering in a restaurant
  - Traveling
  - Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the French language with assistance, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life very basic situations. S/he needs more practice regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. S/he has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the French language quite independently, when speaking or writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. S/he manages quite well regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. S/he has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the French language independently, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. S/he performs very well with the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. S/he has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact session course

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material in Moodle

  Teachers

  Laurianne Bellotti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Mid-term exam: Wednesday 26.03, 14:00-15:30
  Final exam: Wednesday 14.05, 14:00-15:30
  Re-take examination once the course is over: link in Moodle

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  1 mid-term exam: 40% of the total grade
  1 final exam: 40% of the total grade
  4 assignments: 20% of the total grade

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions on Wednesdays, 14:00-16:45, in classroom 1009, from 15.01 to 14.05.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • EXCH
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     French 1 FRE001AS2AE-3012 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  - manage in basic oral or written everyday situations/ use the elementary structures of the language in basic and written everyday situations
  - recognize the basic cultural specificity of the French speaking countries
  - recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  - plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisite course required

  Contents

  - Pronunciation & intonation
  - Basic structures of the Language
  - Small talk -situations
  - Introducing itself, discuss studies & work
  - Ordering in a restaurant
  - Traveling
  - Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the French language with assistance, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life very basic situations. S/he needs more practice regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. S/he has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the French language quite independently, when speaking or writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. S/he manages quite well regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. S/he has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the French language independently, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. S/he performs very well with the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. S/he has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions

  Learning material and recommended literature

  All material in Moodle

  Teachers

  Laurianne Bellotti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Mid-term exam: Wednesday 23rd of October, 17:45-19:15
  Final exam: Wednesday 11th of December, 17:45-19:15
  Re-take exam for the all course, once the course is over: Link in Moodle

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Starting Wednesday 21.08, until Wednesday 11.12
  Contact sessions on Wednesdays, 17:40-20:30

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     French 2 FRE002AS2AE-3008 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  - handle everyday life and work situations orally and written
  - communicate in French-speaking countries considering their special cultural characteristics
  - take into account cultural diversity
  - plan their future language studies and start their exchange abroad.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  French 1 course or equal knowledge

  Contents

  - discuss one’s own daily and weekly program
  - describe one’s living environment
  - discuss university studies
  - describe work life
  - express one’s own opinion
  - digital communication in the language in French
  - develop travel plans and traveling
  - deepen one’s own cultural knowledge of French speaking countries and their cultures

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student knows how to use the French language in the most common every day and work life situations. S/he has mastered the basics of pronunciation, the most common language basics and partly also the course’s vocabulary. S/he knows some general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she has acquainted him/herself with the diversity of the French-speaking environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student knows how to use the French-language quite independently and naturally in the most common every day and work life situations. S/he has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics and how to apply what you learnt to different language situations. S/he knows the general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands the diversity of the French-speaking environment much better than before.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student knows how to use the French language quite independently and naturally in different every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics and he/she applies fearlessly what he/she has learnt to different language situations. S/he knows the general characteristics of the language area very well and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands and is able to promote the diversity of the French-speaking environment.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Blended course

  Learning material and recommended literature

  All material in Moodle

  Teachers

  Laurianne Bellotti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Written exam: Wednesday 23rd of October, 16:00-17:30
  Oral assignment: Wednesday 11th & Friday 13th of December
  Re-take for the written exam: link in Moodle

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Starting Wednesday 21.08, until Friday 13.12
  Contact sessions: Wednesdays, 16:00-17:30
  Self-studies: Fridays, 16:00-17:30

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • 3AMK
  • EXCH
  • TRPAFRE

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     French 2 FRE002AS2AE-3009 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  - handle everyday life and work situations orally and written
  - communicate in French-speaking countries considering their special cultural characteristics
  - take into account cultural diversity
  - plan their future language studies and start their exchange abroad.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  French 1 course or equal knowledge

  Contents

  - discuss one’s own daily and weekly program
  - describe one’s living environment
  - discuss university studies
  - describe work life
  - express one’s own opinion
  - digital communication in the language in French
  - develop travel plans and traveling
  - deepen one’s own cultural knowledge of French speaking countries and their cultures

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student knows how to use the French language in the most common every day and work life situations. S/he has mastered the basics of pronunciation, the most common language basics and partly also the course’s vocabulary. S/he knows some general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she has acquainted him/herself with the diversity of the French-speaking environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student knows how to use the French-language quite independently and naturally in the most common every day and work life situations. S/he has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics and how to apply what you learnt to different language situations. S/he knows the general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands the diversity of the French-speaking environment much better than before.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student knows how to use the French language quite independently and naturally in different every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics and he/she applies fearlessly what he/she has learnt to different language situations. S/he knows the general characteristics of the language area very well and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands and is able to promote the diversity of the French-speaking environment.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact session course

  Learning material and recommended literature

  All course material in Moodle

  Teachers

  Laurianne Bellotti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Written exam: Thursday 27.03.2025
  Oral assignment: Thursday 15.05.2025
  Portfolio of written assignments: to be submitted in Moodle on time
  Re-take exam for the written exam: link in Moodle

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Written exam: 35% of the total grade
  Oral assignment: 25% of the total grade
  Portfolio of 9 written assignments: 40% of the total grade

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Thursdays, 14:00-16:45, classroom 1009, from 16.01 to 15.05.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • EXCH
  • IBE2PA2
  • TRPAFRE

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     French 3 FRE003AS2AE-3006 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon successful completion, the student will be able to:
  - manage in a variety of oral and written communication situations in work and everyday life
  - share their own skills
  - communicate more fluently in French-speaking countries, taking into account their cultural specificity
  - make use of information sources in the French language and the language area
  - use the language more confidently and naturally.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  French 1 and German French courses or equal knowledge

  Contents

  - introductions and greetings in formal situations
  - argumentation skills
  - discussing internships and your own career plans
  - company presentations
  - customer service situations
  - deepening knowledge of the country and culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The French language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but is sometimes difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The French language is progressing consistently and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The French language is structurally clear and fluent. The student’s skills in the written and oral French correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Teacher's material, in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Elina Vannesluoma, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     French 3 FRE003AS2AE-3005 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (TR4HEINT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon successful completion, the student will be able to:
  - manage in a variety of oral and written communication situations in work and everyday life
  - share their own skills
  - communicate more fluently in French-speaking countries, taking into account their cultural specificity
  - make use of information sources in the French language and the language area
  - use the language more confidently and naturally.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  French 1 and German French courses or equal knowledge

  Contents

  - introductions and greetings in formal situations
  - argumentation skills
  - discussing internships and your own career plans
  - company presentations
  - customer service situations
  - deepening knowledge of the country and culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The French language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but is sometimes difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The French language is progressing consistently and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The French language is structurally clear and fluent. The student’s skills in the written and oral French correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Materials in Moodle

  Teachers

  Laurianne Bellotti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Written exam: Monday 21st of October
  Oral presentation: Mondays 2nd & 9th of December
  Re-take for the written exam: link in Moodle

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Starting Monday 19.08 until Monday 9.12
  Contact sessions: Mondays, 16:00-17:30

  Groups

  • TR4HEINT
  • IBEB3PA1
  • IBE3PA3
  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • BLENDED
  • IBE3PA2
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 35

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     French 4 FRE004AS2AE-3003 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (TR4HEINT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to:
  - operate and communicate even more fluently in different oral and written situations in work - life taking into account cultural characteristics
  - utilize different sources of information in French
  - monitor current topics in society in French language
  - apply language flexibly also in new situations
  - broaden and deepen their language skills also independently.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  French 1, French 2 and French 3 courses or equal knowledge

  Contents

  - Work Life Communication and related practices
  - Public Relations Communication
  - Trade Fairs
  - Business Correspondence

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The French language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but sometimes is difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The French language is progressing consistently, and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The French language is structurally clear and fluent. The student´s skills in the written and oral French correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact session course

  Learning material and recommended literature

  All course material in Moodle

  Teachers

  Laurianne Bellotti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Mondays, 16:00-17:30, in classroom 1009, from 13.01 to 12.05.2025

  Groups

  • TR4HEINT
  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • TR5HEINT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     From Idea to Innovation ENT001AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or acquired similar skills:
  - Understands the importance of the company's strategic choices in business planning
  - Can develop an idea into a business using the most common tools of design thinking.
  - Understands the importance of the Balanced Score Card tool in implementing the strategy.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Key competence: Entrepreneurship and business course or similar skills.
  Suitable for combining with other entrepreneurship studies, but also suitable for anyone interested in entrepreneurship, regardless of the studies.

  Contents

  - Strategic choices of the company
  - Value Proposition Canvas
  - Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student knows the models and methods to develop the idea.
  The student recognizes the means for implementing the strategy.
  The student knows the basic elements of productization and commercialization.
  The student identifies potential customer profiles.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  In addition to the above, the student knows how to use development models and methods of the idea, create a business model from an idea, segment customers accordingly and identify customer potential.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  In addition to the above, the student can customer-oriented and systematically develop idea and business model, productize the idea and make a further development plan for the idea and business model.

  Further information

  StartUp School serves as the learning environment for the course.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Non-stop virtual implementation, completely online. The course is completed on its own schedule during the academic year. Includes exams and written reflection assignments. No contact teaching. (not translated)

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Learning material is on the Moodle. (not translated)

  Teachers

  Atte Varsta

  Working life connections

  Assignments are based on work life, such as companies, networks and self-knowledge as an entrepreneur. (not translated)

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  The implementation consists of three modules, one of which contains an exam and two modules a wider written reflection assignment. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Orientation exam 8%
  Value Proposition 46%
  Business Model Canvas 46% (not translated)

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Non-stop virtual that lasts the whole academic year. (not translated)

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • IBE4PASCM
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE3PA1
  • EXCH
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Alternative learning methods

  No optional implementation. A student who masters the content is able to complete tasks independently and quickly in his own time.No optional implementation. A student who masters the content is able to complete tasks independently and quickly in own time. (not translated)

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  Orientation exam 8% (Moodle exam)
  Value Proposition 46% (written assignment)
  Business Model Canvas 46% (written assignment) (not translated)

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     German 1 GER001AS2AE-3012 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  - manage in basic oral or written everyday situations/use the elementary structures of the language in basic and written everyday situations
  
  - recognize the basic cultural specificities of the German-speaking countries
  
  - recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  
  - plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisite course required

  Contents

  - Pronunciation & intonation
  
  - Basic structures of the Language
  
  - Small talk -situations
  
  - Introducing itself, discuss studies & work
  
  - Ordering in a restaurant
  
  - Traveling
  
  - Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the German language with assistance, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life very basic situations. He/She needs more practice regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. He/She has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the German language quite independently, when speaking or writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. He/She manages quite well regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. He/She has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the German language independently, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. He/She performs very well with the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. He/She has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  RPL Sirpa S. Bode

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact lessons on campus and via Teams

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Freut mich 1 (Finn Lectura) as a textbook accompanied with customised teacher content

  Teachers

  Sirpa S. Bode

  Working life connections

  Lidl Suomi

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  See Moodle

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Video (30 %)
  
  Moodle Exercises (passed/failed) (Student need to score at least 50 % in every exercise.) (There are unlimited attempts.)

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  See Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBE1PA1
  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL, contact person Sirpa S. Bode

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Further information

  0 - 5

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     German 1 GER001AS2AE-3013 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  - manage in basic oral or written everyday situations/use the elementary structures of the language in basic and written everyday situations
  
  - recognize the basic cultural specificities of the German-speaking countries
  
  - recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  
  - plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisite course required

  Contents

  - Pronunciation & intonation
  
  - Basic structures of the Language
  
  - Small talk -situations
  
  - Introducing itself, discuss studies & work
  
  - Ordering in a restaurant
  
  - Traveling
  
  - Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the German language with assistance, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life very basic situations. He/She needs more practice regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. He/She has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the German language quite independently, when speaking or writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. He/She manages quite well regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. He/She has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the German language independently, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. He/She performs very well with the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. He/She has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  RPL Sirpa S. Bode

  ---

  Teachers

  Claudia Jeltsch

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • BLENDED
  • IBE2PA3
  • EXCH
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     German 1 GER001AS2AE-3014 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  - manage in basic oral or written everyday situations/use the elementary structures of the language in basic and written everyday situations
  
  - recognize the basic cultural specificities of the German-speaking countries
  
  - recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  
  - plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisite course required

  Contents

  - Pronunciation & intonation
  
  - Basic structures of the Language
  
  - Small talk -situations
  
  - Introducing itself, discuss studies & work
  
  - Ordering in a restaurant
  
  - Traveling
  
  - Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the German language with assistance, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life very basic situations. He/She needs more practice regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. He/She has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the German language quite independently, when speaking or writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. He/She manages quite well regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. He/She has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the German language independently, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. He/She performs very well with the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. He/She has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  RPL Sirpa S. Bode

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact lessons on campus and via Teams

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Freut mich 1 (Finn Lectura) as a textbook accompanied with customised teacher content

  Teachers

  Sirpa S. Bode

  Working life connections

  Lidl Suomi

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  See Moodle

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Video (30 %)
  
  Moodle Exercises (passed/failed) (Student need to score at least 50 % in every exercise.) (There are unlimited attempts.)

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  See Moodle

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL, contact person Sirpa S. Bode

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Further information

  0 - 5

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     German 2 GER002AS2AE-3010 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  - handle everyday life and work situations orally and written
  
  - communicate in German-speaking countries considering their special cultural characteristics
  
  - take into account cultural diversity
  
  - plan their future language studies and start their exchange abroad.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  German 1 course or equal knowledge

  Contents

  - discuss one’s own daily and weekly program
  
  - describe one’s living environment
  
  - discuss university studies
  
  - describe work life
  
  - express one’s own opinion
  
  - digital communication in German
  
  - develop travel plans and travelling
  
  - deepen one’s own cultural knowledge of German-speaking countries and their cultures

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student knows how to use the German language in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the basics of pronunciation, the most common language basics and partly also the course’s vocabulary. He/She knows some general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she has acquainted him/herself with the diversity of the German-speaking environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student knows how to use the German language quite independently and naturally in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics and how to apply what you learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands the diversity of the German-speaking environment much better than before.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student knows how to use the German language quite independently and naturally in different every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics and he/she applies fearlessly what he/she has learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area very well and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands and is able to promote the diversity of the German-speaking environment.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  RPL Sirpa S. Bode

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact lessons on campus and via Teams

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Freut mich 2 (Finn Lectura) as a textbook accompanied with customised teacher content

  Teachers

  Sirpa S. Bode

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  See Moodle

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Oral exam (30 %)
  
  Moodle Exercises (passed/failed) (Student need to score at least 50 % in every exercise.) (There are unlimited attempts.)

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  See Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • 3AMK
  • BLENDED
  • TRPAGER
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL, contact person Sirpa S. Bode

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     German 3 GER003AS2AE-3007 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  - manage in a variety of oral and written communication situations in work and everyday life
  
  - share their own skills
  
  - communicate more fluently in German-speaking countries, taking into account their cultural specificities
  
  - make use of information sources in the German language and the language area
  
  - use the language more confidently and naturally.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  German 1 and German 2 courses or equal knowledge

  Contents

  - introductions and greetings in formal situations
  
  - argumentation skills
  
  - discussing internships and your own career plans
  
  - company presentations
  
  - customer service situations
  
  - deepening knowledge of the country and culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The German language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but is sometimes difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The German language is progressing consistently and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The German language is structurally clear and fluent. The student’s skills in the written and oral German correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  RPL Sirpa S. Bode

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  To be announced in the implementation plan.

  Teachers

  Elina Vannesluoma, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     German 3 GER003AS2AE-3005 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (TR4HEINT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  - manage in a variety of oral and written communication situations in work and everyday life
  
  - share their own skills
  
  - communicate more fluently in German-speaking countries, taking into account their cultural specificities
  
  - make use of information sources in the German language and the language area
  
  - use the language more confidently and naturally.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  German 1 and German 2 courses or equal knowledge

  Contents

  - introductions and greetings in formal situations
  
  - argumentation skills
  
  - discussing internships and your own career plans
  
  - company presentations
  
  - customer service situations
  
  - deepening knowledge of the country and culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The German language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but is sometimes difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The German language is progressing consistently and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The German language is structurally clear and fluent. The student’s skills in the written and oral German correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  RPL Sirpa S. Bode

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Virtual instructed

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Moodle

  Teachers

  Claudia Jeltsch, Sirpa S. Bode

  Working life connections

  All themes of the course are strongly connected with working life situations.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  See Moodle

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  1. Mandatory Moodle Exercises (Moodle-Aufgaben)
  Student needs to score at least 50 % in every exercise.
  There are unlimited attempts.
  Pass/fail
  
  2. Mandatory Oral Exercises (mündliche Übungen)
  Every exercise is mandatory.
  Pass/fail
  
  3. Written exam 50 % (on Moodle)
  
  4. Oral exam 50 % (on Zoom/Teams)

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  See Moodle

  Groups

  • TR4HEINT
  • IBEB3PA1
  • IBE3PA3
  • IBE4PAACC
  • 3AMK
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE3PA2
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL, contact person Sirpa S. Bode.

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  0-5

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     German 4 GER004AS2AE-3003 03.02.2025-28.04.2025  5 cr  (TR4HEINT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  - operate and communicate even more fluently in different oral and written situations in work life taking into account cultural characteristics
  
  - utilize different sources of information in German
  
  - monitor current topics in society in German language
  
  - apply language flexibly also in new situations
  
  - broaden and deepen their language skills also independently.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  German 1, German 2 and German 3 courses or equal knowledge.

  Contents

  - Work Life Communication and related practices
  
  - Public Relations Communication
  
  - Trade Fairs
  
  - Business Correspondence

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The German language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but sometimes is difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The German language is progressing consistently, and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The German language is structurally clear and fluent. The student´s skills in the written and oral German correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  RPL Sirpa S. Bode

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Virtual instructed
  
  Optional zoom meetings:
  3.2.2025 kick-off meeting at 16:30
  24.3.2025 at 16:30
  7.4.2025 at 16:30
  24.4.2025 at 16:30

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material on Moodle

  Teachers

  Sirpa S. Bode

  Working life connections

  Worklife related topics

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Exam 1 on 17.3.2025 at 16:30
  Exam 2 on 28.4.2025 at 16:30

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  03.02.2025 - 28.04.2025

  Learning assignments

  Mandatory Moodle Exercises
  Mandatory Oral Exercises

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 31.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  The course takes place on 3.2.-28.4.2025

  Groups

  • TR4HEINT
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • TR5HEINT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1
  • IBEB4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration
  Contact Person: Sirpa S. Bode

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  Exam 1 25 %
  Exam 2 25 %
  Average of Mandatory Written Moodle Exercises 50 %
  Mandatory Oral Exercises (P/F) 0 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Green Packaging COR012AS2AE-3002 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  - Student understands the role and functions of packaging
  - Student gets familiar with various packaging materials and alternative materials replacing plastics packages
  - Student is able to assess reusable, recyclable and compostable packages
  - Student has tools for designing packages
  - Student is able consider labels and claims in packaging how to involve end users for proper use and return of packages
  - Student knows legal issues related to packages
  - Student recognises the responsibility of producers and importers to collect packages back to circulation (duties of extended producer responsibility)

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is organised online.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material in moodle.

  Teachers

  Soile Kallinen

  Working life connections

  Cases from international packers´ and packaging manufacturers´ green package solutions, research on packages

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  International green packaging solutions.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Individual and team assignments.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  Course start on March 24 at 11.00. See the link in moodle for online session.

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE4PASCM
  • EXCH
  • ONLINE

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Further information

  Individual assignments 15-20 % and team assignments 85-80 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Green and Sustainable Ecosystems SER032AS2AE-3001 07.04.2025-23.05.2025  3 cr  (CONTACT) +-
  Teaching methods and instruction

  The course employs a hybrid teaching approach, combining online lectures, in-person workshops, guest speaker sessions, industry visits, and cultural activities. This blend ensures both theoretical understanding and practical application.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Students will engage with datasets from organizations like Eurostat and the International Energy Agency (IEA). Case studies from C40 Cities will also be analyzed. Additional readings may be provided during sessions.

  Teachers

  Eeva Aarnio

  Working life connections

  The course integrates real-world experiences through:
  
  Guest Speaker Presentations (May 19, 2025): Industry experts will discuss sustainability challenges and innovations.
  
  Industry Visits:
  
  Volkswagen Slovakia (May 20, 2025): Insights into sustainable automotive manufacturing and green mobility.
  ESET Slovakia (May 22, 2025): Exploration of sustainable practices in the IT sector

  Campus

  Pasila

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course emphasizes global sustainability practices, featuring:
  
  Analysis of international datasets (Eurostat, IEA).
  
  Case studies from global initiatives like C40 Cities.
  
  Industry visits to multinational companies (Volkswagen, ESET).

  Timing

  07.04.2025 - 23.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Data Analysis: Evaluating sustainability metrics using Eurostat and IEA data.
  
  Case Study Evaluations: Assessing urban sustainability initiatives from C40 Cities.
  
  Team Projects: Collaborative development of sustainability strategies during workshops.

  Content scheduling

  Online Sessions (April – Early May 2025): Four sessions, each 70-90 minutes.
  
  In-Person Sessions (May 19–23, 2025): Daily sessions from 9:15-10:45 and 11:00-12:30, supplemented by afternoon activities.

  Groups

  • CONTACT

  Alternative learning methods

  The course's hybrid structure caters to diverse learning preferences, combining:
  
  Online theoretical sessions.
  
  Interactive in-person workshops.
  
  Experiential learning through industry visits and cultural activities.

  Seats

  0 - 12

  Further information

  While specific assessment criteria aren't detailed, evaluations may encompass:
  
  Participation in workshops and discussions.
  
  Quality of data analyses and case study evaluations.
  
  Team project contributions.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business, GLOBBA Degree Programme in International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 3 cr
•     Growth and Competitive Strategies SAL003AS2AE-3001 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  You have an increased understanding of the complexity of operating an international company. You have a holistic view of running an international company (marketing, operations, logistics, financing). You improve your analytical skills (business environment, competition, KPI’s) needed for fact-based decision making. You understand the significance of fierce competition in the international business environment. You understand the importance of strategy work in the digitalized world in order to facilitate changes. You know a wide range of strategic tools needed in order to succeed in global business.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  At least two specialisation level courses

  Contents

  key concepts of international strategy work
  analysis of the dynamic business environment
  competitor analysis
  planning strategic growth options
  implementing a business strategy
  evaluating and measuring the success of the strategy
  strategic tool box
  competing in a simulated global environment

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge
  You know the key concepts within the course’s scope, but are yet to develop the general view and the big picture of the subject matter.
  Skills
  You can complete given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply knowledge
  Competence
  You demonstrate some ability to perform skills and have basic knowledge, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge
  You know the key concepts well and can explain how the theories and models function and the tools are used. You have a general view of the subject matter.
  Skills
  You complete given tasks and assignments independently. You apply knowledge in hands-on business related situations. You can critique your own practice and identify ways to improve.
  Competence
  You demonstrate sufficient ability to perform skills and have basic to good knowledge. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge
  You have a strong command of the key and related concepts. You can critically evaluate theories, models and tools. You can demonstrate explicit knowledge of the subject matter, and how it relates to other disciplines.
  Skills
  You apply knowledge in demanding business related situations. You can prioritize and critically select tools and methods for solving complex problems in the subject matter.
  Competence
  You execute skills with natural proficiency and you have detailed and explicit knowledge. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  ---

  Teachers

  Markus Kauppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • EVENING
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     HR Processes HRL002AS2AE-3002 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBEB3PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or acquired similar skills will be able to:
  - describe the essential content, processes and roles of human resources management
  - evaluate HR processes and understand the impact of HR management on successful business.
  - develop HR processes of internationally operating organizations
  - analyze HR functions from an ERS point of view.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Students must have a basic understanding of business before completing the course.

  Contents

  - HR's role and key processes
  - Human Resource Planning
  - Employer branding, recruitment and selection
  - Onboarding
  - Development of competence
  - Performance management
  - Rewarding
  - Staff adjustment situations and exit management

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - knows the key HR processes of the company.
  - is able to acquire knowledge in the role of a human resources specialist.
  - is able to use the key concepts of human resources management in a predominantly correct way.
  - knows some HRM professional services

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - identifies the roles of different HR processes and their purpose as part of organizations' success.
  - is able to work in key HRM processes of the enterprise.
  - identifies the need for outsourcing related to key HRM processes and alternatives to implement them.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - can evaluate the company's HRM processes.
  - identifies benefits and traps of outsourced HRM processes and knows how to evaluate HR practices against the company's strategy.
  - analyzes critically and innovatively development opportunities in the field of HRM
  -promotes ethical, responsibility and sustainability in HR practices.

  Further information

  Learning is done through individual and group assignments. For more detailed descriptions, see the course implementation plan.
  The course requires strong self-study skills, smooth knowledge retrieval, group working skills and keeping on schedule.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is based on online-meetings + different assingments. Assignments require both individual + group work.

  Teachers

  Marjo Pääkkö

  Working life connections

  Case examples from different companies.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Case examples from participants.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Pre-assingment: must be returned during the first week.
  Individual assignment
  Group work (online)

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Course will have online meetings once a week on Mondays 17.40-20.30.
  19th August - 7th October 2024.

  Groups

  • IBEB3PA1
  • EVENING
  • ONLINE
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Further information

  Evaluation scale 0-5.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     How to Understand Spoken Finnish? FIN006AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CAMPUSONLINE, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  • knows the main differences between the written Finnish and spoken Finnish used in Helsinki region.
  • understands more Finnish in conversations outside of the classroom
  • has courage to begin and maintain the conversation in Finnish

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This course is aimed at non-native Finnish speakers with at least 15 credits of Finnish language
  studies with good grades in UAS or university.

  Contents

  Contents MODULE 1
  - Topics: me and my family, in cafeteria
  - Spoken Finnish grammar and vocabulary: personal pronouns, allegro speech
  forms for the verb olla, numbers, possessive structure (Mulla on...)
  
  Contents MODULE 2
  - Topics: writing a message, going to movies, plans for weekend
  - Spoken Finnish grammar and vocabulary: conjugating the verbs in WE-form
  (Me puhutaan), demonstrative pronouns, allegro speech forms for the verbs mennä,
  tulla, lähteä
  
  Contents MODULE 3
  Topics: one’s opinion, free time and hobbies, housing
  Spoken Finnish grammar and vocabulary: some additional verb forms,
  nesessive structure (Mun täytyy...), the ARI-words (makkari, synttärit, kuohari)
  
  Contents MODULE 4
  Topics: traveling (asking the way, buying tickets, telling about one’s trip)
  Spoken Finnish grammar and vocabulary: perfect tense, some loan words
  
  Contents MODULE 5
  Topics: health and sickness, booking an appointment on phone, telling about one’s
  past
  Spoken Finnish grammar and vocabulary: past tense verb forms (active and
  passive voice), MA-infinitive (Mä meen nukkuun.)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the spoken language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the spoken language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the spoken language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the spoken language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  This online course provides you with only the Helsinki region spoken Finnish, not all the dialects in Finland.
  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo.

  ---

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  Finnish

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • INSTRUCTED
  • VIRTUAL

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     ICT Applications for Business Communication ICB013AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or have acquired equivalent competence are able to use digital tools and applications for business communication. After completing the course, the student is able to use contemporary ICT tools to set up communications platforms, and to solve problems in business communication. Student is able to choose between appropriate communications media for different audiences.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  ICT Competencies

  Contents

  Microsoft 365 applications and features, for example
  Word
  Forms
  Outlook
  SharePoint
  PowerPoint video and other advanced features.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student achieves the points required for grade 1 on assignments
  - knows some M365 environment applications and features
  - is able recognize advanced Word features
  - is able recognize some advanced PowerPoint feature
  - can use the basic features of Outlook
  - can update SharePoint sites
  - demonstrates self-direction and project work skills (e.g. time management skills and is able to work in a group).

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student achieve the points required for grade 3 on assignments
  - is able to apply in practice some M365 environment applications and features
  - is able apply in practice some advanced Word features
  - is able apply in practice advanced some PowerPoint feature
  - can use the more advanced features of Outlook
  - can create SharePoint sites
  - demonstrates good self-direction and project work skills (e.g. time management skills and is able to work in a group).

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student achieve the points required for grade 5 on assignments
  - is able to apply in practice some M365 environment applications and features well
  - is able apply in practice advanced Word features well
  - is able apply in practice advanced PowerPoint feature well
  - can use the more advanced features of Outlook well
  - can create SharePoint sites and understand permissions well
  - demonstrates excellent self-direction and project work skills (e.g. time management skills and is able to work in a group).

  Further information

  Final project is performed in groups.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact teaching course. Mandatory attendance in classes.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Microsoft Support and training materials, will be linked in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Hanna Mäenpää

  Working life connections

  Microsoft tools are commonly used in medium-sized and large enterprises.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  The course consists of individual assignments and a personal SharePoint learning site.
  A common SharePoint website will be built with other students as teamwork of 2 weeks.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Week 1: SharePoint basics and Word template
  Week 2: SharePoint lists and permissions
  Week 3: Microsoft Forms, advanced Word layout settings
  Week 4: Word styles and themes
  Week 5: SharePoint Teamwork begins
  Week 6: SharePoint Teamwork continues
  Week 7: PowerPoint/Teams video

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Personal SharePoint learning site
  Teamwork peer review
  PowerPoint video reflection

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     ICT Competencies ICB001HH1AE-3044 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student who completes this course (or has acquired equivalent competence) is able to succeed in Haaga-Helia studies by:
  
  • Using M365 productivity applications independently, and with others.
  • Acting responsibly according to data security and -protection practices
  • Creating accessible Office documents according to Haaga-Helia reporting standards
  • Utilizing AI tools appropriately in Haaga-Helia studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This course belongs to Haaga-Helia Key Competencies for all degrees.
  Completing Introduction to Digital Learning Environments (1 cr) is strongly encouraged.

  Contents

  Contents of the course:
  
  Powerpoint
  Basic use of PowerPoint, Slide Master, Smart art.
  
  Word
  Haaga-Helia Word document templates, advanced layout settings, section breaks
  
  Excel end-project
  Basic and versatile functions (if, lookup), charts, tables

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - Can create, edit, and save files using Microsoft 365 tools
  - Is able to share files with different permissions
  - Masters basic concepts of data security and data protection
  - Knows the concept of Artificial Intelligence tools

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - Knows how to independently use office tools.
  - Is able to act securely while respecting data protection.
  - Knows the basic concepts of systems and web applications.
  - Understands when Artificial Intelligence tools can be used in studies

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - Is able to apply tools for practical tasks.
  - Knows the risks of your network environment and knows how to protect your files and folders.
  - Know the basics of systems and application procedures.
  - Can apply Artificial Intelligence tools appropriately according to Haaga-Helia regulations

  Further information

  To complete the course assignments, you must install Microsoft Office Word, Excel and PowerPoint desktop applications on your computer. Their browser based online versions are not sufficient.
  
  The course material is based on English versions of Microsoft Office Word, Excel ja PowerPoint applications that is provided on the Microsoft Support website.
  Course material is created for Windows operating system versions. Mac users are not fully supported. You are encouraged to actively search for instructions for your own computer type.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact learning

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course material will be published in Moodle-learning platform

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Pierantonio Silvani

  Working life connections

  The course gives the needed essential digital skills for today's work life

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  To be announced

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Commercial and International Services​​ Commercial

•     ICT Competencies ICB001HH1AE-3039 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student who completes this course (or has acquired equivalent competence) is able to succeed in Haaga-Helia studies by:
  
  • Using M365 productivity applications independently, and with others.
  • Acting responsibly according to data security and -protection practices
  • Creating accessible Office documents according to Haaga-Helia reporting standards
  • Utilizing AI tools appropriately in Haaga-Helia studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This course belongs to Haaga-Helia Key Competencies for all degrees.
  Completing Introduction to Digital Learning Environments (1 cr) is strongly encouraged.

  Contents

  Contents of the course:
  
  Powerpoint
  Basic use of PowerPoint, Slide Master, Smart art.
  
  Word
  Haaga-Helia Word document templates, advanced layout settings, section breaks
  
  Excel end-project
  Basic and versatile functions (if, lookup), charts, tables

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - Can create, edit, and save files using Microsoft 365 tools
  - Is able to share files with different permissions
  - Masters basic concepts of data security and data protection
  - Knows the concept of Artificial Intelligence tools

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - Knows how to independently use office tools.
  - Is able to act securely while respecting data protection.
  - Knows the basic concepts of systems and web applications.
  - Understands when Artificial Intelligence tools can be used in studies

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - Is able to apply tools for practical tasks.
  - Knows the risks of your network environment and knows how to protect your files and folders.
  - Know the basics of systems and application procedures.
  - Can apply Artificial Intelligence tools appropriately according to Haaga-Helia regulations

  Further information

  To complete the course assignments, you must install Microsoft Office Word, Excel and PowerPoint desktop applications on your computer. Their browser based online versions are not sufficient.
  
  The course material is based on English versions of Microsoft Office Word, Excel ja PowerPoint applications that is provided on the Microsoft Support website.
  Course material is created for Windows operating system versions. Mac users are not fully supported. You are encouraged to actively search for instructions for your own computer type.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is aimed at students of International Business degree. This means that the contents of materials and exercises are degree-specific. The competence goals and assessment criteria are identical for every implementation.
  
  The course is conducted in contact learning in class
  -Lectures about theory
  -Exercises and guidance in class
  -Final assignments Contact learning in class

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course material will be published in Moodle-learning platform

  Teachers

  Hanna Mäenpää

  Working life connections

  The course gives the needed essential digital skills to using Microsoft 365 program for today's work life.
  Microsoft 365 is a product family of productivity software, collaboration and cloud-based services.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  To be announced

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     ICT Competencies ICB001HH1AE-3040 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA2, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student who completes this course (or has acquired equivalent competence) is able to succeed in Haaga-Helia studies by:
  
  • Using M365 productivity applications independently, and with others.
  • Acting responsibly according to data security and -protection practices
  • Creating accessible Office documents according to Haaga-Helia reporting standards
  • Utilizing AI tools appropriately in Haaga-Helia studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This course belongs to Haaga-Helia Key Competencies for all degrees.
  Completing Introduction to Digital Learning Environments (1 cr) is strongly encouraged.

  Contents

  Contents of the course:
  
  Powerpoint
  Basic use of PowerPoint, Slide Master, Smart art.
  
  Word
  Haaga-Helia Word document templates, advanced layout settings, section breaks
  
  Excel end-project
  Basic and versatile functions (if, lookup), charts, tables

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - Can create, edit, and save files using Microsoft 365 tools
  - Is able to share files with different permissions
  - Masters basic concepts of data security and data protection
  - Knows the concept of Artificial Intelligence tools

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - Knows how to independently use office tools.
  - Is able to act securely while respecting data protection.
  - Knows the basic concepts of systems and web applications.
  - Understands when Artificial Intelligence tools can be used in studies

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - Is able to apply tools for practical tasks.
  - Knows the risks of your network environment and knows how to protect your files and folders.
  - Know the basics of systems and application procedures.
  - Can apply Artificial Intelligence tools appropriately according to Haaga-Helia regulations

  Further information

  To complete the course assignments, you must install Microsoft Office Word, Excel and PowerPoint desktop applications on your computer. Their browser based online versions are not sufficient.
  
  The course material is based on English versions of Microsoft Office Word, Excel ja PowerPoint applications that is provided on the Microsoft Support website.
  Course material is created for Windows operating system versions. Mac users are not fully supported. You are encouraged to actively search for instructions for your own computer type.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is aimed at students of International Business degree. This means that the contents of materials and exercises can be degree-specific. The competence goals and assessment criteria are identical for every implementation.
  
  The course is conducted in contact learning in class
  -Lectures about theory
  -Exercises and guidance in class
  -Final assignments

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course material will be published in Moodle-learning platform

  Teachers

  Marika Elovaara Mak

  Working life connections

  The course gives the needed essential digital skills to using Microsoft 365 program for today's work life.
  Microsoft 365 is a product family of productivity software, collaboration and cloud-based services.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Published in Moodle.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Course is conducted in English.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Published in Moodle.

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Published in Moodle.

  Groups

  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Published in Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     ICT Competencies ICB001HH1AE-3041 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student who completes this course (or has acquired equivalent competence) is able to succeed in Haaga-Helia studies by:
  
  • Using M365 productivity applications independently, and with others.
  • Acting responsibly according to data security and -protection practices
  • Creating accessible Office documents according to Haaga-Helia reporting standards
  • Utilizing AI tools appropriately in Haaga-Helia studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This course belongs to Haaga-Helia Key Competencies for all degrees.
  Completing Introduction to Digital Learning Environments (1 cr) is strongly encouraged.

  Contents

  Contents of the course:
  
  Powerpoint
  Basic use of PowerPoint, Slide Master, Smart art.
  
  Word
  Haaga-Helia Word document templates, advanced layout settings, section breaks
  
  Excel end-project
  Basic and versatile functions (if, lookup), charts, tables

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - Can create, edit, and save files using Microsoft 365 tools
  - Is able to share files with different permissions
  - Masters basic concepts of data security and data protection
  - Knows the concept of Artificial Intelligence tools

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - Knows how to independently use office tools.
  - Is able to act securely while respecting data protection.
  - Knows the basic concepts of systems and web applications.
  - Understands when Artificial Intelligence tools can be used in studies

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - Is able to apply tools for practical tasks.
  - Knows the risks of your network environment and knows how to protect your files and folders.
  - Know the basics of systems and application procedures.
  - Can apply Artificial Intelligence tools appropriately according to Haaga-Helia regulations

  Further information

  To complete the course assignments, you must install Microsoft Office Word, Excel and PowerPoint desktop applications on your computer. Their browser based online versions are not sufficient.
  
  The course material is based on English versions of Microsoft Office Word, Excel ja PowerPoint applications that is provided on the Microsoft Support website.
  Course material is created for Windows operating system versions. Mac users are not fully supported. You are encouraged to actively search for instructions for your own computer type.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is aimed at students of International Business degree. This means that the contents of materials and exercises can be degree-specific. The competence goals and assessment criteria are identical for every implementation.
  
  The course is conducted in contact learning in class
  -Lectures about theory
  -Exercises and guidance in class
  -Final assignments

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course material will be published in Moodle-learning platform

  Teachers

  Marika Elovaara Mak

  Working life connections

  The course gives the needed essential digital skills to using Microsoft 365 program for today's work life.
  Microsoft 365 is a product family of productivity software, collaboration and cloud-based services.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Published in Moodle.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Course is conducted in English.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Published in Moodle.

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Published in Moodle.

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Published in Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     ICT Competencies ICB001HH1AE-3042 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student who completes this course (or has acquired equivalent competence) is able to succeed in Haaga-Helia studies by:
  
  • Using M365 productivity applications independently, and with others.
  • Acting responsibly according to data security and -protection practices
  • Creating accessible Office documents according to Haaga-Helia reporting standards
  • Utilizing AI tools appropriately in Haaga-Helia studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This course belongs to Haaga-Helia Key Competencies for all degrees.
  Completing Introduction to Digital Learning Environments (1 cr) is strongly encouraged.

  Contents

  Contents of the course:
  
  Powerpoint
  Basic use of PowerPoint, Slide Master, Smart art.
  
  Word
  Haaga-Helia Word document templates, advanced layout settings, section breaks
  
  Excel end-project
  Basic and versatile functions (if, lookup), charts, tables

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - Can create, edit, and save files using Microsoft 365 tools
  - Is able to share files with different permissions
  - Masters basic concepts of data security and data protection
  - Knows the concept of Artificial Intelligence tools

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - Knows how to independently use office tools.
  - Is able to act securely while respecting data protection.
  - Knows the basic concepts of systems and web applications.
  - Understands when Artificial Intelligence tools can be used in studies

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - Is able to apply tools for practical tasks.
  - Knows the risks of your network environment and knows how to protect your files and folders.
  - Know the basics of systems and application procedures.
  - Can apply Artificial Intelligence tools appropriately according to Haaga-Helia regulations

  Further information

  To complete the course assignments, you must install Microsoft Office Word, Excel and PowerPoint desktop applications on your computer. Their browser based online versions are not sufficient.
  
  The course material is based on English versions of Microsoft Office Word, Excel ja PowerPoint applications that is provided on the Microsoft Support website.
  Course material is created for Windows operating system versions. Mac users are not fully supported. You are encouraged to actively search for instructions for your own computer type.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is aimed at students of International Business degree. This means that the contents of materials and exercises can be degree-specific. The competence goals and assessment criteria are identical for every implementation.
  
  The course is conducted in contact learning in class
  -Lectures about theory
  -Exercises and guidance in class
  -Final assignments

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course material will be published in Moodle-learning platform

  Teachers

  Marika Elovaara Mak

  Working life connections

  The course gives the needed essential digital skills to using Microsoft 365 program for today's work life.
  Microsoft 365 is a product family of productivity software, collaboration and cloud-based services.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Published in Moodle.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Course is conducted in English.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Published in Moodle.

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Published in Moodle.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Published in Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     ICT Competencies ICB001HH1AE-3043 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student who completes this course (or has acquired equivalent competence) is able to succeed in Haaga-Helia studies by:
  
  • Using M365 productivity applications independently, and with others.
  • Acting responsibly according to data security and -protection practices
  • Creating accessible Office documents according to Haaga-Helia reporting standards
  • Utilizing AI tools appropriately in Haaga-Helia studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This course belongs to Haaga-Helia Key Competencies for all degrees.
  Completing Introduction to Digital Learning Environments (1 cr) is strongly encouraged.

  Contents

  Contents of the course:
  
  Powerpoint
  Basic use of PowerPoint, Slide Master, Smart art.
  
  Word
  Haaga-Helia Word document templates, advanced layout settings, section breaks
  
  Excel end-project
  Basic and versatile functions (if, lookup), charts, tables

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - Can create, edit, and save files using Microsoft 365 tools
  - Is able to share files with different permissions
  - Masters basic concepts of data security and data protection
  - Knows the concept of Artificial Intelligence tools

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - Knows how to independently use office tools.
  - Is able to act securely while respecting data protection.
  - Knows the basic concepts of systems and web applications.
  - Understands when Artificial Intelligence tools can be used in studies

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - Is able to apply tools for practical tasks.
  - Knows the risks of your network environment and knows how to protect your files and folders.
  - Know the basics of systems and application procedures.
  - Can apply Artificial Intelligence tools appropriately according to Haaga-Helia regulations

  Further information

  To complete the course assignments, you must install Microsoft Office Word, Excel and PowerPoint desktop applications on your computer. Their browser based online versions are not sufficient.
  
  The course material is based on English versions of Microsoft Office Word, Excel ja PowerPoint applications that is provided on the Microsoft Support website.
  Course material is created for Windows operating system versions. Mac users are not fully supported. You are encouraged to actively search for instructions for your own computer type.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hanna Mäenpää

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     IT Workshop for Beginners ICB002HH1AE-3004 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Contents

  This is a contact learning workshop where you can attend as many times as you find suitable for you to get to know the basics of using the computer.

  ---

  Teachers

  Tommi Immonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  01.01.2020 - 01.01.2020

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBEB1PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  1 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Idea Incubator – Entrepreneurship and Innovations ENT025AS2AE-3001 12.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (3AMK, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Learning goals
  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  • Act entrepreneurially,
  • Understand the key concepts of customer-oriented business idea development,
  • Assess and select relevant customer segments for a business idea
  • Utilize interview methods to gain information from customers
  • Assess and use gathered customer information for business idea development

  Contents

  • Value Proposition Canvas
  • Customer Segmentation
  • Testing Business Idea with Customers
  • Customer Interviews

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Able to
  • take responsibility for their tasks
  • understand the key concepts of customer segmentation, value proposition and testing business idea

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  In addition to the previous, able to
  • identify and describe one or more customer segments
  • analyze customers using Value Proposition Canvas
  • implement viable testing plan for business idea

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  In addition to the previous, able to
  • analyze the gathered customer information and use it to develop the business idea

  Further information

  This course is designed by 3AMK (3UAS) and especially meant for the international students of Haaga-Helia, Laurea and Metropolia (3AMK). However, it is possible to attend even though you study in Finnish-speaking degree program or want to participate through open UAS.
  
  There will be teachers from all three UAS. The coordinating UAS is Haaga-Helia and the learning platform is Haaga-Helia's Moodle. If you don't already have Haaga-Helia's user ID, you will get one after you have been admitted into the course.

  ---

  Teachers

  Antti Leppilampi

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  12.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  • Value Proposition Canvas; Evaluation: 1–5, Assessment emphasis: 20 %
  • Moodle exam, Value proposition & segmentation; evaluation: 1–5, Assessment emphasis: 15 %
  • Moodle exam, Testing business idea; Evaluation: 1–5, Assessment emphasis: 15 %
  • Final presentation; Evaluation: 1–5, Assessment emphasis: 50 %

  Enrollment

  03.12.2024 - 17.04.2025

  Content scheduling

  Week 1: On-site Workshop at Haaga-Helia Pasila Campus, on 12.3.2025 (½ day)
  Weeks 2–3: Independent work on Moodle & Teams session on 26.3.2025 in a small groups
  Week 4: On-site Workshop at Laurea Tikkurila Campus, on 2.4.2025 (½ day)
  Weeks 5–: Independent work on Moodle
  Week 6: Integrating the data for iteration & Guidance for the final pitch, 15th April (On Teams)
  Weeks 7: Independent work & team/individual meeting and guidance via Teams on 23.4.2025
  Week 8: Work: On-site Workshop at Metropolia Arabia Campus, on 29.4.2025 (½ day)
  
  More detailed schedule will be informed later.

  Groups

  • 3AMK
  • BLENDED

  Seats

  15 - 30

  Degree Programme

  DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, TRALI Business Administration, ITBBA Business Information Technology, STEM Sustainable Tourism and Event Management, AVIBBA Aviation Business, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  3 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Continuous Learning

•     Innovate Circular Economy and Sustainable Future SER004AS2AE-3003 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (TR3HEENT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Working in multidisciplinary groups students innovate, develop and find solutions to company's challenges of industry in circular economy.
  Students use future and life oriented design, storytelling and circular economy tools and methods as a part of an innovation process.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Basics of business recommended

  Contents

  Basics of Circular Economy (if student don´t have this competence)
  Methods of circular economy and ecosystem level innovation
  Business models of circular economy
  Future and life oriented design, storytelling and innovation methods
  Innovation challenge in circular economy to a company

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Working in multidisciplinary groups students are able to innovate, develop and find solutions to company's challenges of industry in circular economy
  Students are able to make use of storytelling and circular economy tools and methods as a part of an innovation process

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Working in multidisciplinary groups is able to innovate, develop and find solutions to company's challenges in circular economy
  Is able to use of storytelling and circular economy tools and methods as a part of an innovation process
  Is able to examine innovations taking into account circular economy

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Working in multidisciplinary groups is able to innovate, develop and find solutions to company's challenges in circular economy
  Is able to make use of storytelling and circular economy tools and methods as a part of an innovation process
  Is able to examine innovations taking into account circular economy and company's productivity

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Independent studies before innovation week, support the success of students in innovation
  Teachers guide/help students during the innovation process
  The case company gives the challenge of industry to the teams

  Teachers

  Eeva Aarnio, Satu Harkki

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Basics of the Circular Economy (if student has not already this competence)
  Circular Economy Business Models
  Orientation to innovation
  Innovation challenge and team work

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Sessions on Mondays at 2-5 pm

  Groups

  • TR3HEENT
  • TR3HESAL
  • CAMPUS24S
  • TR3HEMAR2
  • LHPAVV
  • TR3HESER
  • TRB3HEECO2
  • TRB3HEECO1
  • TRB3HESER
  • TR3HEMAR1
  • TRB3HEHRL1
  • TR3HEECO2
  • EXCH
  • TR3HEECO1
  • TR3HEINT
  • TR3HEHRL1
  • IBE3PA3
  • TR3HECOM
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • TRB3HEENT
  • TR3HEHRL2
  • IBE3PA2
  • IBE3PA1
  • TR3HEHRL3
  • TR3HEECO3
  • TRB3HEMARSAL

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Further information

  Individual task (40%)
  Innovation team work (60%)

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Integrated Marketing Communication MAR003AS2AE-3010 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course, the student:
  - Can explain the phases in a marketing communication plan
  - Can describe the basic analytical tools of sales and marketing as well as being able to select the most appropriate ones for the needs of planning marketing communication
  - Can set marketing communication objectives
  - Can choose the suitable forms and media of marketing communication suitable for the target group
  - Can describe the importance of integrated marketing communication as a means to achieve business objectives
  - Can assess the impact of solutions and their success with the aid of metrics

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Starting level: Customer Insights and Marketing as well as Customer Experience and Sales should be completed beforehand. This course is part of the Marketing and Communication specialization learning path for the Bachelor's Degree in Business.

  Contents

  - Customer insights as the starting point for planning and implementation marketing communication
  - The planning process of marketing communication
  - Forms of marketing communication (own, paid and earned media as well as sponsorships)
  - Target group-centered content strategy
  - Practical marketing actions
  - Metrics and tools for tracking marketing communication

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student:
  - Can explain the importance of customer insights and brand building as part of the development of a company's reputation.
  - Can identify the role of research as part of the planning of marketing communication.
  - Can recognize the planning phases in marketing communication.
  - Can explain the forms of marketing communication in basic terms.
  - Participates in the planning and implementation of marketing communication as part of a team.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  - Can build a differentiated brand and develop a customer-centric company's reputation with the aid of marketing communication.
  - Can make use of research outcomes for the basis of a creative communication plan.
  - Can utilize various ideation methods in different planning phases.
  - Can extract creative perspectives from different marketing communication forms, keeping in mind the needs of the target group.
  - Can apply the principles of tracking in marketing communication.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student:
  - Can develop a customer-centric company's reputation with the aid of an insightful marketing communication plan that takes brand strategy into account.
  - Can professionally utilize research outcomes in the planning of marketing communication.
  - Has mastery of the phases in creative planning and is able to make use of creative ideation methods to achieve results.
  - Can select creative perspectives among various marketing communication forms, which are in line with the thinking and behavior of target groups
  - Can assess the success of marketing communication actions with the aid of different metrics and tools.

  ---

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Kevin Gore

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Integrated Marketing Communication MAR003AS2AE-3007 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE3PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course, the student:
  - Can explain the phases in a marketing communication plan
  - Can describe the basic analytical tools of sales and marketing as well as being able to select the most appropriate ones for the needs of planning marketing communication
  - Can set marketing communication objectives
  - Can choose the suitable forms and media of marketing communication suitable for the target group
  - Can describe the importance of integrated marketing communication as a means to achieve business objectives
  - Can assess the impact of solutions and their success with the aid of metrics

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Starting level: Customer Insights and Marketing as well as Customer Experience and Sales should be completed beforehand. This course is part of the Marketing and Communication specialization learning path for the Bachelor's Degree in Business.

  Contents

  - Customer insights as the starting point for planning and implementation marketing communication
  - The planning process of marketing communication
  - Forms of marketing communication (own, paid and earned media as well as sponsorships)
  - Target group-centered content strategy
  - Practical marketing actions
  - Metrics and tools for tracking marketing communication

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student:
  - Can explain the importance of customer insights and brand building as part of the development of a company's reputation.
  - Can identify the role of research as part of the planning of marketing communication.
  - Can recognize the planning phases in marketing communication.
  - Can explain the forms of marketing communication in basic terms.
  - Participates in the planning and implementation of marketing communication as part of a team.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  - Can build a differentiated brand and develop a customer-centric company's reputation with the aid of marketing communication.
  - Can make use of research outcomes for the basis of a creative communication plan.
  - Can utilize various ideation methods in different planning phases.
  - Can extract creative perspectives from different marketing communication forms, keeping in mind the needs of the target group.
  - Can apply the principles of tracking in marketing communication.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student:
  - Can develop a customer-centric company's reputation with the aid of an insightful marketing communication plan that takes brand strategy into account.
  - Can professionally utilize research outcomes in the planning of marketing communication.
  - Has mastery of the phases in creative planning and is able to make use of creative ideation methods to achieve results.
  - Can select creative perspectives among various marketing communication forms, which are in line with the thinking and behavior of target groups
  - Can assess the success of marketing communication actions with the aid of different metrics and tools.

  ---

  Teachers

  Sari Haavisto

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE3PA3
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBE3PA2
  • IBE3PA1
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Integrated Marketing Communication MAR003AS2AE-3008 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB3PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course, the student:
  - Can explain the phases in a marketing communication plan
  - Can describe the basic analytical tools of sales and marketing as well as being able to select the most appropriate ones for the needs of planning marketing communication
  - Can set marketing communication objectives
  - Can choose the suitable forms and media of marketing communication suitable for the target group
  - Can describe the importance of integrated marketing communication as a means to achieve business objectives
  - Can assess the impact of solutions and their success with the aid of metrics

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Starting level: Customer Insights and Marketing as well as Customer Experience and Sales should be completed beforehand. This course is part of the Marketing and Communication specialization learning path for the Bachelor's Degree in Business.

  Contents

  - Customer insights as the starting point for planning and implementation marketing communication
  - The planning process of marketing communication
  - Forms of marketing communication (own, paid and earned media as well as sponsorships)
  - Target group-centered content strategy
  - Practical marketing actions
  - Metrics and tools for tracking marketing communication

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student:
  - Can explain the importance of customer insights and brand building as part of the development of a company's reputation.
  - Can identify the role of research as part of the planning of marketing communication.
  - Can recognize the planning phases in marketing communication.
  - Can explain the forms of marketing communication in basic terms.
  - Participates in the planning and implementation of marketing communication as part of a team.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  - Can build a differentiated brand and develop a customer-centric company's reputation with the aid of marketing communication.
  - Can make use of research outcomes for the basis of a creative communication plan.
  - Can utilize various ideation methods in different planning phases.
  - Can extract creative perspectives from different marketing communication forms, keeping in mind the needs of the target group.
  - Can apply the principles of tracking in marketing communication.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student:
  - Can develop a customer-centric company's reputation with the aid of an insightful marketing communication plan that takes brand strategy into account.
  - Can professionally utilize research outcomes in the planning of marketing communication.
  - Has mastery of the phases in creative planning and is able to make use of creative ideation methods to achieve results.
  - Can select creative perspectives among various marketing communication forms, which are in line with the thinking and behavior of target groups
  - Can assess the success of marketing communication actions with the aid of different metrics and tools.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a CONTACT BLENDED implementation. There are both classroom and zoom sessions available every week.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Kotler, P. & Keller, K. 2016. 15th ed. Marketing Management. Pearson. E-book.
  URL: https://www.vlebooks.com/Product/Index/627277?page=0
  Especially chapters 19-22
  
  Also recommended:
  
  Eagle, L., Czarnecka, B., Dahl, S. and Lloyd, J. 2021. Marketing Communications. E-book.
  URL: https://ebookcentral-proquest-com.ezproxy.haaga-helia.fi/lib/haaga/detail.action?docID=6349495

  Teachers

  Maria Vickholm

  Working life connections

  Real case-studies and examples. Assignment for a real organization.
  Guest lecturer from a company.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exams, only assignments

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  All material, examples and assignments are created for international students from a global perspective.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  70% of the grade - Project Outcome
  
  30% of the grade - Project Work

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  The course is held 21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024.

  Groups

  • IBEB3PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  Work & Study (without prior competence)
  
  Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
  If you feel that you have already attained the competence level required for this course, you can get credits through Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL).
  
  For more information, contact the responsible teacher.

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Further information

  70% Project Outcome, Grade scale: 0 - 5
  
  30% Project Work, Grade scale: 0 - 5

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Integrated Marketing Communication MAR003AS2AE-3009 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course, the student:
  - Can explain the phases in a marketing communication plan
  - Can describe the basic analytical tools of sales and marketing as well as being able to select the most appropriate ones for the needs of planning marketing communication
  - Can set marketing communication objectives
  - Can choose the suitable forms and media of marketing communication suitable for the target group
  - Can describe the importance of integrated marketing communication as a means to achieve business objectives
  - Can assess the impact of solutions and their success with the aid of metrics

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Starting level: Customer Insights and Marketing as well as Customer Experience and Sales should be completed beforehand. This course is part of the Marketing and Communication specialization learning path for the Bachelor's Degree in Business.

  Contents

  - Customer insights as the starting point for planning and implementation marketing communication
  - The planning process of marketing communication
  - Forms of marketing communication (own, paid and earned media as well as sponsorships)
  - Target group-centered content strategy
  - Practical marketing actions
  - Metrics and tools for tracking marketing communication

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student:
  - Can explain the importance of customer insights and brand building as part of the development of a company's reputation.
  - Can identify the role of research as part of the planning of marketing communication.
  - Can recognize the planning phases in marketing communication.
  - Can explain the forms of marketing communication in basic terms.
  - Participates in the planning and implementation of marketing communication as part of a team.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  - Can build a differentiated brand and develop a customer-centric company's reputation with the aid of marketing communication.
  - Can make use of research outcomes for the basis of a creative communication plan.
  - Can utilize various ideation methods in different planning phases.
  - Can extract creative perspectives from different marketing communication forms, keeping in mind the needs of the target group.
  - Can apply the principles of tracking in marketing communication.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student:
  - Can develop a customer-centric company's reputation with the aid of an insightful marketing communication plan that takes brand strategy into account.
  - Can professionally utilize research outcomes in the planning of marketing communication.
  - Has mastery of the phases in creative planning and is able to make use of creative ideation methods to achieve results.
  - Can select creative perspectives among various marketing communication forms, which are in line with the thinking and behavior of target groups
  - Can assess the success of marketing communication actions with the aid of different metrics and tools.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  During this implementation, an integrated marketing communication plan will be constructed and produced for a target company. Collaborative and systematic team and project work plays a key role in this course, which is an essential component to master in the marketing communication field.
  This practical approach offers the opportunity to apply marketing theories and concepts in a tangible context.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Kotler, P. & Keller, K. 2016. 15th ed. Marketing Management. Pearson. Especially chapters 19-22
  
  Articles:
  Kitchen, P.J. and Burgmann, I. (2015), "Integrated marketing communication: making it work at a strategic level", Journal of Business Strategy, Vol. 36 No. 4, pp. 34-39. https://doi.org/10.1108/JBS-05-2014-0052
  
  Additional material will be shared in the course Moodle.

  Teachers

  Sari Haavisto

  Working life connections

  In this IMC implementation an integrated marketing communication plan will be developed for a target company in the business sector. Student will engage in developing a detailed IMC plan.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Exam is not held, therefore no retakes are possible. Participation and commitment to the teamwork and project is evaluated during the entire course. The project deliverables and individual reflection reports will be graded.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  International by default.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  An integrated marketing communication plan for the a target company in the business sector is done in teams. This comprehesive plan will cover all essential aspects, including project planning and execution. This course involves teams' presentations of the IMC planduring and at the end of the course. Additionally, each participant will submit and Individual reflection report.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  The classroom sessions will be held on Mondays 8:00 AM - 10:45 AM and Wednesdays 11.00 AM - 13:45 PM.
  In addition to the scheduled sessions, student must commit to advancing the projetc outside of the classroom hours.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA1
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration of prior learning (RPL): If you already have command of the course contents, you can demonstrate your competence. For more information on Recognition of Prior Learning: https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning
  If you wish to proceed with Work and Study, please contact The Competence Counselling Teacher (CCT) for Marketing and Sales, Hannu Koikkalainen, who will provide more information.
  Prior to contacting the CCT please familiarize yourself with the competence goals of the course.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     International Accounting - IFRS I ECO017AS3AE-3002 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CAMPUSONLINE, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  In this course you will learn the basics of IFRS - International Financial Reporting Standards, which is the way how publicly listed companies prepare their group financial statements in over 120 countries. Additionally, we will study how to apply in practise the most important standards which usually differ with local accounting legislation.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  In order to take this course, you need to have prior knowledge on doing accounting and preparing financial statements, for ex you should have taken courses ECO002AS2AE Financial Accounting, ECO005AS2AE Financial Statements and Corporate Tax or ECO002AS2A Kirjanpito and ECO005AS2A Tilinpäätös ja yritysverotus or have similar knowledge.

  Contents

  Planned implementation schedule, changes possible.
  Week 1: IFRS introduction
  Week 2: Consolidated financial statements
  Week 3: IFRS 15 Revenue recognition
  Week 4: IFRS 16 Leasing
  Week 5: IAS 36 Impairment testing
  Week 6: IFRS 9 Financial instruments
  Week 7: S1 and S2 Sustainability standards.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basics of IFRS standards and is able to independently find some information about them. Is able to apply the standards in some real life business cases.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knows the basics of IFRS standards and is able to independently find more information about them. Is able to apply the standards in typical real life business cases.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knows the basics of IFRS standards and is able to independently find more information about them. Is able to apply IFRS standards in typical real life business cases and argument possible solutions with standards.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a virtual implementation where students are able to study independently and submit assignments and exams in given deadlines. The course runs for 16 weeks but there will be some deadlines for the assignments.
  
  PRE-TEST NEED TO BE SUCCESSFULLY SUBMITTED BY END OF JANUARY 2025 IN ORDER TO KEEP YOUR SEAT IN THIS COURSE! This is an advanced accounting course, thus you need to have needed basic accounting skills to enter this course.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Will shown in Moodle learning platform.

  Teachers

  Lauri Larjavaara, Heli Kortesalmi

  Working life connections

  Some assignments are based on real-life cases, and real IFRS financial statements are examined

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Virtual exams and a written assignment.
  Pre-test DL 31.1.2025.
  Assignments 1-4 need to be submitted by March 15th 2025.
  Assignments 5-7 and final report need to be submitted by May 10th 2025.
  No extensions to deadlines are given.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  IFRS standards are for international organizations.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  7 smaller assignments and one final learning diary.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Students can take the course at their own pace, keeping in mind some deadlines. Course can be taken in 16 weeks but also in faster schedule.
  
  Pre-test, deadline 31.1.2025.
  Topic 1: Brief into to IFRS. Framework and concepts. DL 15.3.2025.
  Topic 2: Consolidated financial statements. DL 15.3.2025.
  Topic 3: IFRS 15 Revenue recognition. DL 15.3.2025.
  Topic 4: IFRS 16 Leasing. DL 15.3.2025.
  Topic 5: IAS 36 Impairment testing. DL 10.5.2025.
  Topic 6: IFRS 9 Financial instruments DL 10.5.2025.
  Topic 7: IFRS S1 and S2 sustainability standards. DL 10.5.2025.
  Written report of all topics DL 10.5.2025.

  Groups

  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • TR5HEECO2
  • TRB5HEECO1
  • IBE5PAACC
  • TR5HEECO1
  • EXCH
  • TRB5HEECO2

  Alternative learning methods

  In case you have previous knowledge on the topic, you may RPL this course. Please contact course teachers for the RPL exam.
  Work and study, if you work in an international company's accounting, you might able to learn this course with WS method and at the end do the exam.

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  Grade 1-5, which is based on:
  * 70% of course grade: 7 topic related assignments and quizzes.
  * 30% Written report.
  
  In order to pass the course, both type of assignments need to get passed.
  All course assignments are individual tasks which are planned to support students learning.

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     International Business Communication with Impact COM003AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (TR4HEINT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course, or attained an equivalent comoetence level the student:
  - identifies organisational cultures and, recognises and differentiates between different communication styles in an organisation and analyses key elements for managing a multicultural office environment
  - Communicates and collaborates with representatives of other cultures effectively, and handles communication in various situations
  - Applies analytical skills to critically evaluate and respond to demanding communication situations
  - Applies critical perspective on cultural intelligence and awareness
  - Implements communication tools involving service oriented and inclusive attitude promoting ethics, responsibility and sustainability (ERS).
  - Collaborates inclusively, ethically and sustainably and responsibly in multicultural teams.

  Contents

  Theories of organisational communication and modern organisation
  Critical perspectives on Organisational Communication Structures
  Perspectives on Organisational culture
  Communicating Difference at Work (diversity management)
  Race and organisational communication
  Body and sexual communication in org comm
  Technologies of the body
  Communication, culture and Organising (cultural intelligence and awareness)
  Perspectives on organisational culture

  ---

  Teachers

  Anna Kimberley, Wallace Reynolds

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • TR4HEINT
  • IBE3PA3
  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA2
  • IBE3PA1
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     International Business Communication with Impact COM003AS2AE-3004 14.10.2024-18.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE3PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course, or attained an equivalent comoetence level the student:
  - identifies organisational cultures and, recognises and differentiates between different communication styles in an organisation and analyses key elements for managing a multicultural office environment
  - Communicates and collaborates with representatives of other cultures effectively, and handles communication in various situations
  - Applies analytical skills to critically evaluate and respond to demanding communication situations
  - Applies critical perspective on cultural intelligence and awareness
  - Implements communication tools involving service oriented and inclusive attitude promoting ethics, responsibility and sustainability (ERS).
  - Collaborates inclusively, ethically and sustainably and responsibly in multicultural teams.

  Contents

  Theories of organisational communication and modern organisation
  Critical perspectives on Organisational Communication Structures
  Perspectives on Organisational culture
  Communicating Difference at Work (diversity management)
  Race and organisational communication
  Body and sexual communication in org comm
  Technologies of the body
  Communication, culture and Organising (cultural intelligence and awareness)
  Perspectives on organisational culture

  ---

  Teachers

  Ilpo Päiväläinen, Kristiina Åberg

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  14.10.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Enrollment

  12.02.2023 - 12.02.2023

  Groups

  • IBE3PA3
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBE3PA2
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  5 - 10

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     International Business Law LAW001TR1AE-3027 06.01.2025-30.05.2025  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  -recognizes the main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU;
  -is able to describe how companies generally are administered and how assets are distributed;
  -knows the basic contractual principles relevant to conclusion and validity of contracts and is able to assess the main effects of contractual liability;
  -knows consumer protection rules safeguarding the basic rights of consumers and
  -knows the core rules regulating employment relationships.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No previous prerequistions

  Contents

  Main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU
  Relevance of EU law, international treaties and national laws for an EU member state using Finland as an example
  Basics of company laws
  Introduction to contract law
  Consumer protection
  Introduction to employment law

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities and related essential legal sources.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, finds appropriate legal sources and is able to apply them to basic practical situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, is able to find a broad variety of legal sources and apply them to customary practical situations. The student understands the significant effect of regulations on business activities.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  Student can demonstrate the level of their prior learning. This must be completed in the beginning of the course. Contact the responsible teacher Pia Vapaavuori for more information. The assessment is based on the demonstration by the student of their competence to meet the learning criteria and their knowledge on course content. Courses can also be completed through work-based learning.
  
  More information can be found at https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Materials available and specified in Moodle
  Teacher’s materials
  web-materials

  Teachers

  Pia Vapaavuori, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  06.01.2025 - 30.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     International Business Law LAW001TR1AE-3017 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  -recognizes the main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU;
  -is able to describe how companies generally are administered and how assets are distributed;
  -knows the basic contractual principles relevant to conclusion and validity of contracts and is able to assess the main effects of contractual liability;
  -knows consumer protection rules safeguarding the basic rights of consumers and
  -knows the core rules regulating employment relationships.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No previous prerequistions

  Contents

  Main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU
  Relevance of EU law, international treaties and national laws for an EU member state using Finland as an example
  Basics of company laws
  Introduction to contract law
  Consumer protection
  Introduction to employment law

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities and related essential legal sources.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, finds appropriate legal sources and is able to apply them to basic practical situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, is able to find a broad variety of legal sources and apply them to customary practical situations. The student understands the significant effect of regulations on business activities.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  Student can demonstrate the level of their prior learning. This must be completed in the beginning of the course. Contact the responsible teacher Pia Vapaavuori for more information. The assessment is based on the demonstration by the student of their competence to meet the learning criteria and their knowledge on course content. Courses can also be completed through work-based learning.
  
  More information can be found at https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning.

  ---

  Teachers

  Christina Karlia-Palomäki

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     International Business Law LAW001TR1AE-3018 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  -recognizes the main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU;
  -is able to describe how companies generally are administered and how assets are distributed;
  -knows the basic contractual principles relevant to conclusion and validity of contracts and is able to assess the main effects of contractual liability;
  -knows consumer protection rules safeguarding the basic rights of consumers and
  -knows the core rules regulating employment relationships.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No previous prerequistions

  Contents

  Main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU
  Relevance of EU law, international treaties and national laws for an EU member state using Finland as an example
  Basics of company laws
  Introduction to contract law
  Consumer protection
  Introduction to employment law

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities and related essential legal sources.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, finds appropriate legal sources and is able to apply them to basic practical situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, is able to find a broad variety of legal sources and apply them to customary practical situations. The student understands the significant effect of regulations on business activities.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  Student can demonstrate the level of their prior learning. This must be completed in the beginning of the course. Contact the responsible teacher Pia Vapaavuori for more information. The assessment is based on the demonstration by the student of their competence to meet the learning criteria and their knowledge on course content. Courses can also be completed through work-based learning.
  
  More information can be found at https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is contact and lessons are held in Pasila every Tuesday at 11-13:45.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Access to Finnish law" by Aapo Surakka, Sanoma Pro, 2012 in the library and as an e-book.
  Since there is no final exam, you can choose any other literature covering basics of law.
  During the course the teacher also provides material.

  Teachers

  Pia Jääskeläinen

  Working life connections

  During the course there will be real life cases as study material.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  There will be no final exam. Since there is no final exam there is no possibility of renewal.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  During this course there will be 3-4 individual learning assignments that are graded. All learning assignments have to be done in time in order to pass. The amount and timetable of the assignments will be negotiated and decided at the first meeting.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  This course is during period 4 and lessons are held according to class schedule.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA2

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL - recognizition of prior learning
  
  Student can show the level of his/her prior learning. This has to be done in the beginning of the course. RPL will be evaluated by the responsible teacher (Kirsi Ola) and the criteria for the evaluation is how the student has been able to show that s/he meets the study goals and contents and what is the level of knowledge.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  All assignments are graded between 0-5.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     International Business Law LAW001TR1AE-3019 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  -recognizes the main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU;
  -is able to describe how companies generally are administered and how assets are distributed;
  -knows the basic contractual principles relevant to conclusion and validity of contracts and is able to assess the main effects of contractual liability;
  -knows consumer protection rules safeguarding the basic rights of consumers and
  -knows the core rules regulating employment relationships.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No previous prerequistions

  Contents

  Main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU
  Relevance of EU law, international treaties and national laws for an EU member state using Finland as an example
  Basics of company laws
  Introduction to contract law
  Consumer protection
  Introduction to employment law

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities and related essential legal sources.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, finds appropriate legal sources and is able to apply them to basic practical situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, is able to find a broad variety of legal sources and apply them to customary practical situations. The student understands the significant effect of regulations on business activities.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  Student can demonstrate the level of their prior learning. This must be completed in the beginning of the course. Contact the responsible teacher Pia Vapaavuori for more information. The assessment is based on the demonstration by the student of their competence to meet the learning criteria and their knowledge on course content. Courses can also be completed through work-based learning.
  
  More information can be found at https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning.

  ---

  Teachers

  Christina Karlia-Palomäki

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA3

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     International Business Law LAW001TR1AE-3020 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  -recognizes the main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU;
  -is able to describe how companies generally are administered and how assets are distributed;
  -knows the basic contractual principles relevant to conclusion and validity of contracts and is able to assess the main effects of contractual liability;
  -knows consumer protection rules safeguarding the basic rights of consumers and
  -knows the core rules regulating employment relationships.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No previous prerequistions

  Contents

  Main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU
  Relevance of EU law, international treaties and national laws for an EU member state using Finland as an example
  Basics of company laws
  Introduction to contract law
  Consumer protection
  Introduction to employment law

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities and related essential legal sources.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, finds appropriate legal sources and is able to apply them to basic practical situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, is able to find a broad variety of legal sources and apply them to customary practical situations. The student understands the significant effect of regulations on business activities.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  Student can demonstrate the level of their prior learning. This must be completed in the beginning of the course. Contact the responsible teacher Pia Vapaavuori for more information. The assessment is based on the demonstration by the student of their competence to meet the learning criteria and their knowledge on course content. Courses can also be completed through work-based learning.
  
  More information can be found at https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning.

  ---

  Teachers

  Janne Jokinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     International Business Law LAW001TR1AE-3021 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  -recognizes the main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU;
  -is able to describe how companies generally are administered and how assets are distributed;
  -knows the basic contractual principles relevant to conclusion and validity of contracts and is able to assess the main effects of contractual liability;
  -knows consumer protection rules safeguarding the basic rights of consumers and
  -knows the core rules regulating employment relationships.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No previous prerequistions

  Contents

  Main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU
  Relevance of EU law, international treaties and national laws for an EU member state using Finland as an example
  Basics of company laws
  Introduction to contract law
  Consumer protection
  Introduction to employment law

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities and related essential legal sources.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, finds appropriate legal sources and is able to apply them to basic practical situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, is able to find a broad variety of legal sources and apply them to customary practical situations. The student understands the significant effect of regulations on business activities.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  Student can demonstrate the level of their prior learning. This must be completed in the beginning of the course. Contact the responsible teacher Pia Vapaavuori for more information. The assessment is based on the demonstration by the student of their competence to meet the learning criteria and their knowledge on course content. Courses can also be completed through work-based learning.
  
  More information can be found at https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  If you already have acquired the skills and competences set out in the learning objectives of this course, you can demonstrate your skills and competence. The demonstration will be completed within this DEMO implementation, to which you should enroll in PEPPI.
  
  If you already have enrolled on a Haaga-Helia implementation of International Business Law it is important that you inform both the teacher of your implementation and pia.vapaavuori@haaga-helia.fi during the first week of the implementation of your willingness to initiate the demonstration process. You will then be removed from the implementation by the course teacher.
  
  The demonstration cannot be completed, if you are actively on an implementation of International Business Law or if you previously have received a grade for the course (0 - 5).

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Please note that the demonstration process is based on your previously acquired skills and knowledge (e.g. through work) and therefore, no learning materials are provided for you for the demonstration exams and interview.
  
  Accordingly, you should carefully familiarize yourself with the learning objectives of the course to decide whether your skills and competencies match them.

  Teachers

  Pia Vapaavuori

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 31.05.2025

  Content scheduling

  Contact pia.vapaavuori@haaga-helia.fi as soon as you have enrolled in the DEMO course (or at the latest during the first week of implementation, in case you already also have enrolled in a course implementation of International Business Law).

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Seats

  1 - 250

  Further information

  In the demonstration, you will show your previously acquired skills by completing two exams and participating in an interview. The exams and the interview cover the following subjects as set out in the course description:
  
  -contract law,
  -consumer protection,
  -labour law, and
  -company law.
  
  Your competence will be assessed according to the course assessment criteria.
  
  More information on the demonstration process can be found here: https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/career-planning/recognition-learning and on the DEMO Moodle implementation.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     International Business Law LAW001TR1AE-3022 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  -recognizes the main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU;
  -is able to describe how companies generally are administered and how assets are distributed;
  -knows the basic contractual principles relevant to conclusion and validity of contracts and is able to assess the main effects of contractual liability;
  -knows consumer protection rules safeguarding the basic rights of consumers and
  -knows the core rules regulating employment relationships.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No previous prerequistions

  Contents

  Main legal concepts and framework regulating businesses in EU
  Relevance of EU law, international treaties and national laws for an EU member state using Finland as an example
  Basics of company laws
  Introduction to contract law
  Consumer protection
  Introduction to employment law

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities and related essential legal sources.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, finds appropriate legal sources and is able to apply them to basic practical situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student recognizes core legal issues regulating business activities, is able to find a broad variety of legal sources and apply them to customary practical situations. The student understands the significant effect of regulations on business activities.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.
  
  Student can demonstrate the level of their prior learning. This must be completed in the beginning of the course. Contact the responsible teacher Pia Vapaavuori for more information. The assessment is based on the demonstration by the student of their competence to meet the learning criteria and their knowledge on course content. Courses can also be completed through work-based learning.
  
  More information can be found at https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is contact and lessons are held in Pasila according to Lukkari-schedule.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Materials available and specified in Moodle
  Teacher’s materials
  Web-materials

  Teachers

  Pia Jääskeläinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  There will be no final exam. Since there is no final exam there is no possibility of renewal.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  During this course there will be 4 learning assignments that are graded 0-5. The timetable and instructions of the assignments will be announced during the first meeting and Moodle.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL - recognizition of prior learning
  
  Student can show the level of his/her prior learning. This has to be done in the beginning of the course. RPL will be evaluated by the responsible teacher (Pia Vapaavuori) and the criteria for the evaluation is how the student has been able to show that s/he meets the study goals and contents and what is the level of knowledge.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  All assignments are graded between 0-5.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     International Economics ECO020AS3AE-3002 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students develop their knowledge of International Economics.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The student has successfully completed Principles of Economics (Yritykset, kuluttajat ja yhteiskunta), or equivalent.

  Contents

  Classic and modern trade theories
  Trade policy
  Foreign exchange markets
  Exchange rate determination
  Exchange rate regimes
  Economic integration

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  • knows some of the basic concepts of international economics
  • knows some of the economic mechanisms in the international economic sphere
  • in a team, is capable of analyzing some of the effects of the international economy on the firm
  • understands news related to international economics
  • knows where to look for information

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  • knows how economics is related to international economics
  • knows core concepts of both international trade and international finance
  • can independently analyze effects of international trade and international finance on the firm
  • feels comfortable when working in a team
  • in a team, can make suggestions for preventive measures

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  • has a very good understanding of the potential effects of international trade and international finance on the firm
  • has a very good understanding of different models used in international economics
  • can independently analyze potential opportunities in the international environment for the firm

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This implementation is Blended. Some of the lectures will be held online.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  TBA

  Teachers

  Alessio Tei, Jari Kaari

  Working life connections

  Cases, examples, and exercises are business related.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  The course will be completed via active participation, tasks and assignments.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The implementation will be held together with our international partner university.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  TBA
  Groupwork 100%

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • BLENDED
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  Currently NA

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Grading 0-5

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     International Trade and Business Law COR011AS2AE-3003 06.01.2025-30.05.2025  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  - identify the international transactions and trade practicalities both from exporter’s (seller) and importer’s (buyer) perspective
  - recognise the risks related to international trade and how to manage them.
  -will be confident in doing international business in practice
  -understand the legal framework of international business and will be able to do business in the international legal context.
  -take into an account ethical, responsible and sustainable (ERS) values and long-term profit.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  International legal context
  -The risks in international business and managing them
  -Trade and competition laws of the European Union
  -International contracts
  -Intellectual property rights and their applications in digitalised world
  -Documents related to international business
  -Methods of international payments
  -Customs related issues
  -Cost elements related to export/import
  -Conflicts of laws and jurisdiction
  -Dispute resolution

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Students:
  - know risks related to international contracts
  - know the key concepts of international business practicalities and business law
  - can build a sale contract but with assistance

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Students:
  - know risks related to international contracts
  - know the key concepts of international business practicalities and business law
  - can build a sale contract almost without assistance

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Students:
  - know risks related to international contracts
  - know the key concepts of international business practicalities and business law
  - can build a sale contract independently
  - can build breaches with clauses to guarantee success in international trade

  Further information

  Cooperation with the business community.
  All cases and exercises are related to export/import.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Jimenez G. International Chamber of Commerce ICC Guide to Export-Import.
  The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods. Vienna 1980
  Other Materials to be announced during a course.

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  06.01.2025 - 30.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     International Trade and Business Law COR011AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  - identify the international transactions and trade practicalities both from exporter’s (seller) and importer’s (buyer) perspective
  - recognise the risks related to international trade and how to manage them.
  -will be confident in doing international business in practice
  -understand the legal framework of international business and will be able to do business in the international legal context.
  -take into an account ethical, responsible and sustainable (ERS) values and long-term profit.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  International legal context
  -The risks in international business and managing them
  -Trade and competition laws of the European Union
  -International contracts
  -Intellectual property rights and their applications in digitalised world
  -Documents related to international business
  -Methods of international payments
  -Customs related issues
  -Cost elements related to export/import
  -Conflicts of laws and jurisdiction
  -Dispute resolution

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Students:
  - know risks related to international contracts
  - know the key concepts of international business practicalities and business law
  - can build a sale contract but with assistance

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Students:
  - know risks related to international contracts
  - know the key concepts of international business practicalities and business law
  - can build a sale contract almost without assistance

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Students:
  - know risks related to international contracts
  - know the key concepts of international business practicalities and business law
  - can build a sale contract independently
  - can build breaches with clauses to guarantee success in international trade

  Further information

  Cooperation with the business community.
  All cases and exercises are related to export/import.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Eeva Aarnio, Jarkko Kotamäki

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Introduction to Data Analytics for Business ANA001TR1AE-3021 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - utilises business and customer data from various sources to support decision-making process
  - processes data in Excel or other suitable software
  - formulates data into tables and calculate descriptive statistics
  - visualises data correctly
  - analyses and interprets correlations and their significance
  - is able to interpret, report and critically assess the results

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite is the successful completion of course ICT Key Comeptences.

  Contents

  - statistics and their representation as tables and charts
  - descriptive statistics
  - correlation and regression
  - time series
  - basics of statistical inference

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Is able to calculate basic descriptive statistics. Visualises data with basic figures and tables. Is able to list the main results.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Analyses correlations, differences and trends. Visualises data with various figures and tables. Is able to interpret and report the results.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Analyses and interprets independently correlations, differences and trends. Selects and creates suitable graphical presentations to visualise data. Is able to interpret and assess the results and give suggestions for development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions with lecture and Excel exercises

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material available in Moodle
  
  Recommended reading: Grady Klein and Alan Dabney: The Cartoon Introduction to Statistics

  Teachers

  Jutta Heikkilä, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Learning assignments

  Exercise 1: Descriptive statistics
  Exercise 2: Descriptive statistics, Statistical inference, Correlation and regression
  Exercise 3: All course topics

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Further information

  Exercise 1: 20%
  Exercise 2: 20%
  Exercise 3: 20%
  Exam: 40%
  
  You must pass the exam to pass the course.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Introduction to Data Analytics for Business ANA001TR1AE-3007 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - utilises business and customer data from various sources to support decision-making process
  - processes data in Excel or other suitable software
  - formulates data into tables and calculate descriptive statistics
  - visualises data correctly
  - analyses and interprets correlations and their significance
  - is able to interpret, report and critically assess the results

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite is the successful completion of course ICT Key Comeptences.

  Contents

  - statistics and their representation as tables and charts
  - descriptive statistics
  - correlation and regression
  - time series
  - basics of statistical inference

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Is able to calculate basic descriptive statistics. Visualises data with basic figures and tables. Is able to list the main results.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Analyses correlations, differences and trends. Visualises data with various figures and tables. Is able to interpret and report the results.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Analyses and interprets independently correlations, differences and trends. Selects and creates suitable graphical presentations to visualise data. Is able to interpret and assess the results and give suggestions for development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions with lecture and Excel exercises

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material available in Moodle
  
  Recommended reading: Grady Klein and Alan Dabney: The Cartoon Introduction to Statistics

  Teachers

  Jutta Heikkilä, Timi Kohonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Exercise 1: Descriptive statistics
  Exercise 2: Descriptive statistics, Statistical inference, Correlation and regression
  Exercise 3: All course topics

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions twice a week on campus

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA2
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Exercise 1: 20%
  Exercise 2: 20%
  Exercise 3: 20%
  Exam: 40%
  
  You must pass the exam to pass the course.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Introduction to Data Analytics for Business ANA001TR1AE-3010 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBEB3PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - utilises business and customer data from various sources to support decision-making process
  - processes data in Excel or other suitable software
  - formulates data into tables and calculate descriptive statistics
  - visualises data correctly
  - analyses and interprets correlations and their significance
  - is able to interpret, report and critically assess the results

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite is the successful completion of course ICT Key Comeptences.

  Contents

  - statistics and their representation as tables and charts
  - descriptive statistics
  - correlation and regression
  - time series
  - basics of statistical inference

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Is able to calculate basic descriptive statistics. Visualises data with basic figures and tables. Is able to list the main results.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Analyses correlations, differences and trends. Visualises data with various figures and tables. Is able to interpret and report the results.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Analyses and interprets independently correlations, differences and trends. Selects and creates suitable graphical presentations to visualise data. Is able to interpret and assess the results and give suggestions for development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions with lecture and Excel exercises

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material available in Moodle
  
  Recommended reading: Grady Klein and Alan Dabney: The Cartoon Introduction to Statistics

  Teachers

  Timi Kohonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Exercise 1: Descriptive statistics
  Exercise 2: Descriptive statistics, Statistical inference, Correlation and regression
  Exercise 3: All course topics

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions twice a week on campus

  Groups

  • IBEB3PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Exercise 1: 20%
  Exercise 2: 20%
  Exercise 3: 20%
  Exam: 40%
  
  You must pass the exam to pass the course.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Introduction to Data Analytics for Business ANA001TR1AE-3017 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - utilises business and customer data from various sources to support decision-making process
  - processes data in Excel or other suitable software
  - formulates data into tables and calculate descriptive statistics
  - visualises data correctly
  - analyses and interprets correlations and their significance
  - is able to interpret, report and critically assess the results

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite is the successful completion of course ICT Key Comeptences.

  Contents

  - statistics and their representation as tables and charts
  - descriptive statistics
  - correlation and regression
  - time series
  - basics of statistical inference

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Is able to calculate basic descriptive statistics. Visualises data with basic figures and tables. Is able to list the main results.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Analyses correlations, differences and trends. Visualises data with various figures and tables. Is able to interpret and report the results.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Analyses and interprets independently correlations, differences and trends. Selects and creates suitable graphical presentations to visualise data. Is able to interpret and assess the results and give suggestions for development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Toni Ernvall

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 31.05.2025

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration implementation. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Seats

  1 - 250

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Introduction to Data Analytics for Business ANA001TR1AE-3018 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - utilises business and customer data from various sources to support decision-making process
  - processes data in Excel or other suitable software
  - formulates data into tables and calculate descriptive statistics
  - visualises data correctly
  - analyses and interprets correlations and their significance
  - is able to interpret, report and critically assess the results

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite is the successful completion of course ICT Key Comeptences.

  Contents

  - statistics and their representation as tables and charts
  - descriptive statistics
  - correlation and regression
  - time series
  - basics of statistical inference

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Is able to calculate basic descriptive statistics. Visualises data with basic figures and tables. Is able to list the main results.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Analyses correlations, differences and trends. Visualises data with various figures and tables. Is able to interpret and report the results.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Analyses and interprets independently correlations, differences and trends. Selects and creates suitable graphical presentations to visualise data. Is able to interpret and assess the results and give suggestions for development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions with lectures and Excel exercises

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material available in Moodle
  
  Recommended reading: Grady Klein and Alan Dabney: The Cartoon Introduction to Statistics

  Teachers

  Jutta Heikkilä

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Report
  Exercises (12 sets of exercises)
  Exam

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions twice a week on campus

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Report: 20%
  Exercises: 40%
  Exam: 40%
  
  You must pass the exam to pass the course.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Introduction to Data Analytics for Business ANA001TR1AE-3016 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE3PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - utilises business and customer data from various sources to support decision-making process
  - processes data in Excel or other suitable software
  - formulates data into tables and calculate descriptive statistics
  - visualises data correctly
  - analyses and interprets correlations and their significance
  - is able to interpret, report and critically assess the results

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite is the successful completion of course ICT Key Comeptences.

  Contents

  - statistics and their representation as tables and charts
  - descriptive statistics
  - correlation and regression
  - time series
  - basics of statistical inference

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Is able to calculate basic descriptive statistics. Visualises data with basic figures and tables. Is able to list the main results.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Analyses correlations, differences and trends. Visualises data with various figures and tables. Is able to interpret and report the results.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Analyses and interprets independently correlations, differences and trends. Selects and creates suitable graphical presentations to visualise data. Is able to interpret and assess the results and give suggestions for development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions with lecture and Excel exercises

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material available in Moodle
  
  Recommended reading: Grady Klein and Alan Dabney: The Cartoon Introduction to Statistics

  Teachers

  Toni Ernvall

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Exercises on descriptive statistics, correlation, regression, statistical inference etc.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE3PA3
  • ITE2PAICB1
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Exercises and exam.
  
  You must pass the exercises and the exam to pass the course.

  Degree Programme

  ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Introduction to Digital Learning Environments STU002HH1AE-3033 12.08.2024-13.09.2024  1 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or have acquired equivalent competence will be able to:
  - use Haaga-Helia's Moodle and other e-learning environments
  - use the Haaga-Helia Office 365 environment and its various services, including email, calendar and OneDrive
  - use the Haaga-Helia network and remote access securely
  - use Peppi, the student intranet
  - use Haaga-Helia student pages
  
  In addition, the student will identify the skills and mindset needed for independent virtual learning online.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No pre-requisites.
  The course teaches the necessary IT skills to enable the student to use Haaga-Helia's IT systems, which is why the completion of this course is essential for all subsequent courses.

  Contents

  Moodle learning environment
  Know your own computer
  Haaga-Helia internet and remote access
  M365 student email, calendar and Teams
  Zoom virtual lectures
  Peppi student intranet
  Haaga-Helia student pages

  ---

  Teachers

  Hanna Mäenpää

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  12.08.2024 - 13.09.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 25.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • NONSTOP
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBEB1PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • VIRTUAL

  Seats

  30 - 150

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Introduction to Digital Learning Environments STU002HH1AE-3036 07.01.2025-16.05.2025  1 cr  (NONSTOP, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or have acquired equivalent competence will be able to:
  - use Haaga-Helia's Moodle and other e-learning environments
  - use the Haaga-Helia Office 365 environment and its various services, including email, calendar and OneDrive
  - use the Haaga-Helia network and remote access securely
  - use Peppi, the student intranet
  - use Haaga-Helia student pages
  
  In addition, the student will identify the skills and mindset needed for independent virtual learning online.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No pre-requisites.
  The course teaches the necessary IT skills to enable the student to use Haaga-Helia's IT systems, which is why the completion of this course is essential for all subsequent courses.

  Contents

  Moodle learning environment
  Know your own computer
  Haaga-Helia internet and remote access
  M365 student email, calendar and Teams
  Zoom virtual lectures
  Peppi student intranet
  Haaga-Helia student pages

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The course lets you proceed in the following order:
  
  Moodle
  Digital communication and calendar
  Office 365 and OneDrive
  Remote access (VDI)
  Peppi, the student intranet
  Additional study materials
  The next topic will open when you have completed all assignments of the previous one.

  Teachers

  Hanna Mäenpää

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  07.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 24.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  We recommend to complete this course during the first week of your study.

  Groups

  • NONSTOP
  • FH25K
  • IBE1PA1
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Alternative learning methods

  -

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  Moodle assignments.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Introduction to Finnish Language and Culture FIN8LF104-3010 22.04.2025-23.05.2025  2 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Teachers

  Maria Jompero, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Pasila

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  22.04.2025 - 23.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  0 - 15

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 2 cr
•     Introduction to Studies STU001HH1AE-3038 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  1 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this or a corresponding course the student
  
  - can interpret and utilize degree regulations in his/her studies
  - can use library services, student wellbeing services, FSHS (Finnish Student Health Service) and international services.
  - recognizes the special characteristics of studying at university of applied sciences
  - is familiar with the structure of ISP and is able to update it, and identifies the basis of planning studies
  - is able to search for work placement related information
  - recognizes the basics and characteristics of his/her field
  - appreciates and accepts the rules and conditions of his/her studies

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.
  
  This course is included in Keys to Studies and Career which is one of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  - Contact based study (8 x 45 min. sessions) during period 1 in Autumn 2023 in the form of lectures and class discussions.
  - Independent online study in the form of written assignments, multiple choice assignments and discussion forum assignments.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course material and links to external sites are available in the Moodle course. Additionally, students are encouraged to explore related materials on their own on the www.Haaga-Helia.fi site and other relevant sites.

  Teachers

  Anne Simpson

  Working life connections

  The course requires the students to familiarize themselves with
  - the professional careers of BBA students (Finn. tradenomi) in Finland and internationally in order to map personally relevant future career opportunities.
  - explore both Finnish and international study and work opportunities during studies and thereafter.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No final examination.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Refer to working life connections above.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Written assignments, multiple choice assignments and discussion forum assignments.

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Eight 45min sessions on Thursdays at 10:00 - 10:45, during period 1 in 2023.

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • CONTACT

  Alternative learning methods

  not applicable

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Pass / fail based on attendance and assignments.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Introduction to Studies STU001HH1AE-3039 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  1 cr  (IBE1PA2, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this or a corresponding course the student
  
  - can interpret and utilize degree regulations in his/her studies
  - can use library services, student wellbeing services, FSHS (Finnish Student Health Service) and international services.
  - recognizes the special characteristics of studying at university of applied sciences
  - is familiar with the structure of ISP and is able to update it, and identifies the basis of planning studies
  - is able to search for work placement related information
  - recognizes the basics and characteristics of his/her field
  - appreciates and accepts the rules and conditions of his/her studies

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.
  
  This course is included in Keys to Studies and Career which is one of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  ---

  Teachers

  Marit Keränen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Introduction to Studies STU001HH1AE-3040 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  1 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this or a corresponding course the student
  
  - can interpret and utilize degree regulations in his/her studies
  - can use library services, student wellbeing services, FSHS (Finnish Student Health Service) and international services.
  - recognizes the special characteristics of studying at university of applied sciences
  - is familiar with the structure of ISP and is able to update it, and identifies the basis of planning studies
  - is able to search for work placement related information
  - recognizes the basics and characteristics of his/her field
  - appreciates and accepts the rules and conditions of his/her studies

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.
  
  This course is included in Keys to Studies and Career which is one of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  ---

  Teachers

  Marit Keränen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Introduction to Studies STU001HH1AE-3041 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  1 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this or a corresponding course the student
  
  - can interpret and utilize degree regulations in his/her studies
  - can use library services, student wellbeing services, FSHS (Finnish Student Health Service) and international services.
  - recognizes the special characteristics of studying at university of applied sciences
  - is familiar with the structure of ISP and is able to update it, and identifies the basis of planning studies
  - is able to search for work placement related information
  - recognizes the basics and characteristics of his/her field
  - appreciates and accepts the rules and conditions of his/her studies

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.
  
  This course is included in Keys to Studies and Career which is one of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  ---

  Teachers

  Elina Vannesluoma

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • EVENING
  • BLENDED
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Introduction to Studies STU001HH1AE-3042 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  1 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this or a corresponding course the student
  
  - can interpret and utilize degree regulations in his/her studies
  - can use library services, student wellbeing services, FSHS (Finnish Student Health Service) and international services.
  - recognizes the special characteristics of studying at university of applied sciences
  - is familiar with the structure of ISP and is able to update it, and identifies the basis of planning studies
  - is able to search for work placement related information
  - recognizes the basics and characteristics of his/her field
  - appreciates and accepts the rules and conditions of his/her studies

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.
  
  This course is included in Keys to Studies and Career which is one of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  ---

  Teachers

  Anne Simpson

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Job-Seeking Skills STU008HH1AE-3005 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  1 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or corresponding course, the student:
  - recognizes career opportunities in one’s field
  - identifies where and how to look for employment
  - is able to create a distinguishable and targeted CV
  - is able to create a personal and targeted job application
  - is able to prepare for recruitment interview
  - identifies and appreciates the importance of job-seeking skills

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.
  
  This course is included in Keys to Studies and Career which is one of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  ---

  Teachers

  Marit Keränen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     KREA Strategic Concept Design and Storytelling MAR004AS3AE-3002 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  10 cr  (TR3HECOM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students will learn about strategic concept and content planning and content production in marketing and communications. The student will be able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in their solutions. The student will be able to work in a team to design a branded visual and narrative marketing concept for a client company and/or Creative Agency Krea. The student will be able to produce distinctive, attractive and useful content in line with the concept in a target group-oriented and multichannel way. Students will be able to use a variety of graphic design and image editing software and digital storytelling platforms. The student will be able to work in an entrepreneurial way on client projects and to sell and justify their solutions.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  It is recommended that students have completed the courses Strategic Branding, Integrated Marketing Communication and Basics of Graphic Design and Tools or have equivalent knowledge.

  Contents

  Company's brand strategy and guidelines
  - customer understanding and market analysis
  - strategic concept design
  - visual communication and graphic design
  - multichannel content production and target group-oriented storytelling
  - entrepreneurship and self-driven teamwork in client projects
  - The course involves working on client projects in a creative agency Krea

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - knows the concepts and process of strategic concept planning
  - can use a graphic design program at a basic level
  - understand what a visual concept is,
  - knows what a narrative content marketing concept is
  - has some room for improvement in terms of commitment to work and scheduling

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - has a good understanding of the strategic concept design process
  - has a good command of graphic design software and is able to study it in a somewhat self-directed way
  - can design a branded visual concept and a distinctive narrative content marketing concept
  - can produce narrative and visual content that adds value for target audiences and business customers
  - be able to produce content in a multi-channel way, so that the content complements each other and reinforces the attractiveness and awareness of the concept
  - be able to justify and sell their solutions, taking into account sustainability and responsible marketing aspects
  - take responsibility for their own tasks in the project, actively take responsibility for the success of the project as a whole and share their knowledge within the team.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - has an excellent understanding of the strategic concept design process
  - use graphic design software professionally and study it in a self-directed manner
  - can design and implement a distinctive visual concept in line with brand guidelines
  - design and implement a distinctive and narrative content marketing concept
  - produce content in a multi-channel manner to develop an excellent customer experience
  - excels at selling and justifying their solutions
  - takes into account the ethical aspects of sustainability, responsibility and marketing
  - is self-directed, entrepreneurial and has a positive attitude
  - takes responsibility for the project with excellence, shows initiative and shares knowledge within and across teams

  ---

  Teachers

  Ville Lahtinen, Veera Nguyen, Graham Hill

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • TR3HECOM
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • TR3HEMAR2
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 10 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     Kertaa ja kuuntele – Polish your Finnish skills! FIN001AS0AE-3001 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  1 cr  (NONSTOP, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Having completed the course, you will have
  • a strong basic vocabulary
  • clear understanding of some crucial structures of Finnish
  • good skills in listening to Finnish.

  Contents

  The aim of the course is to strengthen your Finnish language skills after your first Finnish course. You will revise and get a lot of practice in some essential structures of Finnish. You will also improve your skills in listening to Finnish. After completing this course, you will have a stronger basis for your future Finnish studies, and you will be well prepared for your next Finnish course.

  Further information

  Remember to make sure with your University of Applied Sciences that the course can be included in your degree.
  
  This is a unique 3AMK collaboration course coordinated by Haaga-Helia UAS.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  A virtual course covering the key topics of a beginner Finnish course.
  
  The course is aimed at students studying Finnish as a second or foreign language.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Teacher’s material on Moodle

  Teachers

  Anna-Reetta Kokkonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two mid-term tests and one final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  - listening comprehension
  - reading comprehension
  - grammar exercises
  - listening exercises

  Enrollment

  25.11.2024 - 25.04.2025

  Content scheduling

  Independent studies on Metropolia's Moodle, HAKA login. Course key will be sent for those who have enrolled for the course.

  Groups

  • NONSTOP
  • 3AMK
  • VIRTUAL

  Seats

  15 - 100

  Further information

  Continuous assessment

  Degree Programme

  ABBA Degree Programme in Aviation Business, DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, ITBBA Business Information Technology, STEM Sustainable Tourism and Event Management, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Continuous Learning

•     Labour Law LAW005AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  On completion of this course the student is familiar with the key legislation regulating employment in Finland, and will perceive labour law as part of the employment relationship. The student can apply the Finnish labour law, including collective agreements, in ordinary situations at work, and is also familiar with the ethical approach of the HR management. The student will master the main issues of labour law from recruitment to termination of the employment relationship, and is able to apply his knowledge in Finland and internationally.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Basic studies of the Finnish Law
  Prerequisite: HRM1LF101 Basics of Human Resource Management or equivalent competence.

  Contents

  Scope of labour law, work force options
  • Collective agreements as part of labour law
  • Terms of employment
  • Protection of privacy in employment relationship
  • Working time
  • Annual holidays
  • Working environment, health and safety
  • Cooperation within undertakings
  • Termination of employment relationship
  • International employment contracts
  • Aspects of EU labour law

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - Knowledge: You know the key concepts within the course’s scope, but are yet to develop the general view and the big picture of the subject matter.
  - Skills: - You can complete given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply knowledge.
  - Competence: You demonstrate some ability to perform skills and have basic knowledge, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge: You know the key concepts well and can explain how the theories and models function and the tools are used. You have a general view of the subject matter.
  - Skills: You complete given tasks and assignments independently. You apply knowledge in hands-on business related situations. You can critique your own practice and identify ways to improve.
  - Competence: You demonstrate sufficient ability to perform skills and have basic to good knowledge. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge: You have a strong command of the key and related concepts. You can critically evaluate theories, models and tools. You can demonstrate explicit knowledge of the subject matter, and how it relates to other disciplines.
  - Skills: You apply knowledge in demanding business related situations. You can prioritize and critically select tools and methods for solving complex problems in the subject matter.
  - Competence: You execute skills with natural proficiency and you have detailed and explicit knowledge. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is an evening contact course which means that there will be 8 sessions. The timing will be agreed upon at the start of the course.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Since there is no final exam there is no mandatory text book or reading. A very useful text book is Finnish Labour Law in Practice by Äimälä, M. et Al. Also e-book.
  There will also be material given and curated by the teacher of the course including essential Labour Laws and court cases.

  Teachers

  Pia Jääskeläinen

  Working life connections

  During the course we will go through real life cases.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  There is no final exam. The course consists of four learning assignments three of which will be graded between 0-5 and the last assignment fail/pass. Every assignment must be submitted within the time frame agreed in the first session in order to pass.
  There is no possibility of renewal of any assignment.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  The course consists of four individual learning assignments three of which will be graded between 0-5 and the last assignment fail/pass. Every assignment must be submitted within the time frame agreed in the first session in order to pass.
  There is no possibility of renewal of any assignment.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  The implementation is in period three starting 13.1. During the implementation there will be four contact evenings.

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  This course can be completed by work&study or by showing your previous knowledge. If you think you would be capable of doing that, please contact Pia Jääskeläinen to agree on an interview and an alternative way of completing the course.

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  The course will be graded based on individual assignments.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Leading People and Teams HRL005AS2AE-3002 14.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB5PAMAR, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  You know key leadership theories and models and are able to analyze situations through them. You can assess your own leadership and pinpoint areas needing development. You will develop your coaching skills by acting as a coach and a coachee during the course. You have gained an understanding of challenging workplace situations through discussions and stories.

  Contents

  Main themes of the course:
  - Coaching and coaching in leadership
  - Leadership theories and models
  - Leadership skills
  - Challenging workplace situations

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You demonstrate a basic understanding of key leadership theories and models. You have the ability to identify areas that need improvement in your personal leadership style. You have minimal engagement with the learning materials.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You demonstrate a good understanding of key leadership theories and models, and you can apply them to simple situations. You show the ability to self-assess and identify areas for improvement in your personal leadership style. You engage with the learning materials and use them to achieve the course objectives.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You demonstrate a deep understanding of key leadership theories and models. You are able to apply them to complex, nuanced real-world or hypothetical situations in an insightful way. You demonstrate thorough and insightful self-assessment of your personal leadership style. You show deep and extensive engagement with the learning materials.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  The course starts with a week of daily coaching lectures, running from Monday to Thursday (14.-17.10.2024). After the intensive week, the course will proceed according to the course schedule.
  
  This is a CONTACT implementation and the lectures are held at the Pasila Campus. You are expected to attend lectures regularly. If you have existing knowledge in this area, you may showcase your skills through a recognition of prior learning (RPL).

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Northouse, P. G. (2022). Leadership: Theory and practice (Ninth edition.). SAGE Publishing. (also e-book)
  - Reynolds, M. (2020). Coach the person, not the problem. Berret-Koehler Publishers. (also e-book)
  - Browaeys, M., & Price, R. (2019). Understanding cross-cultural management (Fourth edition.). Pearson Education Limited.

  Teachers

  Jana Blštáková, Toni von Martens

  Working life connections

  The course will also include lectures on leadership by representatives of working life.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  During the course, we will explore multicultural leadership within various management frameworks. The course materials and assignments reflect global perspectives, enriched by the diverse experiences of your fellow students.

  Timing

  14.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  In this course, you will engage in both independent and group assignments. The weight of each assignment varies and contributes differently to your final course grade. Active participation in lectures is required to achieve a good grade.
  
  1. Independent assignment: Coaching report, mandatory, contributes 35% to your final grade.
  2. Independent assignment: Leadership skills report, mandatory, contributes 35% to your final grade.
  3. Team assignment: Mandatory, contributes 30% to your final grade.
  
  To pass the course, you must achieve at least a grade of 1 in assignments 1, 2, and 3.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  The course schedule, including the timetables and content of the lectures as well as the deadlines for submitting learning assignments, can be found on the course's Moodle. This will be accessible at the latest on the first day of the course.

  Groups

  • IBEB5PAMAR
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • IBEB5PAHRL
  • EXCH
  • IBEB5PAACC

  Alternative learning methods

  This course can also be completed by demonstrating your competence. Before attempting the demonstration, please review the study guide. Compare your own skills and knowledge with the learning objectives specified in the study guide. Through Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL), you will show your existing competence that aligns with the course's content. It's important to thoroughly understand the learning objectives and assessment criteria before you decide to do the demonstration

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Further information

  Your final grade for this course will be based on individual assignments, group assignment and participation on the classroom activities. The course is graded on a scale from 0 to 5.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Let's Speak Finnish! FIN005AS2AE-3008 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The course Let's Speak Finnish! activates and enhances oral skills in Finnish as well as to gives practice in Finnish conversation by focusing on situations in different areas of everyday life.
  
  Upon successful completion of the course, the student
  * gains self-confidence to be relaxed and converse more spontaneously in Finnish
  * delivers various kinds of speeches (impromptu, informative)
  * demonstrates an ability to express oneself more effectively in social situations
  * improves pronunciation and enhances his/her vocabulary.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Haaga-Helia's courses Finnish 1–3/4 or A2+

  Contents

  Students read short articles and discuss them, give small individual/group presentations and participate in group discussions and simulations, for which they prepare at home and in class.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student has limited understanding of spoken everyday Finnish and ability to express himself/herself in a social situation.
  The student is able to participate in the interactive class discussion. He/she can prepare and give various kinds of speeches. With his/her vocabulary it is possible to to prepare and give a basic presentations.
  He/she can manage communication situations with basic competence in Finnish. The student can interact in a simple way provided the other person talks slowly and clearly and is prepared to help.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student understands partly spoken everyday Finnish and has ability to express himself/herself in a social situation.
  The student delivers oral presentations and participates in the interactive class discussion rather well. His/her vocabulary is wide enough for preparing and giving presentations.
  He/she can manage communication situations appropriately in Finnish. The student can relatively well interact in a simple way provided the other person talks quite slowly and clearly and is prepared to help.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student understands spoken everyday Finnish well and has a good ability to express himself/herself in a social situation.
  The student delivers oral presentations and participates in the interactive class discussion without difficulty. His/her vocabulary is wide enough for preparing and giving diverse presentations.
  He/she can manage communication situations well in Finnish. The student can very well interact in a simple way provided the other person talks quite slowly and clearly and is prepared to help.

  Further information

  Coordinating teachers: Taija Hämäläinen and Tuula Jäppinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact hours (3 h/week, during which 80% attendance is required): pair and team assignments, team discussions, oral presentations
  Independent studies: homework and preparation for lessons, discussions, presentations and exercises.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material provided by the teacher

  Teachers

  Taija Hämäläinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  There's no final exam. If a student does not do all the assignments or does not pass them and gather enough points to pass the course, he/she has to do the assignments in a later time. Since this is a spoken language course, the assignments and timing to do them have to be agreed with the teacher. In such case, please, contact the teacher.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Assignment 1: Impromptu speech
  Assignment 2: Group Presentation/Simulation
  Assignment 3: Listening Comprehension
  Assignment 4: Interview
  Assignment 5: Speech

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • ITE4PADIG1
  • ITE4PAICB1
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • ITE4PASOF1
  • ITE4PAICI1

  Seats

  20 - 45

  Further information

  Continuous assessment 40 %
  Regular and active participation is crucial to your progress. Coming in time, being prepared, doing activities, answering questions and speaking Finnish as much as possible are all part of the continuous demonstration of your language skills.
  Supervised assignments 60 %
  
  Assignment 1: Impromptu speech
  Assignment 2: Group Presentation/Simulation
  Assignment 3: Listening Comprehension
  Assignment 4: Interview
  Assignment 5: Speech
  
  
  NB! When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  Degree Programme

  ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (IT)

•     Let's Speak Finnish! FIN005AS2AE-3009 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The course Let's Speak Finnish! activates and enhances oral skills in Finnish as well as to gives practice in Finnish conversation by focusing on situations in different areas of everyday life.
  
  Upon successful completion of the course, the student
  * gains self-confidence to be relaxed and converse more spontaneously in Finnish
  * delivers various kinds of speeches (impromptu, informative)
  * demonstrates an ability to express oneself more effectively in social situations
  * improves pronunciation and enhances his/her vocabulary.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Haaga-Helia's courses Finnish 1–3/4 or A2+

  Contents

  Students read short articles and discuss them, give small individual/group presentations and participate in group discussions and simulations, for which they prepare at home and in class.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student has limited understanding of spoken everyday Finnish and ability to express himself/herself in a social situation.
  The student is able to participate in the interactive class discussion. He/she can prepare and give various kinds of speeches. With his/her vocabulary it is possible to to prepare and give a basic presentations.
  He/she can manage communication situations with basic competence in Finnish. The student can interact in a simple way provided the other person talks slowly and clearly and is prepared to help.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student understands partly spoken everyday Finnish and has ability to express himself/herself in a social situation.
  The student delivers oral presentations and participates in the interactive class discussion rather well. His/her vocabulary is wide enough for preparing and giving presentations.
  He/she can manage communication situations appropriately in Finnish. The student can relatively well interact in a simple way provided the other person talks quite slowly and clearly and is prepared to help.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student understands spoken everyday Finnish well and has a good ability to express himself/herself in a social situation.
  The student delivers oral presentations and participates in the interactive class discussion without difficulty. His/her vocabulary is wide enough for preparing and giving diverse presentations.
  He/she can manage communication situations well in Finnish. The student can very well interact in a simple way provided the other person talks quite slowly and clearly and is prepared to help.

  Further information

  Coordinating teachers: Taija Hämäläinen and Tuula Jäppinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Taija Hämäläinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • ITE4PADIG1
  • CONTACT
  • ITE4PAICB1
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • ITE4PASOF1
  • ITE4PAICI1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (IT)

•     Management Accounting ECO001AS2AE-3004 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE3PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  - describe the importance and role of financial management as part of the company's decision-making and the basic concepts of management accounting
  - apply the basics of managerial accounting techniques with high standard professional ethics and the role of communication as part of the management's accounting function;
  - assess the impact of different parameters on the company's profitability;
  - apply different management accounting methods to assess profitability and provide information for decision making
  - Describe and apply the importance of working capital management

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Competence or course(s) required for precedence.
  -Before completing this course, the student must have completed the key competence course related to Finance-Accounting.
  
  The course is part of the joint studies of the economic and financial orientation area
  in English. This course replaces the course ACC3LF102 Business Control and Anlaytics from the former curriculum, meaning both courses cannot be taken.
  
  Prerequisites :
  Basics of Financial Management, 5 cr - ECO001HH1AE
  Principles of Accounting and Finance, 5 cr - ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  Management accounting as part of the company's decision-making
  - Finance department organization within a company
  - Ehtical conduct of accounting professionals
  -Cost behavour, Responsibility accounting, Cost volume profit model. Sustainability
  -Management and management of working capital
  - Communication of financial information

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - is able to present Financial information clearly and act analytically
  -is able to refine numbers into information that is central to business development, which looks not only to the past but also to the future
  -knows the most important basic concepts of management accounting and individual tasks

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  -knows the basic concepts of management accounting and understands the connections between them.
  -is able to apply different cost accounting methods to support pricing and operational management
  - Is able to present information clearly and propose alternatives considering different aspects financial and non financial.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - knows and understands efficiently the tasks of management accounting, cost accounting and cost concepts, and understands their importance in decision-making
  - is able to assess the impact of different decisions and translate them accurately into cost benefit analysis and how these impact company's operations and profitability.
  - Is able to communicate financial information efficiently

  Further information

  Provided in moodle by the teacher. In some implementations we will use some other softwares like Procountor, Mylab Accounting, etc.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  With engaging lessons, practical exercises, and real-world case studies, this course will ignite your passion for finance and equip you with the tools to make informed business decisions.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  We use the Lectures, ebook, quizzes, xls exercises.
  Book Horngren’s Financial & Managerial Accounting. seventh edition. This book will be available as ebook. From the library also you can read Managerial Accounting, forth edition by Karen Wilen Braun and Wendy M. Tietz
  We dont cover all chapters, more information is provided in moodle.

  Teachers

  Juan Borra

  Working life connections

  Mastering Managerial Accounting is a game-changer for your professional life. The skills and knowledge gained from this course will have a direct impact on your ability to excel in the workplace. Understanding financial management and decision-making is essential in any business setting, as it allows you to contribute to strategic planning, budgeting, and resource allocation. By applying managerial accounting techniques ethically and effectively, you'll be equipped to analyze financial data, assess profitability, and provide valuable insights for informed decision-making. Moreover, the importance of working capital management cannot be understated, as it directly impacts a company's liquidity and operational efficiency. By honing these skills, you'll become an invaluable asset to any organization, ready to make a meaningful impact on its success and advancement. Don't miss this opportunity to enhance your working life and unlock new career opportunities with Managerial Accounting expertise

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Completion of quizzes according to course deadlines.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  We use international sources, international guest speakers and international business cases

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Practise exercises and quizzes for each chapter.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  days, times and classroom will be updated

  Groups

  • IBE3PA3
  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA2
  • IBE3PA1
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  recongition of prior learning. If you believe you already have the knowledge to pass this course, contact the teacher and discuss on a presentation and assignment to get the credits.

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Attendance : 20%
  Quizzes and exercises in moodle : 80%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Management Accounting ECO001AS2AE-3005 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB3PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  - describe the importance and role of financial management as part of the company's decision-making and the basic concepts of management accounting
  - apply the basics of managerial accounting techniques with high standard professional ethics and the role of communication as part of the management's accounting function;
  - assess the impact of different parameters on the company's profitability;
  - apply different management accounting methods to assess profitability and provide information for decision making
  - Describe and apply the importance of working capital management

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Competence or course(s) required for precedence.
  -Before completing this course, the student must have completed the key competence course related to Finance-Accounting.
  
  The course is part of the joint studies of the economic and financial orientation area
  in English. This course replaces the course ACC3LF102 Business Control and Anlaytics from the former curriculum, meaning both courses cannot be taken.
  
  Prerequisites :
  Basics of Financial Management, 5 cr - ECO001HH1AE
  Principles of Accounting and Finance, 5 cr - ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  Management accounting as part of the company's decision-making
  - Finance department organization within a company
  - Ehtical conduct of accounting professionals
  -Cost behavour, Responsibility accounting, Cost volume profit model. Sustainability
  -Management and management of working capital
  - Communication of financial information

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - is able to present Financial information clearly and act analytically
  -is able to refine numbers into information that is central to business development, which looks not only to the past but also to the future
  -knows the most important basic concepts of management accounting and individual tasks

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  -knows the basic concepts of management accounting and understands the connections between them.
  -is able to apply different cost accounting methods to support pricing and operational management
  - Is able to present information clearly and propose alternatives considering different aspects financial and non financial.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - knows and understands efficiently the tasks of management accounting, cost accounting and cost concepts, and understands their importance in decision-making
  - is able to assess the impact of different decisions and translate them accurately into cost benefit analysis and how these impact company's operations and profitability.
  - Is able to communicate financial information efficiently

  Further information

  Provided in moodle by the teacher. In some implementations we will use some other softwares like Procountor, Mylab Accounting, etc.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Lauri Larjavaara

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB3PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Management Accounting ECO001AS2AE-3006 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  - describe the importance and role of financial management as part of the company's decision-making and the basic concepts of management accounting
  - apply the basics of managerial accounting techniques with high standard professional ethics and the role of communication as part of the management's accounting function;
  - assess the impact of different parameters on the company's profitability;
  - apply different management accounting methods to assess profitability and provide information for decision making
  - Describe and apply the importance of working capital management

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Competence or course(s) required for precedence.
  -Before completing this course, the student must have completed the key competence course related to Finance-Accounting.
  
  The course is part of the joint studies of the economic and financial orientation area
  in English. This course replaces the course ACC3LF102 Business Control and Anlaytics from the former curriculum, meaning both courses cannot be taken.
  
  Prerequisites :
  Basics of Financial Management, 5 cr - ECO001HH1AE
  Principles of Accounting and Finance, 5 cr - ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  Management accounting as part of the company's decision-making
  - Finance department organization within a company
  - Ehtical conduct of accounting professionals
  -Cost behavour, Responsibility accounting, Cost volume profit model. Sustainability
  -Management and management of working capital
  - Communication of financial information

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - is able to present Financial information clearly and act analytically
  -is able to refine numbers into information that is central to business development, which looks not only to the past but also to the future
  -knows the most important basic concepts of management accounting and individual tasks

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  -knows the basic concepts of management accounting and understands the connections between them.
  -is able to apply different cost accounting methods to support pricing and operational management
  - Is able to present information clearly and propose alternatives considering different aspects financial and non financial.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - knows and understands efficiently the tasks of management accounting, cost accounting and cost concepts, and understands their importance in decision-making
  - is able to assess the impact of different decisions and translate them accurately into cost benefit analysis and how these impact company's operations and profitability.
  - Is able to communicate financial information efficiently

  Further information

  Provided in moodle by the teacher. In some implementations we will use some other softwares like Procountor, Mylab Accounting, etc.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  With engaging lessons, practical exercises, and real-world case studies, this course will ignite your passion for finance and equip you with the tools to make informed business decisions.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  We use the Lectures, ebook, quizzes, xls exercises.
  Book Horngren’s Financial & Managerial Accounting. seventh edition. This book will be available as ebook. From the library also you can read Managerial Accounting, forth edition by Karen Wilen Braun and Wendy M. Tietz
  We dont cover all chapters, more information is provided in moodle.

  Teachers

  Juan Borra

  Working life connections

  Mastering Managerial Accounting is a game-changer for your professional life. The skills and knowledge gained from this course will have a direct impact on your ability to excel in the workplace. Understanding financial management and decision-making is essential in any business setting, as it allows you to contribute to strategic planning, budgeting, and resource allocation. By applying managerial accounting techniques ethically and effectively, you'll be equipped to analyze financial data, assess profitability, and provide valuable insights for informed decision-making. Moreover, the importance of working capital management cannot be understated, as it directly impacts a company's liquidity and operational efficiency. By honing these skills, you'll become an invaluable asset to any organization, ready to make a meaningful impact on its success and advancement. Don't miss this opportunity to enhance your working life and unlock new career opportunities with Managerial Accounting expertise

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Completion of quizzes according to course deadlines.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  We use international sources, international guest speakers and international business cases

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Practise exercises and quizzes for each chapter.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  Course runs from 25.03.2024 - 17.05.2024. More details closer to starting dates

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA1
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  recongition of prior learning. If you believe you already have the knowledge to pass this course, contact the teacher and discuss on a presentation and assignment to get the credits.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Attendance : 20%
  Quizzes and exercises in moodle : 80%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Management Reporting, BI ECO006AS3AE-3002 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The course introduces student to business data management using modern business intelligence reporting tools. Student builds understanding of databases and metadata in business analytics.The learning objective of the course is to build skills that enable producing business intelligence reports and key performance indicators.
  
  After completing the course, student understands the building blocks of financial reporting and can use reporting applications. Student learn how to modify and build reporting solutions independently in order to support business managers.

  Contents

  - Excel in BI reporting
  - Basics of the SQL language
  - Databases in BI reporting
  - Use of a modern BI-tools in financial reporting

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  At the level of competence, the student:
  - Knows the connections between operational systems of financial reporting
  - Able to maintain and modify operational reports
  - Knows the concept of metadata and database structure

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  At the level of competence, the student:
  - Can build a reporting environment under supervision
  - Knows readiness for developing business intelligence reporting
  - Can create database connections to different financial applications for reporting purposes
  - Can interpret key performance indicator presented in dashboards

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  At the level of competence, the student:
  - Can act internal consultant in business reporting projects
  - Can build a reporting environment independently
  - Knows the how to enhance BI-reporting skills independently
  - Can build key performance indicator dashboards

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Jussi Hanni

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Marketing Analytics and SEO MAR003AS3AE-3001 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PAMAR, ...) +-
  Teaching methods and instruction

  Learning Objectives
  
  After completing the course, the student will be able to:
  
  Understands the strategic role of analytics in marketing
  Analyze digital content and channels
  Utilize analytics basic tools
  Make development suggestions based on analytics
  Understand the practices of search engine optimization, including factors affecting both internal and external website optimization
  Plan keywords and create search engine optimized content
  Understand the basic concepts of marketing automation
  
  Prerequisites and Linkages to Other Courses
  Prerequisites: It is recommended that the student has completed the courses in Customer Insight and Marketing, Customer Experience and Sales, and Data-Driven Marketing, or possesses equivalent knowledge in these areas.
  
  Content
  
  Analytics tools for digital channels
  Website search engine optimization
  Keyword planning
  Search engine optimization areas and theory
  Marketing automation and back-end systems
  Developing a SEO improvement plan

  Learning material and recommended literature

  -Online materials on Moodle
  -Current articles and links
  -Book, available as an e-book online, Haaga-Helia´s library:
  Enge, Eric, Spencer, Stephan, Stricchiola, Jessie:
  The Art of SEO: Mastering Search Engine Optimization.10/2023
  ISBN 9781098102616

  Teachers

  Jussi Mertanen

  Working life connections

  Working life connection is a part of this course. The students are researching real life business cases and applying theory to practice.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  The compulsory online quiz will be opened two weeks before the end date. All the instructions will be on Moodle.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course uses current international materials, and explores the field from an international point of view.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  -Quick assignments based on the lectures
  -SEO assignments
  -Social media analytics tool assignment.
  -Marketing automation assignment.
  -SEO plan, including analytical skills use and a keyword strategy (This is a group assignment, for grades 3-5)
  -Compulsory online quiz.
  -at least 50% attendance is required to pass the course.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  August 19 - October 11, 2024.

  Groups

  • IBE5PAMAR
  • DBE5PCDBI
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • ONLINE
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  The course is in English, so all the information is in English. (not translated)

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Further information

  Evaluation Criteria
  
  Evaluation Criterion - Grade 1:
  The student recognizes the basics of digital channel analytics and search engine optimization. They are able to create basic development suggestions based on analytics and produce digital content.
  Grades 1-2 requirements:
  -attendance over 50%
  -individual assignments: social media and marketing automation
  -online quiz
  
  Evaluation Criterion - Grade 3:
  The student has a foundational understanding of digital channel analytics and search engine optimization and knows fairly well how to utilize them in businesses. The student creates a usable development plan based on analytics and produces usable search engine optimized digital content.
  Grades 3-5 requirements:
  -attendance over 50%
  -individual assignments: social media and marketing automation
  -online quiz
  -SEO plan and presentation as a group work
  
  Evaluation Criterion - Grade 5:
  The student has an in-depth understanding of digital channel analytics and search engine optimization and knows extensively how to utilize them in businesses. The student creates a high-quality development plan based on analytics and produces publication-ready search engine optimized content. The student shows innovative skills in creating search engine optimizations recommendations.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Marketing and Sales in Practice SAL003AS3AE-3001 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  10 cr  (IBE5PAMAR, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - Describe different marketing & sales job roles, operating environments and marketing & sales organizations
  - Evaluate different marketing and sales job roles in relation to own strengths and interests
  - Create contacts in working life, expand and strengthen own professional networks
  - Build and strengthen own professional identity

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of Marketing and Sales major (Haaga-Helia Degree Program in International Business). This course serves as a window to job positions and working life that match BBA degree level. In order to create value to a partner company, the students needs to have at least theoretical understanding on marketing and / or sales. In addition student should have a basic understanding on what working life is typically like. This is why prior to entering this course, the student must have completed preferably 30 credits and at a minimum 15 credits worth of marketing and / or sales studies and in addition preferably completed their Basic Work Placement. Students also ideally should have already some work experience gained working specifically in Finland.
  
  Based on our experience, the course is central to the construction of student's professional identity.

  Contents

  Over the span of this course, the student learns about marketing and sales in practice by working individually, or with another student, in a marketing or sales organization of a partner company under the partners supervision and guidance. The student creates value to the partner by work contribution, often linked to a specific project the partner company assigns to the student, or by simply taking part in the daily sales and / or marketing activities of the partner company. The partner company offers mentoring for the student(s). Student is expected to work at the partner company three full workdays a week (for example, Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday). On working days, the partner company's normal office hours are observed.
  
  Via their own work experience and that of their student colleagues, the student gets first hand experience on different sales and marketing organizations, diverse sales and marketing professional's job content in practice and working cultures of different types of companies. The students utilize these experiences in their own growth towards a sales or marketing professional by studying and building an understanding on what sales and marketing professional's jobs really are like, what type of roles are available, how the work differs in different sectors and different size and types of companies. Based on this study and the study of ones own professional strengths the intention is to identify what type of roles and working environments are the best match for student's professional strengths and interests. In short, students aim to discover what type of job role and in what type of organization would be ideal for them once they graduate and to what direction should they aim for with their career. In addition the course creates contacts for students in working life and overall supports networking.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  • You demonstrate a sales and service attitude both in a partner company and in your own peer group
  • You are able to conduct support tasks assisting the partner company in sales and marketing.
  • You understand and can describe to some extent the special features of sales and marketing operating environments and functions in different industries

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  • You demonstrate a good sales and service attitude both at a partner company and in your own peer group
  • You are able to conduct efficiently and effectively support tasks assisting the partner company in sales and marketing
  • You understand and can describe the special features of sales and marketing operating environments and functions in different industries

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  • You demonstrate an excellent sales and service attitude both at a partner company and in your own peer group
  • You are able to conduct efficiently and effectively support tasks assisting the partner company in sales and marketing. You take initiative.
  • You understand and can describe clearly the special features of sales and marketing operating environments and functions in different industries

  Further information

  During the period of the course, students work at partner companies altogether seven (7) weeks, three (3) days per week. The number of business hours may vary slightly in different semesters due to public holidays. Depending on the number of students, the number of companies at any given implementation varies from roughly 10-30.
  
  During the course period two two joint seminars are held where students actively share their experiences and learn from each other. ATTENTION: One seminar and an induction to the course is held during the intensive week prior to the period. In addition a informative preparation session to the course is held during the prior period.
  
  Independent study consists of preparing for joint seminars, writing a diary and a learning report, and completing assigned tasks such as career planning tasks.
  
  The overall grade of the study course is formed as follows:
  - Grade for company working days 30%
  - Community spirit 30%
  - Learning report 40%

  ---

  Teachers

  Ville Virtanen, Anu Nieminen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE5PAMAR
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 10 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Mathematics Placement Test ANA000HH1AE-3011 12.08.2024-18.08.2024  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Teachers

  Timi Kohonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  12.08.2024 - 18.08.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBEB1PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • VIRTUAL

  Seats

  1 - 180

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Mathematics Placement Test ANA000HH1AE-3012 07.01.2025-12.01.2025  (HOST1HA1, ...) +-
  Teachers

  Timi Kohonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  07.01.2025 - 12.01.2025

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • HOST1HA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • VIRTUAL

  Seats

  1 - 180

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Operative Business Controlling ECO013AS2AE-3001 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The objective of the course is to provide an overview of business control systems and the significance of managerial accounting in implementing the company's strategy. The student will understand the role of operational accounting in corporate management.
  
  The student will deepen and expand their expertise in managerial accounting so that they can assist management in financial planning, decision-making, and monitoring using accounting methods, utilize performance indicators, and report using modern methods. The course promotes data-driven management, Business Intelligence thinking, and also provides capabilities to work in the development of accounting systems. The course also covers sustainable development reporting.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The student has completed the Business Administration key studies, and the common studies in Finance and Economics, including the Management Accounting -course, or has otherwise mastered equivalent competencies.

  Contents

  Operational Management Accounting (ECO013AS2A) is part of Management Accounting studies.
  
  The course covers the following themes:
  -Key performance indicators and data-driven management
  -Cost accounting, continuation (activity-based costing)
  -Budgeting as part of reporting (part 1, functional and master budgets)
  -Managerial reporting (in terms of content) and management with indicators
  -Customer profitability
  -Pricing
  -Sustainable development (reporting)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Competence Level 1-2: Student
  -Can analyze a company's financial situation based on historical data.
  -Is familiar with cost concepts, the entirety of cost accounting, and associated methods.
  -Understands the functions of budgeting and the components of the budget system as tools for annual planning.
  -Can create standard reports related to profitability and monitoring.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Competence Level 3-4: Student
  -Can identify critical factors related to profitability and other financial management decisions based on analysis.
  -Can apply cost accounting methods, for example, in project costing.
  -Can create sub-budgets related to annual planning and combine sub-budgets, developing alternative calculations for planning and monitoring.
  -Can create and design standard and special reports related to profitability and monitoring to meet changing management needs.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Competence Level 5: Student
  -Can create alternative calculations and presentations related to profitability for management decision-making.
  -Can apply and evaluate the suitability of cost accounting methods and implement activity-based costing.
  -Can compile the budget's sub-budgets related to annual planning, evaluate alternative calculations, highlight critical factors for decision-making, and plan the budget's utilization in monitoring and reporting.
  -Can independently create forecasts related to profitability and design standard and special reports to meet changing management needs.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Interactive Lectures, assignments, guest speakers, quizzes and class exercises

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Book and other material will be provided in Moodle

  Teachers

  Lauri Larjavaara, Juan Borra

  Working life connections

  Use of business cases and guest speakers. This course includes key topics applicable to working life

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Will be defined in Moodle

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Quizzes, xls exercises and others

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  More details in moodle

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • IBE5PAACC
  • IBEB5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Active participation 10%
  Quizzes 30%
  Skill up tasks 30%
  Exam 30%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Organizational Activity 1 STU006AS2AE-3001 01.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course, the student will be able to
  
  - describe the basics of the action of student bodies and associations in the operational environment of a university of applied sciences
  - recognize the political and operational responsibilities of their position of trust, and they know the stakeholder groups and targets of influencing relevant to their own operation
  - comply to the jointly agreed on regulations to reach the targets
  - communicate and perform fluently, and lead their own activities.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prior studies required. The course is part of complementary professional competencies.

  Contents

  This course is primarily targeted at the executive board of the student union, representative council, students holding positions of trust in student associations and student representatives in administrative organs. The course provides a student with capabilities to work in the organizational sector and prepares them for an active, informed and critical citizenship.
  
  The course can be completed by being active for one term of office (ie a year) in some Haaga-Helia student association or representative council. Activity in a student association or representative council can be, for example:
  
  In Helga
  
  - participation in the activities of Student Union HELGA, SAMOK (National Union of Students in Finnish Universities of Applied Sciences) or Student Sports Federation (OLL, Opiskelijoiden Liikuntaliitto)
  
  - attending the meetings of Haaga-Helia working committees
  
  - participation in the activities of HELGA’s teams
  
  - cooperation between the members of international system of organizations
  
  
  Activities in student associations
  
  - Attending training sessions of student associations
  
  - Attending the meetings of the executive board of the student association
  
  - Carrying out the activities of the student associations
  
  - the operations of Suomen Opiskelijakuntien Liitto – SAMOK ry, (National Union of Students in Finnish Universities of Applied Sciences),
  
  
  Student representative activities
  
  - Attending the meetings of the representative council of the student association
  
  - Other activities of the representative council

  Further information

  You can apply to complete the Organizational Activities 1, 2 and 3 courses by applying to
  become a trustee of a student association, student union or student organization. Each
  organization has its own application process, which usually starts in the fall semester
  around October-December. Associations inform about their recruitments via their own
  communication channels. Traditionally, positions such as board member, vice-chairperson or
  chairperson are applied for by using an application form and participating in general
  meetings and elections. The positions usually last one calendar year.
  
  When you have been selected for a specific position in the organization and you have
  worked actively in that position, at the end of the term you can apply for credits from the
  Organizational Activities 1, 2 and 3 courses. You can get a maximum of 15 credits. There is
  no registration for courses, but their completion is applied in a following way:
  
  1. Choose which course you want to complete by comparing the course's learning objectives
  with your own experience. You can complete several study courses at once, but in this case
  it must be well justified. Traditionally, one course can be completed per term, and at each
  level of the courses (1, 2 and 3), the demands of the tasks increase.
  
  2. When you have decided which course(s) you want to complete, you must fill out the
  application. Students can find the application form in the material bank of Helga's website
  (link: https://helga.fi/en/materials/ ). Fill out the application and send it by email to Helga's
  specialist of influencing and advocacy.
  
  3. The specialist checks the application and either accepts it or requests clarification or an
  addition to the application.
  
  4. When the specialist has approved the application, they forward it to Haaga-Helia's
  teacher/counselor, who adds the credits to the student

  ---

  Teachers

  Minna Polvinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.04.2024 - 01.04.2024

  Seats

  1 - 15

  Degree Programme

  EXPER Hospitality and Tourism Experience Management, DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, COACH Sports Coaching and Management, ITBBA Business Information Technology, STEM Sustainable Tourism and Event Management, AVIBBA Aviation Business, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Organizational Activity 2 STU007AS2AE-3001 01.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course, the student will
  
  - be familiar with the basics of planning and managing projects, producing and implementing both publicity and marketing materials with the support of the background organization
  
  - be able to describe the environment of student body and association activities in a Finnish university of applied sciences
  
  - know the basics of financial administration and be able to apply the skills learned to financial planning and administration in the system of organizations
  
  - be able to apply the skills and knowledge acquired independently.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Before taking this course, the student must have completed the course Societal Activity 1. The course is part of complementary professional competencies.

  Contents

  This course is primarily targeted at the executive board members of the student union, representative council, students holding positions of trust in student associations and student representatives in administrative organs. The course provides a student with capabilities to work in the organizational sector and prepares them for an active, informed and critical citizenship.
  
  The course can be completed by being active for one term of office (ie a year) in some Haaga-Helia student association or representative council. Activity in a student association or representative council can be, for example:
  
  In Helga
  
  - participation in the activities of Student Union HELGA, SAMOK (National Union of Students in Finnish Universities of Applied Sciences) or Student Sports Federation (Opiskelijoiden Liikuntaliitto, OLL)
  
  - attending the meetings of Haaga-Helia working committees
  
  - participation in the activities of HELGA’s teams
  
  - cooperation between the members of international system of organizations
  
  
  
  Activities in student associations
  
  - Attending training sessions of student associations
  
  - Attending the meetings of the executive board of the student union
  
  - Carrying out the activities of the student associations
  
  - the operations of Suomen Opiskelijakuntien Liitto – SAMOK ry, (National Union of Students in Finnish Universities of Applied Sciences)
  
  
  Student representative activities
  
  - Attending the meetings of the representative council of the student association
  
  - Other activities of the representative council

  Further information

  You can apply to complete the Organizational Activities 1, 2 and 3 courses by applying to
  become a trustee of a student association, student union or student organization. Each
  organization has its own application process, which usually starts in the fall semester
  around October-December. Associations inform about their recruitments via their own
  communication channels. Traditionally, positions such as board member, vice-chairperson or
  chairperson are applied for by using an application form and participating in general
  meetings and elections. The positions usually last one calendar year.
  
  When you have been selected for a specific position in the organization and you have
  worked actively in that position, at the end of the term you can apply for credits from the
  Organizational Activities 1, 2 and 3 courses. You can get a maximum of 15 credits. There is
  no registration for courses, but their completion is applied in a following way:
  
  1. Choose which course you want to complete by comparing the course's learning objectives
  with your own experience. You can complete several study courses at once, but in this case
  it must be well justified. Traditionally, one course can be completed per term, and at each
  level of the courses (1, 2 and 3), the demands of the tasks increase.
  
  2. When you have decided which course(s) you want to complete, you must fill out the
  application. Students can find the application form in the material bank of Helga's website
  (link: https://helga.fi/en/materials/ ). Fill out the application and send it by email to Helga's
  specialist of influencing and advocacy.
  
  3. The specialist checks the application and either accepts it or requests clarification or an
  addition to the application.
  
  4. When the specialist has approved the application, they forward it to Haaga-Helia's
  teacher/counselor, who adds the credits to the student

  ---

  Teachers

  Minna Polvinen

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.04.2024 - 01.04.2024

  Seats

  1 - 15

  Degree Programme

  EXPER Hospitality and Tourism Experience Management, DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, COACH Sports Coaching and Management, ITBBA Business Information Technology, STEM Sustainable Tourism and Event Management, AVIBBA Aviation Business, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Organizational Behaviour and Wellbeing at Work HRL009AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or acquired similar skills will be able to:
  - Understand the basics of occupational psychology
  - Understand organizations’ changing operating environments
  - Understand the role individual well-being at work and how it could be integrated to team- and organizational-level behaviour
  - Identify topical themes of well-being at work and apply them in personal and workplace well-being

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No entry-level conditions

  Contents

  - The basics of organizational behaviour
  - The basics of occupational psychology (from stress to work engagement)
  - Psychological capital and psychological recovery
  - Cognitive ergonomics and technology-mediated work
  - Changing working life and future work

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - Identify the basic of organizational behaviour
  - Identify some of the basics of occupational psychology
  - Awareness of the importance individual well-being at work
  - Knows the various actors related to well-being at work in the workplace
  - Is able to retrieve research data
  - Shows minimal application of source material and reflection in tasks

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  Knows the basic of organizational behaviour
  Knows the basics of work occupational psychology
  - Can identify key factors affecting well-being at organizations
  - Knows the meaning well-being at work and is able to apply the knowledge acquired to promote general well-being at the organizations
  - Can describe the consideration of psychological capital in their organizations
  - Is able to apply for current research information
  - Participates in joint knowledge building
  - Is able to apply the knowledge acquired to promote well-being at the organizations
  - Is able to apply generally source material in tasks

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - Understand the economic importance of occupational psychology
  - Is able to apply psychological capital at work
  - Is able to develop actively promote their organizational well-being
  - Is able to utilize current research information
  - Actively participates in joint knowledge-building
  - Demonstrate excellent application of source material and use quality sources in tasks

  Further information

  Learning takes place in the characters of exploratory learning tasks, independent study and group discussions.
  The course requires strong self-study skills, smooth knowledge retrieval and keeping on schedule.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This contact course has weekly classes where students are expected to participate and contribute to collective learning actively. Weekly classes and learning assignments support learning.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The library has several books on organizational behavior and well-being at work, each providing basic concepts to understand organizational behavior and work well-being. In addition, the teacher gives recommendations to students for study material. Students are also expected to rely on research articles in their assignments to gain experience in reading them. Recommendations for readings are in Moodle. Furthermore, this is an advanced level course, so students are also expected to search university-level material independently.

  Teachers

  Olli Kupiainen

  Working life connections

  Students are recommended to reflect the course material on their experiences at work and other organizational settings. By doing this, students gain an understanding of organizational behavior and well-being at work. In addition, a group assignment is done for a real organization.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  This course does not have an exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  This course belongs to the international business area, where topics are also evaluated from an international perspective. The student body is international, so students gain experience collaborating with students who have different cultural backgrounds. Thus, students develop their cultural sensitivity.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Pre-assignment: students have to do a short pre-assignment before the course begins. It is a requirement for having a place in the course. Students must also be present at the first class to keep their place in the course.
  
  This course has two assignments to support students’ learning. Students write weekly a reflective learning diary in which they apply the concepts and models introduced in the class to their experiences. This course also has a group assignment in which students solve a real question/issue related to organizational behavior and well-being at work. Moreover, learning occurs in interaction with others, and students are expected to contribute to collective learning, which is a requirement for higher course grades.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Weekly classes on Thursdays at 17.40-20.30 between January 16 and March 11 (except on February 20). Weekly classes are in Pasila, and online participation is not possible3

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  This course has an option for recognition for prior learning (RPL). It is recommended that a student has at least five years of experience in high-skill work to do RPL. Please get in touch with the course teacher for this option.

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  An evaluation is based on the following criteria:
  - Contribution to collective learning
  - An individual leanring diary
  - A group assignment that is done for a real organization
  - If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     People and Culture HRL001TR1AE-3019 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course or achieving an equivalent competence level, you:
  
  - Recognise the forms and structures of organisations
  - Understand the role of culture in international organisations
  - Identify and analyse ethics, responsibility, and sustainability (ERS) in people management
  - Demonstrate diversity and inclusion in multicultural collaboration (DEIB)

  Contents

  The main themes of this course are:
  
  - Psychological safety
  - Organisational culture and identity
  - DEIB (Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Belonging)
  - CSR (corporate social responsibility)
  - Multicultural teams
  - Organisational structure

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You know some of the organizational structures. You can describe diversity and inclusion practices in a multicultural organization. You can list factors affecting collaboration and well-functioning organization. You know the meaning of ethics and social responsibility at work.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You recognize different organizational forms and structures suitable for various circumstances. You can describe the impact of diversity and inclusion practices in a multicultural organization. You distinguish various factors affecting collaboration and a well-functioning organization. You recognize diverse stakeholders requirements for ethics and social responsibility in people management.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You recognize various organizational forms and structures and can asess their suitability for various circumstances. You rationalize and apply inclusive practices to support diversity in multicultural work environments. You analyze diverse stakeholders requirements for ethics and social responsibility in people management.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a CONTACT course and the lectures are held at the Pasila campus. You are expected to attend lectures regularly. Participation in the lectures will affect your grade. Therefore, for those unable to attend lectures, a virtual implementation is available. Additionally, if you have existing knowledge in this area, you may showcase your skills through a demonstration of competence (RPL), see below.
  
  In this course we will also use Problem Based Learning (PBL) approach.
  
  The main themes of this course are:
  
  - Psychological safety
  
  - Organisational culture and identity
  
  - DEIB (diversity, equity, inclusion and belonging)
  
  - ERS (ethics, responsibility, sustainability)
  
  - CSR (corporate social responsibility)
  
  - Multicultural teams
  
  - Organisational structure

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Sackmann, S. 2021. Culture in organizations: Development, impact and culture-mindful leadership.
  
  Recommended reading:
  
  Browaeys, M. & Price, R. 2019. Understanding cross-cultural management. Fourth edition. Harlow, United Kingdom: Pearson Education Limited.
  
  Gómez-Mejía, L. R., Balkin, D. B. & Cardy, R. L. 2016. Managing human resources. Eight edition, global edition. Boston: Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Evariste Habiyakare, Yi Xue

  Working life connections

  In this course, you will explore case studies and real-life examples that connect what you learn with actual work situations. This will help you use your new knowledge and skills to improve your work in organizations.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course materials and assignments reflect global perspectives, enriched by the diverse experiences of your fellow students.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  The course includes both individual and group assignments, each contributing a specific weight to the overall course grade.
  
  1. Individual assignment, 30%, mandatory
  2. Team assignment, 30%, mandatory
  3. Exam, 10%, mandatory
  4. Moodle online discussions 30%, optional for grades 4-5
  
  To pass this course, you are required to achieve a minimum grade of 1 on assignments 1, 2 and 3.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  The dates of the lectures, the course content, and the deadlines for assignments are in the course Moodle, which will be available to you by the start date at the latest.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA3

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration of key competencies:
  
  This course can also be completed by demonstrating your competence. Before attempting the demonstration, please review the study guide. Compare your own skills and knowledge with the learning objectives specified in the study guide. Through Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL), you will show your existing competence that aligns with the course's content. It's important to thoroughly understand the learning objectives and assessment criteria before you decide to do the demonstration.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  The course grade is influenced by the learning assignments, which are evaluated using an assessment rubric. The assessment rubrics and the weighting of assignments are available on the course Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     People and Culture HRL001TR1AE-3020 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course or achieving an equivalent competence level, you:
  
  - Recognise the forms and structures of organisations
  - Understand the role of culture in international organisations
  - Identify and analyse ethics, responsibility, and sustainability (ERS) in people management
  - Demonstrate diversity and inclusion in multicultural collaboration (DEIB)

  Contents

  The main themes of this course are:
  
  - Psychological safety
  - Organisational culture and identity
  - DEIB (Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Belonging)
  - CSR (corporate social responsibility)
  - Multicultural teams
  - Organisational structure

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You know some of the organizational structures. You can describe diversity and inclusion practices in a multicultural organization. You can list factors affecting collaboration and well-functioning organization. You know the meaning of ethics and social responsibility at work.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You recognize different organizational forms and structures suitable for various circumstances. You can describe the impact of diversity and inclusion practices in a multicultural organization. You distinguish various factors affecting collaboration and a well-functioning organization. You recognize diverse stakeholders requirements for ethics and social responsibility in people management.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You recognize various organizational forms and structures and can asess their suitability for various circumstances. You rationalize and apply inclusive practices to support diversity in multicultural work environments. You analyze diverse stakeholders requirements for ethics and social responsibility in people management.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a ONLINE course. You are expected to attend lectures regularly. Participation in the lectures will affect your grade. Additionally, if you have existing knowledge in this area, you may showcase your skills through a demonstration of competence (RPL), see below.
  
  In this course we will also use Problem Based Learning (PBL) approach.
  
  The main themes of this course are:
  
  - Psychological safety
  
  - Organisational culture and identity
  
  - DEIB (diversity, equity, inclusion and belonging)
  
  - ERS (ethics, responsibility, sustainability)
  
  - CSR (corporate social responsibility)
  
  - Multicultural teams
  
  - Organisational structure

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Sackmann, S. 2021. Culture in organizations: Development, impact and culture-mindful leadership.
  
  Recommended reading:
  
  Browaeys, M. & Price, R. 2019. Understanding cross-cultural management. Fourth edition. Harlow, United Kingdom: Pearson Education Limited.
  
  Gómez-Mejía, L. R., Balkin, D. B. & Cardy, R. L. 2016. Managing human resources. Eight edition, global edition. Boston: Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Evariste Habiyakare

  Working life connections

  In this course, you will explore case studies and real-life examples that connect what you learn with actual work situations. This will help you use your new knowledge and skills to improve your work in organizations.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course materials and assignments reflect global perspectives, enriched by the diverse experiences of your fellow students.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  The course includes both individual and group assignments, each contributing a specific weight to the overall course grade.
  
  1. Individual assignment, 30%, mandatory
  2. Team assignment, 30%, mandatory
  3. Exam, 10%, mandatory
  4. Moodle online discussions 30%, optional for grades 4-5
  
  To pass this course, you are required to achieve a minimum grade of 1 on assignments 1, 2 and 3.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  The dates of the lectures, the course content, and the deadlines for assignments are in the course Moodle, which will be available to you by the start date at the latest.

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • ONLINE
  • IBEB2PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration of key competencies:
  
  This course can also be completed by demonstrating your competence. Before attempting the demonstration, please review the study guide. Compare your own skills and knowledge with the learning objectives specified in the study guide. Through Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL), you will show your existing competence that aligns with the course's content. It's important to thoroughly understand the learning objectives and assessment criteria before you decide to do the demonstration.

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Further information

  The course grade is influenced by the learning assignments, which are evaluated using an assessment rubric. The assessment rubrics and the weighting of assignments are available on the course Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     People and Culture HRL001TR1AE-3021 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course or achieving an equivalent competence level, you:
  
  - Recognise the forms and structures of organisations
  - Understand the role of culture in international organisations
  - Identify and analyse ethics, responsibility, and sustainability (ERS) in people management
  - Demonstrate diversity and inclusion in multicultural collaboration (DEIB)

  Contents

  The main themes of this course are:
  
  - Psychological safety
  - Organisational culture and identity
  - DEIB (Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Belonging)
  - CSR (corporate social responsibility)
  - Multicultural teams
  - Organisational structure

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You know some of the organizational structures. You can describe diversity and inclusion practices in a multicultural organization. You can list factors affecting collaboration and well-functioning organization. You know the meaning of ethics and social responsibility at work.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You recognize different organizational forms and structures suitable for various circumstances. You can describe the impact of diversity and inclusion practices in a multicultural organization. You distinguish various factors affecting collaboration and a well-functioning organization. You recognize diverse stakeholders requirements for ethics and social responsibility in people management.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You recognize various organizational forms and structures and can asess their suitability for various circumstances. You rationalize and apply inclusive practices to support diversity in multicultural work environments. You analyze diverse stakeholders requirements for ethics and social responsibility in people management.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Olli Kupiainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 31.05.2025

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration implementation. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Seats

  1 - 250

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     People and Culture HRL001TR1AE-3017 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course or achieving an equivalent competence level, you:
  
  - Recognise the forms and structures of organisations
  - Understand the role of culture in international organisations
  - Identify and analyse ethics, responsibility, and sustainability (ERS) in people management
  - Demonstrate diversity and inclusion in multicultural collaboration (DEIB)

  Contents

  The main themes of this course are:
  
  - Psychological safety
  - Organisational culture and identity
  - DEIB (Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Belonging)
  - CSR (corporate social responsibility)
  - Multicultural teams
  - Organisational structure

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You know some of the organizational structures. You can describe diversity and inclusion practices in a multicultural organization. You can list factors affecting collaboration and well-functioning organization. You know the meaning of ethics and social responsibility at work.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You recognize different organizational forms and structures suitable for various circumstances. You can describe the impact of diversity and inclusion practices in a multicultural organization. You distinguish various factors affecting collaboration and a well-functioning organization. You recognize diverse stakeholders requirements for ethics and social responsibility in people management.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You recognize various organizational forms and structures and can asess their suitability for various circumstances. You rationalize and apply inclusive practices to support diversity in multicultural work environments. You analyze diverse stakeholders requirements for ethics and social responsibility in people management.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a CONTACT course and the lectures are held at the Pasila campus. You are expected to attend lectures regularly. Participation in the lectures will affect your grade. Therefore, for those unable to attend lectures, a virtual implementation is available. Additionally, if you have existing knowledge in this area, you may showcase your skills through a demonstration of competence (RPL), see below.
  
  In this course we will also use Problem Based Learning (PBL) approach.
  
  The main themes of this course are:
  
  - Psychological safety
  
  - Organisational culture and identity
  
  - DEIB (diversity, equity, inclusion and belonging)
  
  - ERS (ethics, responsibility, sustainability)
  
  - CSR (corporate social responsibility)
  
  - Multicultural teams
  
  - Organisational structure

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Sackmann, S. 2021. Culture in organizations: Development, impact and culture-mindful leadership.
  
  Recommended reading:
  
  Browaeys, M. & Price, R. 2019. Understanding cross-cultural management. Fourth edition. Harlow, United Kingdom: Pearson Education Limited.
  
  Gómez-Mejía, L. R., Balkin, D. B. & Cardy, R. L. 2016. Managing human resources. Eight edition, global edition. Boston: Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Toni von Martens

  Working life connections

  In this course, you will explore case studies and real-life examples that connect what you learn with actual work situations. This will help you use your new knowledge and skills to improve your work in organizations.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course materials and assignments reflect global perspectives, enriched by the diverse experiences of your fellow students.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  The course includes both individual and group assignments, each contributing a specific weight to the overall course grade.
  
  1. Individual assignment, 30%, mandatory
  2. Team assignment, 30%, mandatory
  3. Exam, 10%, mandatory
  4. Moodle online discussions 30%, optional for grades 4-5
  
  To pass this course, you are required to achieve a minimum grade of 1 on assignments 1, 2 and 3.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  The dates of the lectures, the course content, and the deadlines for assignments are in the course Moodle, which will be available to you by the start date at the latest.

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration of key competencies:
  
  This course can also be completed by demonstrating your competence. Before attempting the demonstration, please review the study guide. Compare your own skills and knowledge with the learning objectives specified in the study guide. Through Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL), you will show your existing competence that aligns with the course's content. It's important to thoroughly understand the learning objectives and assessment criteria before you decide to do the demonstration.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  The course grade is influenced by the learning assignments, which are evaluated using an assessment rubric. The assessment rubrics and the weighting of assignments are available on the course Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     People and Culture HRL001TR1AE-3018 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course or achieving an equivalent competence level, you:
  
  - Recognise the forms and structures of organisations
  - Understand the role of culture in international organisations
  - Identify and analyse ethics, responsibility, and sustainability (ERS) in people management
  - Demonstrate diversity and inclusion in multicultural collaboration (DEIB)

  Contents

  The main themes of this course are:
  
  - Psychological safety
  - Organisational culture and identity
  - DEIB (Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Belonging)
  - CSR (corporate social responsibility)
  - Multicultural teams
  - Organisational structure

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You know some of the organizational structures. You can describe diversity and inclusion practices in a multicultural organization. You can list factors affecting collaboration and well-functioning organization. You know the meaning of ethics and social responsibility at work.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You recognize different organizational forms and structures suitable for various circumstances. You can describe the impact of diversity and inclusion practices in a multicultural organization. You distinguish various factors affecting collaboration and a well-functioning organization. You recognize diverse stakeholders requirements for ethics and social responsibility in people management.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You recognize various organizational forms and structures and can asess their suitability for various circumstances. You rationalize and apply inclusive practices to support diversity in multicultural work environments. You analyze diverse stakeholders requirements for ethics and social responsibility in people management.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a CONTACT course and the lectures are held at the Pasila campus. You are expected to attend lectures regularly. Participation in the lectures will affect your grade. Therefore, for those unable to attend lectures, a virtual implementation is available. Additionally, if you have existing knowledge in this area, you may showcase your skills through a demonstration of competence (RPL), see below.
  
  In this course we will also use Problem Based Learning (PBL) approach.
  
  The main themes of this course are:
  
  - Psychological safety
  
  - Organisational culture and identity
  
  - DEIB (diversity, equity, inclusion and belonging)
  
  - ERS (ethics, responsibility, sustainability)
  
  - CSR (corporate social responsibility)
  
  - Multicultural teams
  
  - Organisational structure

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Sackmann, S. 2021. Culture in organizations: Development, impact and culture-mindful leadership.
  
  Recommended reading:
  
  Browaeys, M. & Price, R. 2019. Understanding cross-cultural management. Fourth edition. Harlow, United Kingdom: Pearson Education Limited.
  
  Gómez-Mejía, L. R., Balkin, D. B. & Cardy, R. L. 2016. Managing human resources. Eight edition, global edition. Boston: Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Toni von Martens

  Working life connections

  In this course, you will explore case studies and real-life examples that connect what you learn with actual work situations. This will help you use your new knowledge and skills to improve your work in organizations.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course materials and assignments reflect global perspectives, enriched by the diverse experiences of your fellow students.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  The course includes both individual and group assignments, each contributing a specific weight to the overall course grade.
  
  1. Individual assignment, 30%, mandatory
  2. Team assignment, 30%, mandatory
  3. Exam, 10%, mandatory
  4. Moodle online discussions 30%, optional for grades 4-5
  
  To pass this course, you are required to achieve a minimum grade of 1 on assignments 1, 2 and 3.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  The dates of the lectures, the course content, and the deadlines for assignments are in the course Moodle, which will be available to you by the start date at the latest.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA2

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration of key competencies:
  
  This course can also be completed by demonstrating your competence. Before attempting the demonstration, please review the study guide. Compare your own skills and knowledge with the learning objectives specified in the study guide. Through Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL), you will show your existing competence that aligns with the course's content. It's important to thoroughly understand the learning objectives and assessment criteria before you decide to do the demonstration.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  The course grade is influenced by the learning assignments, which are evaluated using an assessment rubric. The assessment rubrics and the weighting of assignments are available on the course Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     People and Culture HRL001TR1AE-3022 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course or achieving an equivalent competence level, you:
  
  - Recognise the forms and structures of organisations
  - Understand the role of culture in international organisations
  - Identify and analyse ethics, responsibility, and sustainability (ERS) in people management
  - Demonstrate diversity and inclusion in multicultural collaboration (DEIB)

  Contents

  The main themes of this course are:
  
  - Psychological safety
  - Organisational culture and identity
  - DEIB (Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Belonging)
  - CSR (corporate social responsibility)
  - Multicultural teams
  - Organisational structure

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You know some of the organizational structures. You can describe diversity and inclusion practices in a multicultural organization. You can list factors affecting collaboration and well-functioning organization. You know the meaning of ethics and social responsibility at work.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You recognize different organizational forms and structures suitable for various circumstances. You can describe the impact of diversity and inclusion practices in a multicultural organization. You distinguish various factors affecting collaboration and a well-functioning organization. You recognize diverse stakeholders requirements for ethics and social responsibility in people management.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You recognize various organizational forms and structures and can asess their suitability for various circumstances. You rationalize and apply inclusive practices to support diversity in multicultural work environments. You analyze diverse stakeholders requirements for ethics and social responsibility in people management.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a CONTACT course and the lectures are held at the Pasila campus. You are expected to attend lectures regularly. Participation in the lectures will affect your grade. Therefore, for those unable to attend lectures, a virtual implementation is available. Additionally, if you have existing knowledge in this area, you may showcase your skills through a demonstration of competence (RPL), see below.
  
  In this course we will also use Problem Based Learning (PBL) approach.
  
  The main themes of this course are:
  
  - Psychological safety
  
  - Organisational culture and identity
  
  - DEIB (diversity, equity, inclusion and belonging)
  
  - ERS (ethics, responsibility, sustainability)
  
  - CSR (corporate social responsibility)
  
  - Multicultural teams
  
  - Organisational structure

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Sackmann, S. 2021. Culture in organizations: Development, impact and culture-mindful leadership.
  
  Recommended reading:
  
  Browaeys, M. & Price, R. 2019. Understanding cross-cultural management. Fourth edition. Harlow, United Kingdom: Pearson Education Limited.
  
  Gómez-Mejía, L. R., Balkin, D. B. & Cardy, R. L. 2016. Managing human resources. Eight edition, global edition. Boston: Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Toni von Martens

  Working life connections

  In this course, you will explore case studies and real-life examples that connect what you learn with actual work situations. This will help you use your new knowledge and skills to improve your work in organizations.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course materials and assignments reflect global perspectives, enriched by the diverse experiences of your fellow students.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  The course includes both individual and group assignments, each contributing a specific weight to the overall course grade.
  
  1. Individual assignment, 30%, mandatory
  2. Team assignment, 30%, mandatory
  3. Exam, 10%, mandatory
  4. Moodle online discussions 30%, optional for grades 4-5
  
  To pass this course, you are required to achieve a minimum grade of 1 on assignments 1, 2 and 3.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  The dates of the lectures, the course content, and the deadlines for assignments are in the course Moodle, which will be available to you by the start date at the latest.

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration of key competencies:
  
  This course can also be completed by demonstrating your competence. Before attempting the demonstration, please review the study guide. Compare your own skills and knowledge with the learning objectives specified in the study guide. Through Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL), you will show your existing competence that aligns with the course's content. It's important to thoroughly understand the learning objectives and assessment criteria before you decide to do the demonstration.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  The course grade is influenced by the learning assignments, which are evaluated using an assessment rubric. The assessment rubrics and the weighting of assignments are available on the course Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Accounting and Finance ECO002TR1AE-3027 06.01.2025-30.05.2025  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - record business transactions by applying double-entry bookkeeping technique
  - prepare basic financial statements by applying generally accepted accounting practices
  - justify the importance of planning and forecasting process for an organization
  - prepare different sub-budgets and financial plans for a company
  - recognize capital market actors and liaise with them
  - identify and assess different options for companies to finance their operations and projects
  - recognize the need for working capital in a company
  - identify ethical and responsible aspects of a finance profession

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course belongs to BBA Key Competencies.
  Prior to this course the student should have completed following HH key competence course or gained similar knowledge and skills:
  ECO001HH1AE

  Contents

  - accounting equation
  - double-entry bookkeeping
  - financial closing and statements
  - principles of budgeting
  - financing options
  - working capital
  - finance as a profession

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student can identify
  - basic double-entry accounting technique and its linkages to the simple financial statements
  - some budgeting principles in a small company
  - some sources of finance and capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student can apply
  - double-entry technique in a simple business environment
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - some budgeting and financial planning methods for a company
  - sources of finance suitable for a small company and recognize various capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student can analyze and interpret
  - financial information produced in accounting and recognizes the information flows from business transactions to financial statements
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - various budgets and plans and understand their importance in the decision making process
  - sources of finance for a company
  - various capital market operators offering financing
  - working capital requirements of a company

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Arkima, A., Davies, T., Crawfod, I., Braun, K. W., Tietz, W., M., Atrill, P., & McLaney, E. (2023). Principles of accounting and finance. Pearson.
  
  Other materials provided in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  06.01.2025 - 30.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Accounting and Finance ECO002TR1AE-3016 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - record business transactions by applying double-entry bookkeeping technique
  - prepare basic financial statements by applying generally accepted accounting practices
  - justify the importance of planning and forecasting process for an organization
  - prepare different sub-budgets and financial plans for a company
  - recognize capital market actors and liaise with them
  - identify and assess different options for companies to finance their operations and projects
  - recognize the need for working capital in a company
  - identify ethical and responsible aspects of a finance profession

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course belongs to BBA Key Competencies.
  Prior to this course the student should have completed following HH key competence course or gained similar knowledge and skills:
  ECO001HH1AE

  Contents

  - accounting equation
  - double-entry bookkeeping
  - financial closing and statements
  - principles of budgeting
  - financing options
  - working capital
  - finance as a profession

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student can identify
  - basic double-entry accounting technique and its linkages to the simple financial statements
  - some budgeting principles in a small company
  - some sources of finance and capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student can apply
  - double-entry technique in a simple business environment
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - some budgeting and financial planning methods for a company
  - sources of finance suitable for a small company and recognize various capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student can analyze and interpret
  - financial information produced in accounting and recognizes the information flows from business transactions to financial statements
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - various budgets and plans and understand their importance in the decision making process
  - sources of finance for a company
  - various capital market operators offering financing
  - working capital requirements of a company

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  - Contact teaching 2 x 3 hours a week
  - Active participation recommended

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Course e-book available
  - Presentation materials, exercises and assignments available on course Moodle

  Teachers

  Mathias Moersch, Juan Borra

  Working life connections

  - Guest speakers visiting classes

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  - Two course exams, mid term and end of the course - topics split to theses two
  - 2 retake opportunities in the electronic exam room, retakes cover whole course content

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  - Course has international aspect embedded into course contents

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  - 5-6 learning assignments which generate additional marks to the exam/-s

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  - Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Alternative learning methods

  - RPL and Work study available
  - RPL enrolment via separate Moodle platform: https://hhmoodle.haaga-helia.fi/course/view.php?id=34346

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  - 50% accounting exam
  - 50% budgeting&finance exam
  - assignments generate additional marks to the exams

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Accounting and Finance ECO002TR1AE-3018 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - record business transactions by applying double-entry bookkeeping technique
  - prepare basic financial statements by applying generally accepted accounting practices
  - justify the importance of planning and forecasting process for an organization
  - prepare different sub-budgets and financial plans for a company
  - recognize capital market actors and liaise with them
  - identify and assess different options for companies to finance their operations and projects
  - recognize the need for working capital in a company
  - identify ethical and responsible aspects of a finance profession

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course belongs to BBA Key Competencies.
  Prior to this course the student should have completed following HH key competence course or gained similar knowledge and skills:
  ECO001HH1AE

  Contents

  - accounting equation
  - double-entry bookkeeping
  - financial closing and statements
  - principles of budgeting
  - financing options
  - working capital
  - finance as a profession

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student can identify
  - basic double-entry accounting technique and its linkages to the simple financial statements
  - some budgeting principles in a small company
  - some sources of finance and capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student can apply
  - double-entry technique in a simple business environment
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - some budgeting and financial planning methods for a company
  - sources of finance suitable for a small company and recognize various capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student can analyze and interpret
  - financial information produced in accounting and recognizes the information flows from business transactions to financial statements
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - various budgets and plans and understand their importance in the decision making process
  - sources of finance for a company
  - various capital market operators offering financing
  - working capital requirements of a company

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Juan Borra

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 31.05.2025

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration implementation. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Seats

  1 - 250

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Accounting and Finance ECO002TR1AE-3021 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - record business transactions by applying double-entry bookkeeping technique
  - prepare basic financial statements by applying generally accepted accounting practices
  - justify the importance of planning and forecasting process for an organization
  - prepare different sub-budgets and financial plans for a company
  - recognize capital market actors and liaise with them
  - identify and assess different options for companies to finance their operations and projects
  - recognize the need for working capital in a company
  - identify ethical and responsible aspects of a finance profession

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course belongs to BBA Key Competencies.
  Prior to this course the student should have completed following HH key competence course or gained similar knowledge and skills:
  ECO001HH1AE

  Contents

  - accounting equation
  - double-entry bookkeeping
  - financial closing and statements
  - principles of budgeting
  - financing options
  - working capital
  - finance as a profession

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student can identify
  - basic double-entry accounting technique and its linkages to the simple financial statements
  - some budgeting principles in a small company
  - some sources of finance and capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student can apply
  - double-entry technique in a simple business environment
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - some budgeting and financial planning methods for a company
  - sources of finance suitable for a small company and recognize various capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student can analyze and interpret
  - financial information produced in accounting and recognizes the information flows from business transactions to financial statements
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - various budgets and plans and understand their importance in the decision making process
  - sources of finance for a company
  - various capital market operators offering financing
  - working capital requirements of a company

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  - Contact teaching 2 x 3 hours a week
  - Active participation recommended

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Course e-book available
  - Presentation materials, exercises and assignments available on course Moodle

  Teachers

  Juan Borra

  Working life connections

  Use of real case company examples

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  - Two course exams, mid term and end of the course - topics split to theses two
  - 2 retake opportunities in the electronic exam room, retakes cover whole course content

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  - Course has international aspect embedded into course contents

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Workbooks and quizzes to learn and practise

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  - Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Alternative learning methods

  - RPL and Work study available
  - RPL enrolment via separate Moodle platform: https://hhmoodle.haaga-helia.fi/course/view.php?id=34346

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  - 50% accounting exam
  - 50% budgeting&finance exam
  This may be subject to minor changes depending on the implementation

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Accounting and Finance ECO002TR1AE-3022 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - record business transactions by applying double-entry bookkeeping technique
  - prepare basic financial statements by applying generally accepted accounting practices
  - justify the importance of planning and forecasting process for an organization
  - prepare different sub-budgets and financial plans for a company
  - recognize capital market actors and liaise with them
  - identify and assess different options for companies to finance their operations and projects
  - recognize the need for working capital in a company
  - identify ethical and responsible aspects of a finance profession

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course belongs to BBA Key Competencies.
  Prior to this course the student should have completed following HH key competence course or gained similar knowledge and skills:
  ECO001HH1AE

  Contents

  - accounting equation
  - double-entry bookkeeping
  - financial closing and statements
  - principles of budgeting
  - financing options
  - working capital
  - finance as a profession

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student can identify
  - basic double-entry accounting technique and its linkages to the simple financial statements
  - some budgeting principles in a small company
  - some sources of finance and capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student can apply
  - double-entry technique in a simple business environment
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - some budgeting and financial planning methods for a company
  - sources of finance suitable for a small company and recognize various capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student can analyze and interpret
  - financial information produced in accounting and recognizes the information flows from business transactions to financial statements
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - various budgets and plans and understand their importance in the decision making process
  - sources of finance for a company
  - various capital market operators offering financing
  - working capital requirements of a company

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Joonas Jokinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Accounting and Finance ECO002TR1AE-3023 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - record business transactions by applying double-entry bookkeeping technique
  - prepare basic financial statements by applying generally accepted accounting practices
  - justify the importance of planning and forecasting process for an organization
  - prepare different sub-budgets and financial plans for a company
  - recognize capital market actors and liaise with them
  - identify and assess different options for companies to finance their operations and projects
  - recognize the need for working capital in a company
  - identify ethical and responsible aspects of a finance profession

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course belongs to BBA Key Competencies.
  Prior to this course the student should have completed following HH key competence course or gained similar knowledge and skills:
  ECO001HH1AE

  Contents

  - accounting equation
  - double-entry bookkeeping
  - financial closing and statements
  - principles of budgeting
  - financing options
  - working capital
  - finance as a profession

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student can identify
  - basic double-entry accounting technique and its linkages to the simple financial statements
  - some budgeting principles in a small company
  - some sources of finance and capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student can apply
  - double-entry technique in a simple business environment
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - some budgeting and financial planning methods for a company
  - sources of finance suitable for a small company and recognize various capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student can analyze and interpret
  - financial information produced in accounting and recognizes the information flows from business transactions to financial statements
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - various budgets and plans and understand their importance in the decision making process
  - sources of finance for a company
  - various capital market operators offering financing
  - working capital requirements of a company

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  - Contact teaching 2 x 3 hours a week
  - Active participation recommended

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Course e-book available
  - Presentation materials, exercises and assignments available on course Moodle

  Teachers

  Juan Borra

  Working life connections

  Use of real case company examples

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  - Two course exams, mid term and end of the course - topics split to theses two
  - 2 retake opportunities in the electronic exam room, retakes cover whole course content

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  - Course has international aspect embedded into course contents

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Workbooks and quizzes to learn and practise

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  - Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA3

  Alternative learning methods

  - RPL and Work study available
  - RPL enrolment via separate Moodle platform: https://hhmoodle.haaga-helia.fi/course/view.php?id=34346

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  - 50% accounting exam
  - 50% budgeting&finance exam
  This may be subject to minor changes depending on the implementation

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Accounting and Finance ECO002TR1AE-3024 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - record business transactions by applying double-entry bookkeeping technique
  - prepare basic financial statements by applying generally accepted accounting practices
  - justify the importance of planning and forecasting process for an organization
  - prepare different sub-budgets and financial plans for a company
  - recognize capital market actors and liaise with them
  - identify and assess different options for companies to finance their operations and projects
  - recognize the need for working capital in a company
  - identify ethical and responsible aspects of a finance profession

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course belongs to BBA Key Competencies.
  Prior to this course the student should have completed following HH key competence course or gained similar knowledge and skills:
  ECO001HH1AE

  Contents

  - accounting equation
  - double-entry bookkeeping
  - financial closing and statements
  - principles of budgeting
  - financing options
  - working capital
  - finance as a profession

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student can identify
  - basic double-entry accounting technique and its linkages to the simple financial statements
  - some budgeting principles in a small company
  - some sources of finance and capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student can apply
  - double-entry technique in a simple business environment
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - some budgeting and financial planning methods for a company
  - sources of finance suitable for a small company and recognize various capital market operators
  - concept of working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student can analyze and interpret
  - financial information produced in accounting and recognizes the information flows from business transactions to financial statements
  - basic accounting principles in preparing financial statements
  - various budgets and plans and understand their importance in the decision making process
  - sources of finance for a company
  - various capital market operators offering financing
  - working capital requirements of a company

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Joonas Jokinen, Mathias Moersch

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Doing Business in China CHI001AS0AE-3001 29.10.2024-03.12.2024  3 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  • Understand the power of the Chinese economy in global environment
  • Understand the business environment in China
  • Conduct business negotiations with Chinese counterparts
  • Build fruitful relationships with Chinese counterparts
  • Understand the basics of Chinese culture and heritage
  • Identify different options in establishing new business in China

  Contents

  • China as political and economic powerhouse
  • Chinese culture and history
  • Chinese business culture
  • Negotiating with Chinese counterparts
  • Relationship building with Chinese business people
  • Chinese economic geography
  • How to utilize different services given by Finnish governmental and other organizations
  • Business opportunities and internationalizing to China

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student:
  • Knows the basics of China and its impact in the world
  • Knows the basics of Chinese business environment and culture
  • Is able to conduct simple business negotiations with Chinese counterparts

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  • Has a deeper understanding of China and its impact in the world
  • Knows the of Chinese business environment and culture in such a way that he/she can utilize the knowledge in business negotiations
  • Is able to conduct normal business negotiations with Chinese counterparts
  • Can utilize the differences in economic areas in his/her business
  • Knows the services given by different Finnish organizations in China

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  • Has a deep understanding of China and its impact in the world
  • Knows the of Chinese business environment and culture in such a way that he/she can utilize extensively the knowledge in business negotiations
  • Is able to conduct complex business negotiations with Chinese counterparts
  • Can well utilize the differences in economic areas in his/her business
  • Knows the services given by different Finnish organizations in China and is able to utilize them in order to internationalize to China

  Further information

  Contact lessons, online lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and individual or team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teachers

  Päivi Käri-Zein

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  29.10.2024 - 03.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 13.11.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK
  • BLENDED

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 3 cr

  Unit

  Commercial and International Services​​ Commercial

•     Principles of Economics ECO001TR1AE-3019 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Student who has completed this course or acquired equivalent competence:
  -knows the structure of the economy and identifies the most significant drivers of economic change
  - understands the role of the public sector, consumers and businesses in society as a builder of wealth and well-being
  -knows the principles of economic decision-making
  -knows what is meant by corporate social responsibility and how the circular economy and sustainable development are promoted in business operations
  - knows the key concepts and indicators of the economy
  - understands current phenomena and trends in the global economy and their impact on the operations and competitiveness of companies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prior studies required
  The Principles of Economics is key competences of qualification.

  Contents

  - Economic growth, gross domestic product and well-being
  - Economic sectors and actors
  - Supply, demand and the markets
  - Inequality
  - Circular economy and sustainable development
  - Globalization and foreign trade
  - Economic policy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can describe:
  - the importance of the economy and politics as a basis for the functioning of society
  - economic phenomena, and is familiar with key economic concepts
  - the structure of the economy and is familiar with the key international economic relations
  - the principles of the circular economy, as well as the behavior and economic decision-making of people and businesses.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  - can estimate the impact of economic phenomena on their own activities, on consumers and on businesses
  - can interpret key basic economic concepts
  - can describe economic phenomena and their impact on the operating environment
  - knows the role of Finnish society in the European Union and in the wider international community
  - can assess the importance of the circular economy in society. Knows and understands the behaviour and economic decision-making of people and companies.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can analyse
  - the impact of economic phenomena on the operating environment
  - masters the basic economic concepts excellently
  - its own and the company's operations based on economic phenomena
  - the future impact of the circular economy on society
  - the impact of human and business behaviour and economic decision-making on the functioning of the overall economy.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The Economy e-book, where applicable
  Freely available at: www.core-econ.org
  and other material provided by the lecturer

  Teachers

  Jari Kaari, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Principles of Economics ECO001TR1AE-3012 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  Student who has completed this course or acquired equivalent competence:
  -knows the structure of the economy and identifies the most significant drivers of economic change
  - understands the role of the public sector, consumers and businesses in society as a builder of wealth and well-being
  -knows the principles of economic decision-making
  -knows what is meant by corporate social responsibility and how the circular economy and sustainable development are promoted in business operations
  - knows the key concepts and indicators of the economy
  - understands current phenomena and trends in the global economy and their impact on the operations and competitiveness of companies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prior studies required
  The Principles of Economics is key competences of qualification.

  Contents

  - Economic growth, gross domestic product and well-being
  - Economic sectors and actors
  - Supply, demand and the markets
  - Inequality
  - Circular economy and sustainable development
  - Globalization and foreign trade
  - Economic policy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can describe:
  - the importance of the economy and politics as a basis for the functioning of society
  - economic phenomena, and is familiar with key economic concepts
  - the structure of the economy and is familiar with the key international economic relations
  - the principles of the circular economy, as well as the behavior and economic decision-making of people and businesses.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  - can estimate the impact of economic phenomena on their own activities, on consumers and on businesses
  - can interpret key basic economic concepts
  - can describe economic phenomena and their impact on the operating environment
  - knows the role of Finnish society in the European Union and in the wider international community
  - can assess the importance of the circular economy in society. Knows and understands the behaviour and economic decision-making of people and companies.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can analyse
  - the impact of economic phenomena on the operating environment
  - masters the basic economic concepts excellently
  - its own and the company's operations based on economic phenomena
  - the future impact of the circular economy on society
  - the impact of human and business behaviour and economic decision-making on the functioning of the overall economy.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Jari Kaari

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 31.05.2025

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration implementation. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Seats

  1 - 250

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Economics ECO001TR1AE-3013 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Student who has completed this course or acquired equivalent competence:
  -knows the structure of the economy and identifies the most significant drivers of economic change
  - understands the role of the public sector, consumers and businesses in society as a builder of wealth and well-being
  -knows the principles of economic decision-making
  -knows what is meant by corporate social responsibility and how the circular economy and sustainable development are promoted in business operations
  - knows the key concepts and indicators of the economy
  - understands current phenomena and trends in the global economy and their impact on the operations and competitiveness of companies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prior studies required
  The Principles of Economics is key competences of qualification.

  Contents

  - Economic growth, gross domestic product and well-being
  - Economic sectors and actors
  - Supply, demand and the markets
  - Inequality
  - Circular economy and sustainable development
  - Globalization and foreign trade
  - Economic policy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can describe:
  - the importance of the economy and politics as a basis for the functioning of society
  - economic phenomena, and is familiar with key economic concepts
  - the structure of the economy and is familiar with the key international economic relations
  - the principles of the circular economy, as well as the behavior and economic decision-making of people and businesses.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  - can estimate the impact of economic phenomena on their own activities, on consumers and on businesses
  - can interpret key basic economic concepts
  - can describe economic phenomena and their impact on the operating environment
  - knows the role of Finnish society in the European Union and in the wider international community
  - can assess the importance of the circular economy in society. Knows and understands the behaviour and economic decision-making of people and companies.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can analyse
  - the impact of economic phenomena on the operating environment
  - masters the basic economic concepts excellently
  - its own and the company's operations based on economic phenomena
  - the future impact of the circular economy on society
  - the impact of human and business behaviour and economic decision-making on the functioning of the overall economy.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Students are required to participate actively in online classes. There will be both individual and group work. After completion of the course and/or after acquiring equivalent competences, student:
  - knows the structure of the economy and identifies the most significant drivers of economic change
  - understands the role of the public sector, consumers, and businesses in society as a builder of wealth and well-being
  - knows the principles of economic decision-making
  - knows what is meant by corporate social responsibility and how the circular economy and sustainable development are promoted in business operations
  - knows the key concepts and indicators of the economy
  - understands current phenomena and trends in the global economy and their impact on the operations and competitiveness of companies.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  https://www.core-econ.org/the-economy/index.html

  Teachers

  Sami Hartikainen

  Working life connections

  The course will focus on presenting and analysis of:
  - Economic growth, gross domestic product and well-being
  - Economic sectors and actors
  - Entrepreneurship and innovation processes
  - Supply, demand and the markets
  - society and Inequality
  - Circular economy
  - Development goals and sustainable development
  - Globalization and foreign trade
  - Economic policy

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam. The course is completed through learning assignments within the shedule.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  - Participants have international background
  - Learning material of international character
  - Case example with international background
  - Possible guest lectures with international background

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  To be specified later

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  2023 Second autumn period

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  Those who have acquired equivalent competences may get a chance to demonstrate their competences. They should discuss and agree with the teacher.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Several assignments and exam will assessed according to following assessment criteria
  .
  Assessment criteria - grade 1
  The student can describe:
  - the importance of the economy and politics as a basis for the functioning of society
  - economic phenomena, and is familiar with key economic concepts
  - the structure of the economy and is familiar with the key international economic relations
  - the principles of the circular economy, as well as the behavior and economic decision-making of people and businesses.
  
  Assessment criteria - grade 3
  The student:
  - can estimate the impact of economic phenomena on their own activities, on consumers and on businesses
  - can interpret key basic economic concepts
  - can describe economic phenomena and their impact on the operating environment
  - knows the role of Finnish society in the European Union and in the wider international community
  - can assess the importance of the circular economy in society. Knows and understands the behaviour and economic decision-making of people and companies.
  
  Assessment criteria - grade 5
  The student can analyze
  - the impact of economic phenomena on the operating environment
  - masters the basic economic concepts excellently
  - its own and the company's operations based on economic phenomena
  - the future impact of the circular economy on society
  - the impact of human and business behaviour and economic decision-making on the functioning of the overall economy.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Economics ECO001TR1AE-3014 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Student who has completed this course or acquired equivalent competence:
  -knows the structure of the economy and identifies the most significant drivers of economic change
  - understands the role of the public sector, consumers and businesses in society as a builder of wealth and well-being
  -knows the principles of economic decision-making
  -knows what is meant by corporate social responsibility and how the circular economy and sustainable development are promoted in business operations
  - knows the key concepts and indicators of the economy
  - understands current phenomena and trends in the global economy and their impact on the operations and competitiveness of companies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prior studies required
  The Principles of Economics is key competences of qualification.

  Contents

  - Economic growth, gross domestic product and well-being
  - Economic sectors and actors
  - Supply, demand and the markets
  - Inequality
  - Circular economy and sustainable development
  - Globalization and foreign trade
  - Economic policy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can describe:
  - the importance of the economy and politics as a basis for the functioning of society
  - economic phenomena, and is familiar with key economic concepts
  - the structure of the economy and is familiar with the key international economic relations
  - the principles of the circular economy, as well as the behavior and economic decision-making of people and businesses.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  - can estimate the impact of economic phenomena on their own activities, on consumers and on businesses
  - can interpret key basic economic concepts
  - can describe economic phenomena and their impact on the operating environment
  - knows the role of Finnish society in the European Union and in the wider international community
  - can assess the importance of the circular economy in society. Knows and understands the behaviour and economic decision-making of people and companies.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can analyse
  - the impact of economic phenomena on the operating environment
  - masters the basic economic concepts excellently
  - its own and the company's operations based on economic phenomena
  - the future impact of the circular economy on society
  - the impact of human and business behaviour and economic decision-making on the functioning of the overall economy.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Sami Hartikainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Economics ECO001TR1AE-3015 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE3PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Student who has completed this course or acquired equivalent competence:
  -knows the structure of the economy and identifies the most significant drivers of economic change
  - understands the role of the public sector, consumers and businesses in society as a builder of wealth and well-being
  -knows the principles of economic decision-making
  -knows what is meant by corporate social responsibility and how the circular economy and sustainable development are promoted in business operations
  - knows the key concepts and indicators of the economy
  - understands current phenomena and trends in the global economy and their impact on the operations and competitiveness of companies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prior studies required
  The Principles of Economics is key competences of qualification.

  Contents

  - Economic growth, gross domestic product and well-being
  - Economic sectors and actors
  - Supply, demand and the markets
  - Inequality
  - Circular economy and sustainable development
  - Globalization and foreign trade
  - Economic policy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can describe:
  - the importance of the economy and politics as a basis for the functioning of society
  - economic phenomena, and is familiar with key economic concepts
  - the structure of the economy and is familiar with the key international economic relations
  - the principles of the circular economy, as well as the behavior and economic decision-making of people and businesses.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  - can estimate the impact of economic phenomena on their own activities, on consumers and on businesses
  - can interpret key basic economic concepts
  - can describe economic phenomena and their impact on the operating environment
  - knows the role of Finnish society in the European Union and in the wider international community
  - can assess the importance of the circular economy in society. Knows and understands the behaviour and economic decision-making of people and companies.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can analyse
  - the impact of economic phenomena on the operating environment
  - masters the basic economic concepts excellently
  - its own and the company's operations based on economic phenomena
  - the future impact of the circular economy on society
  - the impact of human and business behaviour and economic decision-making on the functioning of the overall economy.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Students are required to participate actively in online classes. There will be both individual and group work. After completion of the course and/or after acquiring equivalent competences, student:
  - knows the structure of the economy and identifies the most significant drivers of economic change
  - understands the role of the public sector, consumers, and businesses in society as a builder of wealth and well-being
  - knows the principles of economic decision-making
  - knows what is meant by corporate social responsibility and how the circular economy and sustainable development are promoted in business operations
  - knows the key concepts and indicators of the economy
  - understands current phenomena and trends in the global economy and their impact on the operations and competitiveness of companies.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  https://www.core-econ.org/the-economy/index.html

  Teachers

  Jari Kaari

  Working life connections

  The course will focus on presenting and analysis of:
  - Economic growth, gross domestic product and well-being
  - Economic sectors and actors
  - Entrepreneurship and innovation processes
  - Supply, demand and the markets
  - society and Inequality
  - Circular economy
  - Development goals and sustainable development
  - Globalization and foreign trade
  - Economic policy

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam. The course is completed through learning assignments within the shedule.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  - Participants have international background
  - Learning material of international character
  - Case example with international background
  - Possible guest lectures with international background

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  To be specified later

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  2023 Second autumn period

  Groups

  • IBE3PA3
  • CONTACT

  Alternative learning methods

  Those who have acquired equivalent competences may get a chance to demonstrate their competences. They should discuss and agree with the teacher.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Several assignments and exam will assessed according to following assessment criteria
  .
  Assessment criteria - grade 1
  The student can describe:
  - the importance of the economy and politics as a basis for the functioning of society
  - economic phenomena, and is familiar with key economic concepts
  - the structure of the economy and is familiar with the key international economic relations
  - the principles of the circular economy, as well as the behavior and economic decision-making of people and businesses.
  
  Assessment criteria - grade 3
  The student:
  - can estimate the impact of economic phenomena on their own activities, on consumers and on businesses
  - can interpret key basic economic concepts
  - can describe economic phenomena and their impact on the operating environment
  - knows the role of Finnish society in the European Union and in the wider international community
  - can assess the importance of the circular economy in society. Knows and understands the behaviour and economic decision-making of people and companies.
  
  Assessment criteria - grade 5
  The student can analyze
  - the impact of economic phenomena on the operating environment
  - masters the basic economic concepts excellently
  - its own and the company's operations based on economic phenomena
  - the future impact of the circular economy on society
  - the impact of human and business behaviour and economic decision-making on the functioning of the overall economy.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Economics ECO001TR1AE-3017 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Student who has completed this course or acquired equivalent competence:
  -knows the structure of the economy and identifies the most significant drivers of economic change
  - understands the role of the public sector, consumers and businesses in society as a builder of wealth and well-being
  -knows the principles of economic decision-making
  -knows what is meant by corporate social responsibility and how the circular economy and sustainable development are promoted in business operations
  - knows the key concepts and indicators of the economy
  - understands current phenomena and trends in the global economy and their impact on the operations and competitiveness of companies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prior studies required
  The Principles of Economics is key competences of qualification.

  Contents

  - Economic growth, gross domestic product and well-being
  - Economic sectors and actors
  - Supply, demand and the markets
  - Inequality
  - Circular economy and sustainable development
  - Globalization and foreign trade
  - Economic policy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can describe:
  - the importance of the economy and politics as a basis for the functioning of society
  - economic phenomena, and is familiar with key economic concepts
  - the structure of the economy and is familiar with the key international economic relations
  - the principles of the circular economy, as well as the behavior and economic decision-making of people and businesses.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  - can estimate the impact of economic phenomena on their own activities, on consumers and on businesses
  - can interpret key basic economic concepts
  - can describe economic phenomena and their impact on the operating environment
  - knows the role of Finnish society in the European Union and in the wider international community
  - can assess the importance of the circular economy in society. Knows and understands the behaviour and economic decision-making of people and companies.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can analyse
  - the impact of economic phenomena on the operating environment
  - masters the basic economic concepts excellently
  - its own and the company's operations based on economic phenomena
  - the future impact of the circular economy on society
  - the impact of human and business behaviour and economic decision-making on the functioning of the overall economy.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Students are required to participate actively in online classes. There will be both individual and group work. After completion of the course and/or after acquiring equivalent competences, student:
  - knows the structure of the economy and identifies the most significant drivers of economic change
  - understands the role of the public sector, consumers, and businesses in society as a builder of wealth and well-being
  - knows the principles of economic decision-making
  - knows what is meant by corporate social responsibility and how the circular economy and sustainable development are promoted in business operations
  - knows the key concepts and indicators of the economy
  - understands current phenomena and trends in the global economy and their impact on the operations and competitiveness of companies.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  https://www.core-econ.org/
  Microeconomics and macroeconomics when applicaple.

  Teachers

  Jari Kaari

  Working life connections

  The course will focus on presenting and analysis of:
  - Economic growth, gross domestic product and well-being
  - Economic sectors and actors
  - Entrepreneurship and innovation processes
  - Supply, demand and the markets
  - society and Inequality
  - Circular economy
  - Development goals and sustainable development
  - Globalization and foreign trade
  - Economic policy

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  The course has two exams. The retakes (two) are in HH's Exam-system after the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  - Participants have international background
  - Learning material of international character
  - Case example with international background
  - Possible guest lectures with international background

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  To be specified later

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  2025 Second spring period

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  Those who have acquired equivalent competences may demonstrate their competences.
  
  Virtual instructed.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Several assignments and exam will assessed according to following assessment criteria
  .
  Assessment criteria - grade 1
  The student can describe:
  - the importance of the economy and politics as a basis for the functioning of society
  - economic phenomena, and is familiar with key economic concepts
  - the structure of the economy and is familiar with the key international economic relations
  - the principles of the circular economy, as well as the behavior and economic decision-making of people and businesses.
  
  Assessment criteria - grade 3
  The student:
  - can estimate the impact of economic phenomena on their own activities, on consumers and on businesses
  - can interpret key basic economic concepts
  - can describe economic phenomena and their impact on the operating environment
  - knows the role of Finnish society in the European Union and in the wider international community
  - can assess the importance of the circular economy in society. Knows and understands the behaviour and economic decision-making of people and companies.
  
  Assessment criteria - grade 5
  The student can analyze
  - the impact of economic phenomena on the operating environment
  - masters the basic economic concepts excellently
  - its own and the company's operations based on economic phenomena
  - the future impact of the circular economy on society
  - the impact of human and business behaviour and economic decision-making on the functioning of the overall economy.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Economics ECO001TR1AE-3018 19.05.2025-15.08.2025  5 cr  (BLENDED, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Student who has completed this course or acquired equivalent competence:
  -knows the structure of the economy and identifies the most significant drivers of economic change
  - understands the role of the public sector, consumers and businesses in society as a builder of wealth and well-being
  -knows the principles of economic decision-making
  -knows what is meant by corporate social responsibility and how the circular economy and sustainable development are promoted in business operations
  - knows the key concepts and indicators of the economy
  - understands current phenomena and trends in the global economy and their impact on the operations and competitiveness of companies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prior studies required
  The Principles of Economics is key competences of qualification.

  Contents

  - Economic growth, gross domestic product and well-being
  - Economic sectors and actors
  - Supply, demand and the markets
  - Inequality
  - Circular economy and sustainable development
  - Globalization and foreign trade
  - Economic policy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can describe:
  - the importance of the economy and politics as a basis for the functioning of society
  - economic phenomena, and is familiar with key economic concepts
  - the structure of the economy and is familiar with the key international economic relations
  - the principles of the circular economy, as well as the behavior and economic decision-making of people and businesses.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  - can estimate the impact of economic phenomena on their own activities, on consumers and on businesses
  - can interpret key basic economic concepts
  - can describe economic phenomena and their impact on the operating environment
  - knows the role of Finnish society in the European Union and in the wider international community
  - can assess the importance of the circular economy in society. Knows and understands the behaviour and economic decision-making of people and companies.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can analyse
  - the impact of economic phenomena on the operating environment
  - masters the basic economic concepts excellently
  - its own and the company's operations based on economic phenomena
  - the future impact of the circular economy on society
  - the impact of human and business behaviour and economic decision-making on the functioning of the overall economy.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Evariste Habiyakare

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.05.2025 - 15.08.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Groups

  • BLENDED
  • SUMMER
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Economics ECO001TR1AE-3016 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB3PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Student who has completed this course or acquired equivalent competence:
  -knows the structure of the economy and identifies the most significant drivers of economic change
  - understands the role of the public sector, consumers and businesses in society as a builder of wealth and well-being
  -knows the principles of economic decision-making
  -knows what is meant by corporate social responsibility and how the circular economy and sustainable development are promoted in business operations
  - knows the key concepts and indicators of the economy
  - understands current phenomena and trends in the global economy and their impact on the operations and competitiveness of companies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prior studies required
  The Principles of Economics is key competences of qualification.

  Contents

  - Economic growth, gross domestic product and well-being
  - Economic sectors and actors
  - Supply, demand and the markets
  - Inequality
  - Circular economy and sustainable development
  - Globalization and foreign trade
  - Economic policy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can describe:
  - the importance of the economy and politics as a basis for the functioning of society
  - economic phenomena, and is familiar with key economic concepts
  - the structure of the economy and is familiar with the key international economic relations
  - the principles of the circular economy, as well as the behavior and economic decision-making of people and businesses.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  - can estimate the impact of economic phenomena on their own activities, on consumers and on businesses
  - can interpret key basic economic concepts
  - can describe economic phenomena and their impact on the operating environment
  - knows the role of Finnish society in the European Union and in the wider international community
  - can assess the importance of the circular economy in society. Knows and understands the behaviour and economic decision-making of people and companies.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can analyse
  - the impact of economic phenomena on the operating environment
  - masters the basic economic concepts excellently
  - its own and the company's operations based on economic phenomena
  - the future impact of the circular economy on society
  - the impact of human and business behaviour and economic decision-making on the functioning of the overall economy.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Evariste Habiyakare, Jari Kaari

  Campus

  Porvoo Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB3PA1
  • EVENING
  • ABEV3PCAVI
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Logistics and Supply Chain Management COR007AS2AE-3005 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  
  - define basic concepts of international logistics and supply chain management
  - understand the competitive advantages of logistics and supply chain
  - know logistical activities: purchasing, storage, transport and reverse logistics
  - master benefits and risks of outsourcing logistics services in an international environment
  - consider trade-off between logistics costs and customer service
  - apply sustainability requirements in the supply chain
  
  
  
  
  
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  - master basic concepts and terms of logistics and reverse logistics and supply chain management.
  - understand the competitive advantages, cost impacts and sustainability requirements of logistics and supply chain.
  - consider benefits and risks of operating in an international environment.
  
  After completing the course;
  
  - You can recognize competitive advantage of supply chain management and critically assess elements of sustainable supply chain and reverse logistics
  
  - You can plan logistics functions internationally considering customer service, costs and environmental friendliness
  
  - You can assess risks and opportunities of outsourcing and logistics service providers and their services

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  - Basic business related courses completed.

  Contents

  - Elements of global supply chain and concept of sustainable supply chain
  - Features and challenges of international logistics, purchasing process and reverse logistics
  - Competitive advantages of logistics
  - Logistics service providers and logistics services
  - Role and risks of outsourcing

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  To some extent, the student knows some key concepts as well as logistics and understands something about the importance of the supply chain for business operations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student is fairly familiar with key concepts and logistics and understands the importance of the supply chain for business operations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student is very familiar with key concepts and logistics and comprehensively understands the importance of the supply chain for business operations.
  
  The student is able to identify problems and create development ideas.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Study material in moodle

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Irma Mäkäräinen-Suni

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Principles of Logistics and Supply Chain Management COR007AS2AE-3003 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE3PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  
  - define basic concepts of international logistics and supply chain management
  - understand the competitive advantages of logistics and supply chain
  - know logistical activities: purchasing, storage, transport and reverse logistics
  - master benefits and risks of outsourcing logistics services in an international environment
  - consider trade-off between logistics costs and customer service
  - apply sustainability requirements in the supply chain
  
  
  
  
  
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  - master basic concepts and terms of logistics and reverse logistics and supply chain management.
  - understand the competitive advantages, cost impacts and sustainability requirements of logistics and supply chain.
  - consider benefits and risks of operating in an international environment.
  
  After completing the course;
  
  - You can recognize competitive advantage of supply chain management and critically assess elements of sustainable supply chain and reverse logistics
  
  - You can plan logistics functions internationally considering customer service, costs and environmental friendliness
  
  - You can assess risks and opportunities of outsourcing and logistics service providers and their services

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  - Basic business related courses completed.

  Contents

  - Elements of global supply chain and concept of sustainable supply chain
  - Features and challenges of international logistics, purchasing process and reverse logistics
  - Competitive advantages of logistics
  - Logistics service providers and logistics services
  - Role and risks of outsourcing

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  To some extent, the student knows some key concepts as well as logistics and understands something about the importance of the supply chain for business operations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student is fairly familiar with key concepts and logistics and understands the importance of the supply chain for business operations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student is very familiar with key concepts and logistics and comprehensively understands the importance of the supply chain for business operations.
  
  The student is able to identify problems and create development ideas.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a Contact Blended course. Part of your studies are distant learning.

  Teachers

  Soile Kallinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE3PA3
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBE3PA2
  • IBE3PA1
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Logistics and Supply Chain Management COR007AS2AE-3004 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE3PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  
  - define basic concepts of international logistics and supply chain management
  - understand the competitive advantages of logistics and supply chain
  - know logistical activities: purchasing, storage, transport and reverse logistics
  - master benefits and risks of outsourcing logistics services in an international environment
  - consider trade-off between logistics costs and customer service
  - apply sustainability requirements in the supply chain
  
  
  
  
  
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  - master basic concepts and terms of logistics and reverse logistics and supply chain management.
  - understand the competitive advantages, cost impacts and sustainability requirements of logistics and supply chain.
  - consider benefits and risks of operating in an international environment.
  
  After completing the course;
  
  - You can recognize competitive advantage of supply chain management and critically assess elements of sustainable supply chain and reverse logistics
  
  - You can plan logistics functions internationally considering customer service, costs and environmental friendliness
  
  - You can assess risks and opportunities of outsourcing and logistics service providers and their services

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  - Basic business related courses completed.

  Contents

  - Elements of global supply chain and concept of sustainable supply chain
  - Features and challenges of international logistics, purchasing process and reverse logistics
  - Competitive advantages of logistics
  - Logistics service providers and logistics services
  - Role and risks of outsourcing

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  To some extent, the student knows some key concepts as well as logistics and understands something about the importance of the supply chain for business operations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student is fairly familiar with key concepts and logistics and understands the importance of the supply chain for business operations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student is very familiar with key concepts and logistics and comprehensively understands the importance of the supply chain for business operations.
  
  The student is able to identify problems and create development ideas.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is organised online.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material and links in moodle.
  International webinar recordings.

  Teachers

  Soile Kallinen

  Working life connections

  Cases of logistics service providers and global supply chains.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Cases from international companies and their logistics, international logistics service providers.
  International researchers´s theory of the SCM field.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Individual and team assignments.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  The course starts on March 25 at 8.00 online. See the link for online session in moodle.

  Groups

  • IBE3PA1
  • EXCH
  • ONLINE

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Further information

  Individual 15 % and team assignments 85 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Principles of Procurement COR003AS2AE-3002 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon successful completion of the course:
  - the student has used ERP-system(s) for procurement and understands what the Purchasing Process is and what variations companies typically use about it
  - the student has investigated and understands to which other business processes purchasing is interconnected (sales, manufacturing, warehouse and inventory management, enterprise asset management, financial management in particular)
  - the student has explored and understands the different purchasing organization setups and their implications (centralized, decentralized, hybrid)
  - the student has used ERP-system(s) to the extent that she/he understands how ERP systems facilitate purchasing and has learned to use some of these capabilities (such as material requirements planning, demand management, advanced planning for lean manufacturing etc.)
  - the student is able to figure out some main trends, current and future, in purchasing, such as new scalable business models (C-to-C, C-to-B), traceability (tracking origin of materials), business networks such as Ariba
  - the student learned to use SAP for purchasing and interrelated business processes

  Contents

  - theoretical framework for purchasing
  - using SAP or comparable ERP solution capabilities for purchasing
  - purchasing reporting and analyses

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Students:
  -knows a procurement process in a global business environment
  -can create easy task in SAP ERP environment

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Students:
  -knows a procurement process in a global business environment
  -can create easy task in SAP ERP environment
  -can run reports

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Students:
  -knows a procurement process in a global business environment
  -can create easy task in SAP ERP environment
  -can run reports and analyse these reports independently

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Jarmo Harmonen, Eeva Aarnio

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Professional Communication COM001HH1AE-3060 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • communicates responsibly orally and in writing, according to the demands of situation and the target groups
  • is able to use professionally different communication methods, channels and platforms
  • identifies own competence level and is able to market own competencies convincingly
  • is able to interact with others, give and receive feedback with respect in various intercultural environments
  • is able to critically evaluate different communication sources, their operating practices and motives as well as the different responsibilities connected to the information they convey.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can communicate appropriately orally and in writing according to the situation
  • knows different professional communication channels and platforms.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • produces communication content that fulfills task requirements with regard to the target group in various cultural environments
  • confidently uses communication channels and platforms
  • can identify own strengths and areas for development in interpersonal communication situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  • produces professional communication content in accurate English for multiple channels, with consideration to different cultural perspectives
  • is able to critically assess contents and make use of different communication channels and platforms
  • performs professionally and responsibly in demanding communication situations. 

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Anna Kimberley, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Professional Communication COM001HH1AE-3042 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • communicates responsibly orally and in writing, according to the demands of situation and the target groups
  • is able to use professionally different communication methods, channels and platforms
  • identifies own competence level and is able to market own competencies convincingly
  • is able to interact with others, give and receive feedback with respect in various intercultural environments
  • is able to critically evaluate different communication sources, their operating practices and motives as well as the different responsibilities connected to the information they convey.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can communicate appropriately orally and in writing according to the situation
  • knows different professional communication channels and platforms.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • produces communication content that fulfills task requirements with regard to the target group in various cultural environments
  • confidently uses communication channels and platforms
  • can identify own strengths and areas for development in interpersonal communication situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  • produces professional communication content in accurate English for multiple channels, with consideration to different cultural perspectives
  • is able to critically assess contents and make use of different communication channels and platforms
  • performs professionally and responsibly in demanding communication situations. 

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Lectures
  Group and individual work
  Independent study

  Teachers

  Anna Kimberley, Ana Dimkar

  Working life connections

  All learning assignments prepare the students for the demands of the future professional environments.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Final oral exam: the last two sessions of the course

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Learning assignments are designed to handle international topics.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  ORAL
  2 min professional introductions
  3 min research presentation
  Video CV
  Debate P/F
  
  WRITTEN
  Academic Essay
  Academic Summary
  Paraphrase exercise in class
  Reflexive narratives

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions once a week

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration of prior learning

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  1: Can communicate appropriately orally and in writing according to the situation. Knows different professional communication channels and platforms.
  
  3: Produces communication content that fulfills task requirements with regard to the target group in various cultural environments. Confidently uses communication channels and platforms. Can identify own strengths and areas for development in interpersonal communication situations.
  
  5: Produces professional communication content in accurate English for multiple channels, with consideration to different cultural perspectives. Is able to critically assess contents and make use of different communication channels and platforms. Performs professionally and responsibly in demanding communication situations.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Professional Communication COM001HH1AE-3043 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA2, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • communicates responsibly orally and in writing, according to the demands of situation and the target groups
  • is able to use professionally different communication methods, channels and platforms
  • identifies own competence level and is able to market own competencies convincingly
  • is able to interact with others, give and receive feedback with respect in various intercultural environments
  • is able to critically evaluate different communication sources, their operating practices and motives as well as the different responsibilities connected to the information they convey.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can communicate appropriately orally and in writing according to the situation
  • knows different professional communication channels and platforms.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • produces communication content that fulfills task requirements with regard to the target group in various cultural environments
  • confidently uses communication channels and platforms
  • can identify own strengths and areas for development in interpersonal communication situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  • produces professional communication content in accurate English for multiple channels, with consideration to different cultural perspectives
  • is able to critically assess contents and make use of different communication channels and platforms
  • performs professionally and responsibly in demanding communication situations. 

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Anna Kimberley, Ana Dimkar

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Professional Communication COM001HH1AE-3044 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • communicates responsibly orally and in writing, according to the demands of situation and the target groups
  • is able to use professionally different communication methods, channels and platforms
  • identifies own competence level and is able to market own competencies convincingly
  • is able to interact with others, give and receive feedback with respect in various intercultural environments
  • is able to critically evaluate different communication sources, their operating practices and motives as well as the different responsibilities connected to the information they convey.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can communicate appropriately orally and in writing according to the situation
  • knows different professional communication channels and platforms.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • produces communication content that fulfills task requirements with regard to the target group in various cultural environments
  • confidently uses communication channels and platforms
  • can identify own strengths and areas for development in interpersonal communication situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  • produces professional communication content in accurate English for multiple channels, with consideration to different cultural perspectives
  • is able to critically assess contents and make use of different communication channels and platforms
  • performs professionally and responsibly in demanding communication situations. 

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Graham Hill

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Professional Communication COM001HH1AE-3045 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • communicates responsibly orally and in writing, according to the demands of situation and the target groups
  • is able to use professionally different communication methods, channels and platforms
  • identifies own competence level and is able to market own competencies convincingly
  • is able to interact with others, give and receive feedback with respect in various intercultural environments
  • is able to critically evaluate different communication sources, their operating practices and motives as well as the different responsibilities connected to the information they convey.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can communicate appropriately orally and in writing according to the situation
  • knows different professional communication channels and platforms.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • produces communication content that fulfills task requirements with regard to the target group in various cultural environments
  • confidently uses communication channels and platforms
  • can identify own strengths and areas for development in interpersonal communication situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  • produces professional communication content in accurate English for multiple channels, with consideration to different cultural perspectives
  • is able to critically assess contents and make use of different communication channels and platforms
  • performs professionally and responsibly in demanding communication situations. 

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Anna Kimberley

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Professional Communication COM001HH1AE-3046 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • communicates responsibly orally and in writing, according to the demands of situation and the target groups
  • is able to use professionally different communication methods, channels and platforms
  • identifies own competence level and is able to market own competencies convincingly
  • is able to interact with others, give and receive feedback with respect in various intercultural environments
  • is able to critically evaluate different communication sources, their operating practices and motives as well as the different responsibilities connected to the information they convey.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can communicate appropriately orally and in writing according to the situation
  • knows different professional communication channels and platforms.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • produces communication content that fulfills task requirements with regard to the target group in various cultural environments
  • confidently uses communication channels and platforms
  • can identify own strengths and areas for development in interpersonal communication situations.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  • produces professional communication content in accurate English for multiple channels, with consideration to different cultural perspectives
  • is able to critically assess contents and make use of different communication channels and platforms
  • performs professionally and responsibly in demanding communication situations. 

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Wallace Reynolds

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Professional Swedish SWE001HH1AE-3010 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  On this course you will study Swedish with an emphasis on subjects related to your own field of study. Therefore, be sure to choose an implementation aimed for students in your degree programme.
  
  After successful completion the student is able to
  - communicate in situations in their field of study and discuss topics related to that field in Swedish.
  - keep up with news in their field of study and produce primary documents linked to that field in Swedish.
  - operate in a Nordic work context taking the main cultural differences into consideration.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The starting level is B1 in the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages.
  The prerequisite is a passed placement test in Swedish or the completion of the Brush up Swedish course.

  Contents

  - Communication in work life, discussion and following of of topical themes in own study field, writing short texts
  - Cultural awareness, knowledge of Nordic business culture and responsible business in the Nordic countries

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Select an implementation within your field of study to explore topics relevant to your profession.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions weekly in Pasila and independent study. It is not possible to complete this implementation remotely.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Workbook and web-based material. Material handed out during sessions.

  Teachers

  Pia Tapio

  Working life connections

  TBA on Moodle

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  TBA on Moodle

  Teaching language

  Finnish

  Internationality

  Swedish communication is considered through a Nordic point of view familiarizing with Nordic business environments and cultures.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  TBA on Moodle

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  TBA on Moodle
  NB! The first class session is on Friday 30 August.

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE3PA3
  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA2
  • IBE3PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL possible

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  The written and oral language skills are assessed by the following criteria: fluency, diversity in structure and vocabulary, accuracy, courage and willingness to use the Swedish language taking cultural differences into consideration.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Professional Swedish SWE001HH1AE-3011 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB3PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  On this course you will study Swedish with an emphasis on subjects related to your own field of study. Therefore, be sure to choose an implementation aimed for students in your degree programme.
  
  After successful completion the student is able to
  - communicate in situations in their field of study and discuss topics related to that field in Swedish.
  - keep up with news in their field of study and produce primary documents linked to that field in Swedish.
  - operate in a Nordic work context taking the main cultural differences into consideration.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The starting level is B1 in the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages.
  The prerequisite is a passed placement test in Swedish or the completion of the Brush up Swedish course.

  Contents

  - Communication in work life, discussion and following of of topical themes in own study field, writing short texts
  - Cultural awareness, knowledge of Nordic business culture and responsible business in the Nordic countries

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Select an implementation within your field of study to explore topics relevant to your profession.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions weekly in Pasila and independent study. It is not possible to complete this implementation remotely.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Workbook and web-based material. Material handed out during sessions.

  Teachers

  Pia Tapio

  Working life connections

  TBA on Moodle

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  TBA on Moodle

  Teaching language

  Finnish

  Internationality

  Swedish communication is considered through a Nordic point of view familiarizing with Nordic business environments and cultures.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  TBA on Moodle

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  TBA on Moodle
  NB! The first class session is on Wednesday 28 August.

  Groups

  • IBEB3PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL possible

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  The written and oral language skills are assessed by the following criteria: fluency, diversity in structure and vocabulary, accuracy, courage and willingness to use the Swedish language taking cultural differences into consideration.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Professional Work Placement PLA001HH2AE-3010 01.08.2024-31.12.2024  15 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After the work placement, students are able to
  • identify and evaluate their own professional strengths and areas for development from the perspective of expertise in their field
  • act in accordance with the rules of the work community
  • evaluate the activities of the organisation and, if necessary, make justified development proposals
  • continuously develop and update skills required at work as well as study and career plans

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Professional studies or equivalent competences.

  Contents

  Work placement can be completed in a suitable Finnish or international company, public entity or other suitable organisation, such as various associations or non-profit organisations. The student can also work as an entrepreneur in his/her own company. Work placement can also be completed abroad.

  ---

  Teachers

  Heli Kortesalmi, Petra Lindell, Soile Kallinen, Anna Kimberley, Hannu Koikkalainen, Toni von Martens

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

  Enrollment

  26.01.2024 - 26.01.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBEB1PA1
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  1 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 15 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Professional Work Placement PLA001HH2AE-3011 01.01.2025-31.07.2025  15 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After the work placement, students are able to
  • identify and evaluate their own professional strengths and areas for development from the perspective of expertise in their field
  • act in accordance with the rules of the work community
  • evaluate the activities of the organisation and, if necessary, make justified development proposals
  • continuously develop and update skills required at work as well as study and career plans

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Professional studies or equivalent competences.

  Contents

  Work placement can be completed in a suitable Finnish or international company, public entity or other suitable organisation, such as various associations or non-profit organisations. The student can also work as an entrepreneur in his/her own company. Work placement can also be completed abroad.

  ---

  Teachers

  Heli Kortesalmi, Anna Kimberley, Soile Kallinen, Petra Lindell, Hannu Koikkalainen, Toni von Martens

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2025 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  26.01.2024 - 26.01.2024

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  1 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 15 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Project of Life 3 STU004TR1AE-3001 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  1 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Teachers

  Elina Vannesluoma, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr
•     Quality Management COR001AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or acquired similar skills will be able to:
  - understand the role of quality management in proving competitive advantage to a supply chain in sustainable way.
  - can describe the different costs of quality and take continuous improvement actions in the global supply chain operations
  -can master some tools of total quality management
  - knows auditing process

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Principles of Logistics and Supply Chain Management COR004AS2AE

  Contents

  . different perspectives on quality
  - service and product quality
  - quality standards and audit process
  
  Quality as a strategy
  -quality-cost analysis
  -customer and supplier relationship management
  -quality analysis tools

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Students:
  -knows the key concepts and terms used in quality management field.
  -identifies the role of quality in international perspective
  -can notice some developing topics but with assistance

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Students:
  - knows the key concepts and terms used in quality management field.
  - identifies the role of quality in international perspective
  - can notice some developing topics without assistance
  - can use tools independently but needs some assistance to select a tool

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Students:
  - knows the key concepts and terms used in quality management field.
  - identifies the role of quality in international perspective
  - can evaluate some developing topics without assistance
  - can prioritize and critically select tools and methods to improve quality aspect in business field.

  Further information

  Learning is done through individual and group assignments.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Eeva Aarnio, Ralph Kriechbaum

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Recognise and Communicate Your Strengths STU006HH1AE-3008 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  1 cr  (NONSTOP, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or a corresponding course, the student:
  
  - identifies one’s personal and professional strengths and development needs
  - can describe and analyze one’s strengths
  - can tell about his/her strengths to others
  - recognizes the significance of communicating his/her strengths

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.
  
  This course is included in Keys to Studies and Career which is one of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  The course includes four themes, and you’ll be guided to have a closer look. The themes are working life skills, values, character strengths and competences.

  ---

  Teachers

  Liila Mäntylä Peuralinna

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 02.05.2025

  Groups

  • NONSTOP
  • IBE2PA1
  • ITE4PADIG1
  • IBE1PA1
  • ITE4PAICB1
  • VIRTUAL
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2
  • ITE4PASOF1
  • ITE4PAICI1
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  30 - 150

  Degree Programme

  ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (IT)

•     Research and Development Skills ANA001HH1AE-3012 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or acquired similar competence is able, in his/her own thesis or in other development project:
  
  • gather relevant information and critically evaluate sources and reliability of the information
  • describe the research process in a matter-of-fact and structured way and mark the sources appropriately
  • use a method suitable for one's own thesis or project to gather and analyse data and working life information
  • justify the choices made and make concrete development proposals
  • apply ethical principles at all stages of one's own research or development work
  • develop a topic for one’s own thesis
  • identify the method options needed to complete one's thesis, and recognize the stages of Haaga-Helia's thesis process.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course precedes the Bachelor´s thesis. During or after the course, the student registers for the thesis process in the Wihi-system.

  Contents

  Please see the learning targets. More detailed information of the content can be found in the implementation descriptions.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria - grade 1
  
  The student
  - Is able to find sources necessary for development and research work and masters reference techniques.
  - Is able to write a research and development plan.
  - Recognizes different research methods and ethical questions related to research work.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria - grade 3
  
  The student (in addition to the previous)
  - Is able to choose and apply suitable methods for gathering working life information.
  - Can analyse information and data, and justify one’s choices.
  - Can describe the research process and suggest concrete development proposals.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria - grade 5
  
  The student (in addition to the previous)
  - Is able to critically assess the reliability of information, analyses and research.
  - Can apply ethical principles throughout one’s research and development work.
  - Is able to assess development proposals and their implementation in working life.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Introduction to the topics
  Workshops
  Class discussions
  Assignments

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Given in Moodle

  Teachers

  Miikka Mäkelä, Sirpa Lassila

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Assignments (5 assignments)
  Enrolment to the thesis process (pass/fail)

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact lessons on Thursdays and Fridays from 11.00 to 13.45 on Pasila campus

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • IBE5PACOM
  • IBE5PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Assignment 1 20%
  Assignment 2 20%
  Assignment 3 20%
  Assignment 4 20%
  Assignment 5 20%
  Enrolment to the thesis process (pass/fail), compulsory
  
  As the implementation type of the course is contact it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Research and Development Skills ANA001HH1AE-3019 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB5PAMAR, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or acquired similar competence is able, in his/her own thesis or in other development project:
  
  • gather relevant information and critically evaluate sources and reliability of the information
  • describe the research process in a matter-of-fact and structured way and mark the sources appropriately
  • use a method suitable for one's own thesis or project to gather and analyse data and working life information
  • justify the choices made and make concrete development proposals
  • apply ethical principles at all stages of one's own research or development work
  • develop a topic for one’s own thesis
  • identify the method options needed to complete one's thesis, and recognize the stages of Haaga-Helia's thesis process.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course precedes the Bachelor´s thesis. During or after the course, the student registers for the thesis process in the Wihi-system.

  Contents

  Please see the learning targets. More detailed information of the content can be found in the implementation descriptions.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria - grade 1
  
  The student
  - Is able to find sources necessary for development and research work and masters reference techniques.
  - Is able to write a research and development plan.
  - Recognizes different research methods and ethical questions related to research work.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria - grade 3
  
  The student (in addition to the previous)
  - Is able to choose and apply suitable methods for gathering working life information.
  - Can analyse information and data, and justify one’s choices.
  - Can describe the research process and suggest concrete development proposals.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria - grade 5
  
  The student (in addition to the previous)
  - Is able to critically assess the reliability of information, analyses and research.
  - Can apply ethical principles throughout one’s research and development work.
  - Is able to assess development proposals and their implementation in working life.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Introduction to the topics
  Workshops
  Class discussions
  Assignments

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Given in Moodle

  Teachers

  Miikka Mäkelä

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Assignments (5 assignments)
  Enrolment to the thesis process (pass/fail)

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  In total, 6 contact lessons arranged on Tuesday evenings according the following dates (Pasila campus):
  29.10., 5.11., 12.11., 19.11., 3.12. and 10.12. First course week (29.10.) arranged in classroom 4008 KREA - for other course weeks classroom is 1008.
  
  Please kindly acknowledge, that there will be no class on 1st (TUE 22.10.) and 6th (TUE 26.11.) course week of the academic period.

  Groups

  • IBEB5PAMAR
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • IBEB5PAHRL
  • IBEB5PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Assignment 1 20%
  Assignment 2 20%
  Assignment 3 20%
  Assignment 4 20%
  Assignment 5 20%
  Enrolment to the thesis process (pass/fail), compulsory
  
  As the implementation type of the course is contact it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Research and Development Skills ANA001HH1AE-3021 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or acquired similar competence is able, in his/her own thesis or in other development project:
  
  • gather relevant information and critically evaluate sources and reliability of the information
  • describe the research process in a matter-of-fact and structured way and mark the sources appropriately
  • use a method suitable for one's own thesis or project to gather and analyse data and working life information
  • justify the choices made and make concrete development proposals
  • apply ethical principles at all stages of one's own research or development work
  • develop a topic for one’s own thesis
  • identify the method options needed to complete one's thesis, and recognize the stages of Haaga-Helia's thesis process.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course precedes the Bachelor´s thesis. During or after the course, the student registers for the thesis process in the Wihi-system.

  Contents

  Please see the learning targets. More detailed information of the content can be found in the implementation descriptions.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria - grade 1
  
  The student
  - Is able to find sources necessary for development and research work and masters reference techniques.
  - Is able to write a research and development plan.
  - Recognizes different research methods and ethical questions related to research work.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria - grade 3
  
  The student (in addition to the previous)
  - Is able to choose and apply suitable methods for gathering working life information.
  - Can analyse information and data, and justify one’s choices.
  - Can describe the research process and suggest concrete development proposals.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria - grade 5
  
  The student (in addition to the previous)
  - Is able to critically assess the reliability of information, analyses and research.
  - Can apply ethical principles throughout one’s research and development work.
  - Is able to assess development proposals and their implementation in working life.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Introduction to the topics
  Workshops
  Class discussions
  Assignments

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Given in Moodle

  Teachers

  Miikka Mäkelä

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Assignments (5 assignments)
  Enrolment to the thesis process (pass/fail)

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Contact lessons on Tuesdays and Thursdays from 14:00 to 16:45 on Pasila campus.

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • IBE5PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Assignment 1 20%
  Assignment 2 20%
  Assignment 3 20%
  Assignment 4 20%
  Assignment 5 20%
  Enrolment to the thesis process (pass/fail), compulsory
  
  As the implementation type of the course is contact it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Research and Development Skills ANA001HH1AE-3022 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or acquired similar competence is able, in his/her own thesis or in other development project:
  
  • gather relevant information and critically evaluate sources and reliability of the information
  • describe the research process in a matter-of-fact and structured way and mark the sources appropriately
  • use a method suitable for one's own thesis or project to gather and analyse data and working life information
  • justify the choices made and make concrete development proposals
  • apply ethical principles at all stages of one's own research or development work
  • develop a topic for one’s own thesis
  • identify the method options needed to complete one's thesis, and recognize the stages of Haaga-Helia's thesis process.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course precedes the Bachelor´s thesis. During or after the course, the student registers for the thesis process in the Wihi-system.

  Contents

  Please see the learning targets. More detailed information of the content can be found in the implementation descriptions.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria - grade 1
  
  The student
  - Is able to find sources necessary for development and research work and masters reference techniques.
  - Is able to write a research and development plan.
  - Recognizes different research methods and ethical questions related to research work.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria - grade 3
  
  The student (in addition to the previous)
  - Is able to choose and apply suitable methods for gathering working life information.
  - Can analyse information and data, and justify one’s choices.
  - Can describe the research process and suggest concrete development proposals.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria - grade 5
  
  The student (in addition to the previous)
  - Is able to critically assess the reliability of information, analyses and research.
  - Can apply ethical principles throughout one’s research and development work.
  - Is able to assess development proposals and their implementation in working life.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Introduction to the topics
  Workshops
  Class discussions
  Assignments

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Given in Moodle

  Teachers

  Miikka Mäkelä

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Assignments (5 assignments)
  Enrolment to the thesis process (pass/fail)

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  In total, 8 contact lessons arranged on Tuesday evenings according the following dates (Pasila campus):
  
  25.3., 1.4., 8.4., 15.4., 22.4., 29.4., 6.5. and 13.5. Classroom is 1K017.

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • EVENING
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Assignment 1 20%
  Assignment 2 20%
  Assignment 3 20%
  Assignment 4 20%
  Assignment 5 20%
  Enrolment to the thesis process (pass/fail), compulsory
  
  As the implementation type of the course is contact it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Responsible Business ENT003TR1AE-3001 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The course ensures that graduates act towards ethical, responsible, and sustainable business practices and solutions and understand that responsible practices are a basic necessity in businesses.
  
  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  
  1. Identify the fundamental concepts related to sustainability, responsible business, corporate responsibility, circular economy and climate businesses.
  2. Recognise the motives and risks involved in running a responsible business.
  3. Compare corporate responsibility strategies
  4. Assess the suitability of various stakeholder engagement models
  5. Evaluate the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when operating in a global value chain while considering the key elements of social responsibility.
  6. Recognize the business models that align with circular economy, climate neutral or biodiversity respectful business

  Contents

  1. Introduction to corporate responsibility, responsible business and ethics
  2. Strategic sustainability
  3. Stakeholder orientation and stakeholder dialogue
  4. Circular economy, climate businesses and biodiversity in business
  5. Social responsibility and fair operating practices
  6. Careers and business opportunities in sustainability

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student:
  
  Knows the basic concepts related to sustainability, responsible business, corporate responsibility, circular economy and climate businesses.
  
  is able to recognise some motives and risks involved in running a responsible business.
  
  is able to analyze some corporate responsibility strategies
  
  can assess the suitability of various stakeholder engagement models at a elementary level
  
  has basic knowledge of the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when operating in a global value chain and knows some key elements of social responsibility
  
  has basic knowledge of some business models that align with circular economy, climate neutral or biodiversity respectful business

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student:
  
  Knows the fundamental concepts related to sustainability, responsible business, corporate responsibility, circular economy and climate businesses.
  
  is able to recognise the motives and risks involved in running a responsible business.
  
  is able to analyze corporate responsibility strategies
  
  can assess the suitability of various stakeholder engagement models
  
  is familiar with the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when operating in a global value chain and knows the key elements of social responsibility
  
  has good knowledge of some business models that align with circular economy, climate neutral or biodiversity respectful business

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student:
  
  Knows thoroughly the fundamental concepts related to sustainability, responsible business, corporate responsibility, circular economy and climate businesses.
  
  is able to analyze the motives and risks involved in running a responsible business.
  
  is able to proactively analyze corporate responsibility strategies
  
  can skillfully assess the suitability of various stakeholder engagement models
  
  has very good knowledge of the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when operating in a global value chain and knows thoroughly the key elements of social responsibility
  
  has very good knowledge of different business models that align with circular economy, climate neutral or biodiversity respectful business

  Further information

  For courses delivered in contact, online, or blended formats, attendance is required for the scheduled sessions as indicated in the timetable. If you are absent for more than 25% of the sessions, your grade will be reduced by one point. If you are absent for more than 50% of the sessions, the course will be failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Minna-Maari Harmaala, Petra Lindell

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Russian 1 RUS001AS2AE-3006 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  • manage in basic oral or written everyday situations/ use the elementary structures of the language in basic and written everyday situations
  • recognize the basic cultural specificities of the Russian speaking countries
  • recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  • plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prior language skills required

  Contents

  • Russian Alphabet
  • Pronunciation & intonation
  • Basic structures of the Language
  • Small talk -situations
  • Introducing itself
  • Ordering in a café
  • Russian name system
  • Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the Russian language with assistance, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life very basic situations. He/She needs more practice regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. He/She has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the Russian language quite independently, when speaking or writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. He/She manages quite well regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. He/She has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the Russian language independently, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. He/She performs very well with the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. He/She has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  Further information

  Co-ordinating Lecturer Elisabet Rappu
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Lessons: 42 hrs (3 hrs per week during 2 periods) including the exams.
  Independent study: 92 hrs
  Self-assessment of learning: 1 hr.
  
  The first lesson will take place in classroom 3001 on Pasila campus on Wednesday 21.8 at 14.00-16.30.
  
  Most of the lessons will be held as face-to-face teaching at Pasila campus, some as remote teaching on Zoom. The Zoom link can be found on the course's front page in Moodle.
  
  Teacher: Elisabet Rappu
  elisabet.rappu@haaga-helia.fi
  Tel. 040 4887290

  Learning material and recommended literature

  • Coursebook: T. Blum, E. Gorelova. The Road to Success 1, Facultas, 2017 or 2020, kpl 1 - 5
  • Workbook: T. Blum, E. Gorelova. The Road to Success, Facultas, 2017 or 2020, kpl 1 - 5
  • Teacher's materials shared on Moodle and in class

  Teachers

  Elisabet Rappu

  Working life connections

  Vocabulary and phrases, learned in the course, can be used also at work.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Oral midterm exam on Wed 2.10.
  Written final exam on Wed 27.11.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The group consists of students with international background. The course provides information about Russian culture and language.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Learning assignments will be announced in Moodle.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Lessons (incl. exams) on Wednesdays at 14.00-16.30.

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  1. Studying the material independently, doing the learning assignments and taking the exams. Independent study is recommended only if a student has previous knowledge of Russian in level A1.
  
  2. AHOT/RPL: Contact the teacher.

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Further information

  Oral midterm exam 50 %
  Written final exam 50 %
  
  Attendance is likely to have influence on the language command, and thus, on the grade.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Russian 2 RUS002AS2AE-3005 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • handle everyday life and work situations orally and in writing and discuss activities in the past
  • communicate in the Russian-speaking countries being aware of their unique cultural characteristics
  • take into account cultural diversity
  • plan their future language studies and start their exchange abroad.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Russian 1 course or equal knowledge

  Contents

  • discuss one’s own daily and weekly program
  • describe one’s living environment
  • discuss university studies
  • describe work experience and work life
  • express one’s own opinion
  • digital communication in the target language
  • describe travel plans and travelling
  • deepen one’s own cultural knowledge of the Russian-speaking countries and their cultures

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student knows how to use the Russian language in the most common everyday and work life situations. He/she has mastered the basics of pronunciation, the most common language basics and also partly the active vocabulary. He/she knows some general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she has acquainted him/herself with the diversity of the Russian-speaking environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student knows how to use the Russian language quite independently and naturally in the most common everyday and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics and how to apply what is learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands the diversity of the Russian-speaking environment much better than before.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student knows how to use the Russian language quite independently and naturally in different everyday and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics and he/she applies fearlessly what he/she has learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area very well and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands and is able to promote the diversity of the Russian-speaking environment.

  Further information

  Co-ordinating Lecturer Elisabet Rappu
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Lessons: 42 hrs (3 hrs per week during 2 periods) including the exams.
  Independent study: 92 hrs
  Self-assessment of learning: 1 hr.
  
  The first lesson will take place in classroom 1004 on Pasila campus on Tuesday 14.1. at 14.00-16.30.
  
  Most of the lessons will be held as face-to-face teaching at Pasila campus, some as remote teaching on Zoom. The Zoom link can be found on the course's front page in Moodle.
  
  Teacher: Elisabet Rappu
  elisabet.rappu@haaga-helia.fi
  Tel. 040 4887290

  Learning material and recommended literature

  • Coursebook: T. Blum, E. Gorelova. The Road to Success 1, Facultas, 2017 or 2020, chapters 6-9
  • Workbook: T. Blum, E. Gorelova. The Road to Success, Facultas, 2017 or 2020, chapters 6-9
  • Teacher's materials shared on Moodle and in class

  Teachers

  Elisabet Rappu

  Working life connections

  Vocabulary and phrases, learned in the course, can be used also at work.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Oral midterm exam on Tue 4.3.
  Written final exam on Tue 6.5.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The group consists of students with international background. The course provides information about Russian culture and language.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Learning assignments will be announced in Moodle.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Lessons (incl. exams) on Tuesdays at 14.00-16.30.

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2
  • EXCH
  • TRPARUS

  Alternative learning methods

  1. AHOT/RPL: Contact the teacher.

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Further information

  Oral midterm exam 50 %
  Written final exam 50 %
  
  Attendance is likely to have influence on the language command, and thus, on the grade.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     SAP Overview COR013AS2AE-3002 22.04.2025-23.05.2025  3 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Teachers

  Jarmo Harmonen, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Pasila

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  22.04.2025 - 23.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  0 - 15

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 3 cr
•     Service Design and Co-Innovation SER020AS2AE-3003 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PAMAR, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  - The student can explain the concepts of service design and its processes.
  - S/he can apply customer insights in the development of a new product through co-innovation.
  - The student can also analyze current service products to make suggestions for improvements.
  - The student will get an understanding of services from an international perspective.
  - The student will take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in the design of services.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Opintojakso sijaitsee tradenomitutkinnon Palveluliiketoiminnan suuntautumisessa

  Contents

  - Service Design Thinking and Customer-Centric Approach
  - Service Design Concepts, Tools and Processes
  - Services Marketing
  - Gathering Customer Insights and Co-Innovation for New Product Development

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  After completing the course, the student:
  
  The student knows the basic concepts related to service design and co-innovation methods. S/he is able to name some of the goals of service design processes and understands the role of service design and co-innovation as a competitive asset.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  After completing the course, the student:
  
  The student is able to describe the key concepts and processes of service design and co-innovation. S/he understands their role in the organization and the connection to business goals. The student is able to apply theory in practice and design service solutions that take ethics, sustainability and responsibility into account.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  After completing the course, the student:
  The student masters the concepts and processes of service design and co-innovation. S/he is able to evaluate and apply theory and various frameworks to achieve business goals. The student is able to build a service process and use it to add value to the customer, taking into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility. S/he is able to analyze services and evaluate the implementation of a customer-driven s service strategy in marketing. The student can communicate their solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended, it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is aimed at students of the INTBBA International Business degree. This means that the contents of materials and exercises are degree-specific.
  
  Teaching methods:
  a. online workshops including lecturing and team coaching in Zoom/Teams
  b. performance of an equivalent course elsewhere; the equivalence is assessed from the perspective of the learning objectives.
  
  NOTE! In fall 2024 the Service Design and Co-Innovation is called 2024 InnoChallenge (IC), which is an innovation implementation for a commissioning company/organization. The implementation is organized together with Haaga-Helia, Thomas More University College from Belgium and OTH-Amberg-Weiden from Germany.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Stickdorn, M. et al. (2018) This is Service Design Doing. O'Reilly
  Österwalder and Pigneur, 2010. Business Model Generation: A handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers.
  Other service design and innovation related materials delivered through the course module in the Moodle.

  Teachers

  Sari Korhonen, Olli Laintila

  Working life connections

  The teamwork of the course is made for a commissioning company/organization.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The student teams of the implementation consist of students from different nationalities and disciplines.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Pre-assignment/reading
  Weekly team assignments:
  - Immersion
  - Summary of Insights interviews + initial User personas
  - Finalized User personas + First ideas/solutions
  - Conceptualization and visualization of the final idea/solution
  - Final pitching video presentation + portfolio of the weekly team assignments

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Pre-assignment/reading of the 2024 InnoChallenge (IC) will be released 10th Oct 2024
  
  22nd Oct at 11-14: INTRODUCTION TO SERVICE DESIGN (ZOOM, incl. 15 min. break)
  
  24th Oct at 9-12: KICK-OFF/IC (ZOOM, incl. 15 min. break)
  
  7th Nov at 9-12: 1st workshop/IC (ZOOM, incl. 15 min. break)
  
  14th Nov at 9-12: 2nd workshop/IC (ZOOM, incl. 15 min. break)
  
  19th Nov at 11-14: Prototyping/External guest speakers (ZOOM, incl. 15 min. break)
  
  21st Nov at 9-12: 3rd workshop/IC (ZOOM, incl. 15 min. break)
  
  28th Nov at 9-12: 4th workshop/IC (ZOOM, incl. 15 min. break)
  
  12th Dec at 9-12: FINAL/IC (ZOOM, incl. 15 min. break)

  Groups

  • IBE5PAMAR
  • ONLINE
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  If students have acquired the required competence in previous work tasks, recreational activities or on another course, they can show their competence via a demonstration and thus progress faster through their studies. More information and instructions for recognizing and validating prior learning (RPL) are available at MyNet.

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Further information

  Teamwork
  Innovation is assessed based on originality, feasibility & presentation
  Process & active participation
  Self- and peer evaluation of teams

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Service Design and Co-Innovation SER020AS2AE-3005 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE5PAMAR, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  - The student can explain the concepts of service design and its processes.
  - S/he can apply customer insights in the development of a new product through co-innovation.
  - The student can also analyze current service products to make suggestions for improvements.
  - The student will get an understanding of services from an international perspective.
  - The student will take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in the design of services.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Opintojakso sijaitsee tradenomitutkinnon Palveluliiketoiminnan suuntautumisessa

  Contents

  - Service Design Thinking and Customer-Centric Approach
  - Service Design Concepts, Tools and Processes
  - Services Marketing
  - Gathering Customer Insights and Co-Innovation for New Product Development

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  After completing the course, the student:
  
  The student knows the basic concepts related to service design and co-innovation methods. S/he is able to name some of the goals of service design processes and understands the role of service design and co-innovation as a competitive asset.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  After completing the course, the student:
  
  The student is able to describe the key concepts and processes of service design and co-innovation. S/he understands their role in the organization and the connection to business goals. The student is able to apply theory in practice and design service solutions that take ethics, sustainability and responsibility into account.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  After completing the course, the student:
  The student masters the concepts and processes of service design and co-innovation. S/he is able to evaluate and apply theory and various frameworks to achieve business goals. The student is able to build a service process and use it to add value to the customer, taking into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility. S/he is able to analyze services and evaluate the implementation of a customer-driven s service strategy in marketing. The student can communicate their solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended, it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is aimed at students of the INTBBA International Business degree. This means that the contents of materials and exercises are degree-specific.
  
  Teaching methods:
  Lecturing and in calss activities + assignments

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Stickdorn, M. et.al. (2018) This is Service Design Doing. O´Relly
  Other service design and innovation related materials delivered through the course module in the Moodle.

  Teachers

  Katja Suihkonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  This implementation is aimed at students of the INTBBA International Business degree. The students participaiting to the course can represent different nationalities and disciplines.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  In Class activities
  individual and team assignments

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  Period 4: 24.3.-16.5.2025
  
  CONTACT in class Lessons 2x3h per week
  
  Wednesdays 11:00-13:45
  Fridays 8:00-10:45

  Groups

  • IBE5PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  individual assignment
  team assingment

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Service Design and Co-Innovation SER020AS2AE-3006 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB5PAMAR, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  - The student can explain the concepts of service design and its processes.
  - S/he can apply customer insights in the development of a new product through co-innovation.
  - The student can also analyze current service products to make suggestions for improvements.
  - The student will get an understanding of services from an international perspective.
  - The student will take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in the design of services.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Opintojakso sijaitsee tradenomitutkinnon Palveluliiketoiminnan suuntautumisessa

  Contents

  - Service Design Thinking and Customer-Centric Approach
  - Service Design Concepts, Tools and Processes
  - Services Marketing
  - Gathering Customer Insights and Co-Innovation for New Product Development

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  After completing the course, the student:
  
  The student knows the basic concepts related to service design and co-innovation methods. S/he is able to name some of the goals of service design processes and understands the role of service design and co-innovation as a competitive asset.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  After completing the course, the student:
  
  The student is able to describe the key concepts and processes of service design and co-innovation. S/he understands their role in the organization and the connection to business goals. The student is able to apply theory in practice and design service solutions that take ethics, sustainability and responsibility into account.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  After completing the course, the student:
  The student masters the concepts and processes of service design and co-innovation. S/he is able to evaluate and apply theory and various frameworks to achieve business goals. The student is able to build a service process and use it to add value to the customer, taking into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility. S/he is able to analyze services and evaluate the implementation of a customer-driven s service strategy in marketing. The student can communicate their solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended, it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is aimed at students of the INTBBA International Business degree. This means that the contents of materials and exercises are degree-specific.
  
  Teaching methods:
  Lecturing and in calss activities + assignments

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Stickdorn, M. et.al. (2018) This is Service Design Doing. O´Relly
  Other service design and innovation related materials delivered through the course module in the Moodle.

  Teachers

  Katja Suihkonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  This implementation is aimed at students of the INTBBA International Business degree. The students participaiting to the course can represent different nationalities and disciplines.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  In Class activities
  individual and team assignments

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Period 2: 21.10.-9.12.2024
  
  Monday EVENINGS at 17:40-20:30

  Groups

  • IBEB5PAMAR
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Individual assignment
  team assingment

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Sourcing and Supplier Relationship COR003AS3AE-3003 01.01.2025-31.07.2025  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or acquired similar skills will be able to:
  - understand the various roles of purchasing and supply management in achieving strategic success.
  - know the strategic importance of supplier development to add value to international business partnerships.
  - can choose and apply appropriate sourcing strategies to different commodities, services and suppliers taking account ethical and sustainable aspects.
  - know the implications of information technology for strategic partnerships and the supply base.

  Contents

  -spend analysis
  -purchasing portfolio matrix
  -supplier relationship management (SRM): theory and a tool for SRM
  -supplier selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Students:
  - knows the key concepts in sourcing and supplier relationship scope.
  -knows a key tools in general view and demonstrates some ability to perform skills and basic knowledge with an assistance

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Students:
  - knows the key concepts in sourcing and supplier relationship scope.
  -explains the theories and models function in a field of global business environment in some extend
  -knows a key tools in general view and demonstrates some ability to perform skills and basic knowledge without assistance

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Students:
  - knows the key concepts in sourcing and supplier relationship scope.
  -explains the theories and models function in a field of global business environment
  -knows a key tools and demonstrates good ability to perform skills and basic knowledge without assistance

  Further information

  Learning is done through individual and group assignments.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Weele, A. J. v. 2014. Purchasing & supply chain management: Analysis, strategy, planning and practice. 6th edition. Andover: Cengage Learning.
  Other material

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2025 - 31.07.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  0 - 15

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Sourcing and Supplier Relationship COR003AS3AE-3001 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or acquired similar skills will be able to:
  - understand the various roles of purchasing and supply management in achieving strategic success.
  - know the strategic importance of supplier development to add value to international business partnerships.
  - can choose and apply appropriate sourcing strategies to different commodities, services and suppliers taking account ethical and sustainable aspects.
  - know the implications of information technology for strategic partnerships and the supply base.

  Contents

  -spend analysis
  -purchasing portfolio matrix
  -supplier relationship management (SRM): theory and a tool for SRM
  -supplier selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Students:
  - knows the key concepts in sourcing and supplier relationship scope.
  -knows a key tools in general view and demonstrates some ability to perform skills and basic knowledge with an assistance

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Students:
  - knows the key concepts in sourcing and supplier relationship scope.
  -explains the theories and models function in a field of global business environment in some extend
  -knows a key tools in general view and demonstrates some ability to perform skills and basic knowledge without assistance

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Students:
  - knows the key concepts in sourcing and supplier relationship scope.
  -explains the theories and models function in a field of global business environment
  -knows a key tools and demonstrates good ability to perform skills and basic knowledge without assistance

  Further information

  Learning is done through individual and group assignments.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Weele, A. J. v. 2014. Purchasing & supply chain management: Analysis, strategy, planning and practice. 6th edition. Andover: Cengage Learning.
  Other material

  Teachers

  Eeva Aarnio

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Spanish 1 SPA001AS2AE-3011 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • manage in basic oral or written everyday situations / use the elementary structures of the language in basic and written everyday situations
  • recognize the basic cultural specificities of the Spanish speaking countries
  • recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  • plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  0-level, there are no prerequisites for this course.

  Contents

  • Pronunciation & intonation
  • Basic structures of the language
  • Small talk -situations
  • Introducing yourself, discuss studies & work
  • Ordering in a restaurant
  • Traveling
  • Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the Spanish language with assistance, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life very basic situations. He/She needs more practice regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. He/She has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the Spanish language quite independently, when speaking or writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. He/She manages quite well regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. He/She has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the Spanish language independently, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. He/She performs very well with the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. He/She has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  Further information

  Contact Maria Jompero
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions once a week.
  
  In class we will practise in pairs, in groups and together. Every week there will be homework to enhance learning.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Learning material provided by the teacher.

  Teachers

  Maria Jompero

  Working life connections

  Useful small talk & basic Spanish about ourselves.
  
  English is not spoken widely in the Spanish speaking world!

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two exams at the end of each period. Re-examination in Exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  We will learn how to navigate through the Spanish speaking world.
  
  Language & culture knowledge is a true barrier breaking superpower.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Oral assignment.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • 3AMK
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration.

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Further information

  Written Spanish 70%
  Spoken Spanish 30%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Spanish 1 SPA001AS2AE-3012 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • manage in basic oral or written everyday situations / use the elementary structures of the language in basic and written everyday situations
  • recognize the basic cultural specificities of the Spanish speaking countries
  • recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  • plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  0-level, there are no prerequisites for this course.

  Contents

  • Pronunciation & intonation
  • Basic structures of the language
  • Small talk -situations
  • Introducing yourself, discuss studies & work
  • Ordering in a restaurant
  • Traveling
  • Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the Spanish language with assistance, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life very basic situations. He/She needs more practice regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. He/She has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the Spanish language quite independently, when speaking or writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. He/She manages quite well regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. He/She has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the Spanish language independently, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. He/She performs very well with the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. He/She has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  Further information

  Contact Maria Jompero
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions once a week.
  
  In class we will practise in pairs, in groups and together. Every week there will be homework to enhance learning.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Learning material provided by the teacher.

  Teachers

  Maria Jompero

  Working life connections

  Useful small talk & basic Spanish about ourselves.
  
  English is not spoken widely in the Spanish speaking world!

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two exams at the end of each period. Re-examination in Exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  We will learn how to navigate through the Spanish speaking world.
  
  Language & culture knowledge is a true barrier breaking superpower.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Oral assignment.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • EXCH
  • IBE2PA2

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration.

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Further information

  Written Spanish 70%
  Spoken Spanish 30%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Spanish 1 SPA001AS2AE-3013 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • manage in basic oral or written everyday situations / use the elementary structures of the language in basic and written everyday situations
  • recognize the basic cultural specificities of the Spanish speaking countries
  • recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  • plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  0-level, there are no prerequisites for this course.

  Contents

  • Pronunciation & intonation
  • Basic structures of the language
  • Small talk -situations
  • Introducing yourself, discuss studies & work
  • Ordering in a restaurant
  • Traveling
  • Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the Spanish language with assistance, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life very basic situations. He/She needs more practice regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. He/She has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the Spanish language quite independently, when speaking or writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. He/She manages quite well regarding the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. He/She has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the Spanish language independently, when speaking and writing, in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. He/She performs very well with the pronunciation and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. He/She has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  Further information

  Contact Maria Jompero
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Maria Jompero

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Spanish 2 SPA002AS2AE-3010 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • handle everyday life and work situations orally and written
  • communicate in Spanish-speaking countries considering their special cultural characteristics
  • take into account cultural diversity
  • plan their future language studies and start their exchange abroad.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Spanish 1 course or equal knowledge

  Contents

  • discuss one’s own daily and weekly program
  • describe one’s living environment
  • discuss university studies
  • describe work life
  • express one’s own opinion
  • digital communication in the language in Spanish
  • develop travel plans and travelling
  • deepen one’s own cultural knowledge of Spanish speaking countries and their cultures

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student knows how to use the Spanish language in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the basics of pronunciation, the most common language basics and partly also the course’s vocabulary. He/She knows some general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she has acquainted him/herself with the diversity of the Spanish-speaking environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student knows how to use Spanish quite independently and naturally in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics and how to apply what you learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands the diversity of the Spanish-speaking environment much better than before.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student knows how to use the Spanish language quite independently and naturally in different every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics and he/she applies fearlessly what he/she has learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area very well and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands and is able to promote the diversity of the Spanish-speaking environment.

  Further information

  Contact Maria Jompero
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Maria Jompero

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK
  • BLENDED
  • TRPASPA
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Spanish 2 SPA002AS2AE-3011 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • handle everyday life and work situations orally and written
  • communicate in Spanish-speaking countries considering their special cultural characteristics
  • take into account cultural diversity
  • plan their future language studies and start their exchange abroad.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Spanish 1 course or equal knowledge

  Contents

  • discuss one’s own daily and weekly program
  • describe one’s living environment
  • discuss university studies
  • describe work life
  • express one’s own opinion
  • digital communication in the language in Spanish
  • develop travel plans and travelling
  • deepen one’s own cultural knowledge of Spanish speaking countries and their cultures

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student knows how to use the Spanish language in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the basics of pronunciation, the most common language basics and partly also the course’s vocabulary. He/She knows some general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she has acquainted him/herself with the diversity of the Spanish-speaking environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student knows how to use Spanish quite independently and naturally in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics and how to apply what you learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands the diversity of the Spanish-speaking environment much better than before.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student knows how to use the Spanish language quite independently and naturally in different every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics and he/she applies fearlessly what he/she has learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area very well and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands and is able to promote the diversity of the Spanish-speaking environment.

  Further information

  Contact Maria Jompero
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Maria Jompero

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • TRPASPA
  • IBE2PA3
  • EXCH
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Spanish 3 SPA003AS2AE-3005 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (TR4HEINT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • manage in a variety of oral and written communication situations in work and everyday life.
  • share their own skills.
  • communicate more fluently in Spanish speaking countries, taking into account their cultural specificities.
  • make use of information sources in the Spanish language and the language area.
  • use the language more confidently and naturally.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Spanish 2 or equal knowledge.

  Contents

  • introductions and greetings in formal situations
  • argumentation skills
  • discussing internships and your own career plans
  • company presentations
  • customer service situations
  • deepening knowledge of the country and culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Spanish language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but is sometimes difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Spanish language is progressing consistently and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Spanish language is structurally clear and fluent. The student’s skills in the written and oral Spanish correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations.

  Further information

  Contact Maria Jompero
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Maria Jompero

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • TR4HEINT
  • IBEB3PA1
  • IBE3PA3
  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE3PA2
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 35

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Spanish 4 SPA004AS2AE-3003 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (TR4HEINT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • operate and communicate even more fluently in different oral and written situations in work life taking into account cultural characteristics
  • utilize different sources of information in Spanish
  • monitor current topics in society in Spanish language
  • apply language flexibly also in new situations
  • broaden and deepen their language skills also independently.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Spanish 3 or equal knowledge.

  Contents

  • Work Life Communication and related practices
  • Public Relations Communication
  • Trade Fairs
  • Business Correspondence

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Spanish language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but sometimes is difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Spanish language is progressing consistently and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Spanish language is structurally clear and fluent. His/Her skills in the written and oral Spanish correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations.

  Further information

  Contact Pedro Beltrán Herrera

  ---

  Teachers

  Pedro Beltran

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • TR4HEINT
  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • TR5HEINT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Speed Up Your Career with Alumni STU009HH1AE-3009 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  1 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or have acquired equivalent competence will be able to
  
  - clarify and strengthen their expert identity
  - build their professional network
  - understand the value of and gather experiential and tacit knowledge in working life
  - reflect on their expectations and ambitions in relation to their job roles
  - have a better understanding of their future in their work, career and life in general
  - define their own learning objectives

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course should be chosen towards the end of the studies or when you are looking for a traineeship or job in your field. Those who have completed their studies the longest and answered the preliminary questionnaire will be selected for the course.

  Contents

  Speed up your career course is delivered through mentoring. The mentoring process involves the student being assigned a personal mentor from an alumnus/alumna, i.e. a previous graduate of Haaga-Helia.

  Further information

  You can only enrol for the course during the actual enrolment period. A mandatory pre-registration questionnaire will be sent to your email within one week after the enrolment deadline. You must reply within one week.
  
  Post enrolment for this course is not possible.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  The course will take the form of a mentoring programme. The aim is to deepen professional skills and networking.
  
  The value of mentoring lies in the fact that the student is matched with a personal mentor who has graduated from Haaga-Helia. Mentoring is learning together, sharing experiences and knowledge through interaction.
  
  As the programme is looking for a personal mentor for participants, those accepted for the course must respond in good time to a preliminary questionnaire sent by email.
  
  It is up to the student to define the objectives for the mentoring. The objectives may be related to career planning, finding a concrete internship or job, facing the challenges of a final stage of working life or studying, self-development, getting to know Finnish working life or deepening expertise. The programme aims at the professional growth of the student and the strengthening of professional connections.
  
  In the introduction, you will learn about the basics of mentoring and refine your objectives. The first group meeting will introduce you to your mentor and the rules of mentoring, agree on a schedule of the personal meetings and develop your interpersonal skills. In the second group meeting, you will network with all participants and hear a guest lecture. In the third meeting, networking will be further deepened.
  
  The course is recommended to be taken preferably at the end of studies.
  
  
  NOTE! The course is open to all degree students, regardless of campus, programme or orientation. Master's students can enrol, but the credits are not included in the degree.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material is found in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Elina El Amrani

  Working life connections

  The course is implemented in a work-oriented manner in cooperation with Haaga-Helia's alumni, who act as mentors in the program.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  There is no exam included in the implementation.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  A similar mentoring programme "Uralle vauhtia alumnien avulla" is also available in Finnish.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Once you have been accepted for the course, you will receive an email with a link to a preliminary questionnaire, which you must answer in time in order to participate. Mentoring pairs will be formed on the basis of the questionnaire.
  
  During the course, you will return a mentoring agreement and a learning diary in the form of a short report.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Introduction to mentoring (compulsory attendance): in Teams, Wednesday 15.1. at 16-17, 1 hour
  Group meetings (compulsory attendance): at Pasila campus, 6 hours
  • 29 January at 16.30–18.30
  • 19 March at 16.30–18.30
  • 7 May at 16.30–18.30
  
  Mentor meetings: to be agreed with the mentor separately (remote or on-site), minimum 6 hours
  Independent study: 2.5 hours at your own pace
  Assessment of own learning: 3 hours at your own pace
  Depending on the implementation, the course may also include optional organisational visits..

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED

  Alternative learning methods

  It is not possible to perform in other ways.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Participation in group meetings (pass / fail)
  Mentoring agreement (pass / to be to be completed / fail)
  Learning diary (pass / to be to be completed / fail)

  Degree Programme

  EXPER Hospitality and Tourism Experience Management, DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, ITBBA Business Information Technology, SPOCMA Degree Programme in Sports Coaching and Management, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr
•     Speed Up Your Career with Alumni STU009HH1AE-3008 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  1 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or have acquired equivalent competence will be able to
  
  - clarify and strengthen their expert identity
  - build their professional network
  - understand the value of and gather experiential and tacit knowledge in working life
  - reflect on their expectations and ambitions in relation to their job roles
  - have a better understanding of their future in their work, career and life in general
  - define their own learning objectives

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course should be chosen towards the end of the studies or when you are looking for a traineeship or job in your field. Those who have completed their studies the longest and answered the preliminary questionnaire will be selected for the course.

  Contents

  Speed up your career course is delivered through mentoring. The mentoring process involves the student being assigned a personal mentor from an alumnus/alumna, i.e. a previous graduate of Haaga-Helia.

  Further information

  You can only enrol for the course during the actual enrolment period. A mandatory pre-registration questionnaire will be sent to your email within one week after the enrolment deadline. You must reply within one week.
  
  Post enrolment for this course is not possible.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  The mentoring programme aims at the professional growth and the strengthening of professional relationships of the student (mentee).
  
  The value of mentoring lies in particular in the fact that the mentee is assigned a personal mentor (a Haaga-Helia alum) who guides and supports the mentee in challenges. Mentoring is about learning together, sharing experiences and knowledge through interaction.
  
  The mentee self defines the objectives for the process. The objectives may be related to career planning, finding a concrete internship or job, challenges in the working life or in the final phase of studies, self-development or deepening expertise.
  
  The mentoring programme consists of one-to-one mentoring meetings between mentor and mentee, joint group meetings and self-study materials in Moodle. In the kick off meeting, the objectives and ground rules of mentoring are discussed, a mentoring agreement is drawn up and interpersonal skills are developed.
  
  NOTE! The course is open to all degree students, regardless of campus, programme or orientation. Master students can enrol, but the credits are not included in the degree.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material is found in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Elina El Amrani

  Working life connections

  The course is implemented in a work-oriented manner in cooperation with Haaga-Helia's alumni, who act as mentors in the program.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  There is no exam included in the implementation.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The mentoring programme is also taught in Finnish. It is called Uralle vauhtia alumnien avulla.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  After acceptance to the course, you will receive a questionnaire, which is a prerequisite for participation. Mentoring pairs will be formed on the basis of the questionnaire.
  
  During the course, you will return a learning diary in the form of a short report.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Group meetings 3 x 2 h = 6 h
  Mentoring sessions with the mentor minimum 4 x 1,5 h = 6 h
  Voluntary visits to different organisations where mentors work max. 3 x 1,5 h = 4,5 h
  Independent study 2,5 h
  Assessment of own learning 2,5 h
  
  Meetings, where attendance at the campus is compulsory:
  28.8.2024 at 4.30–6.30 pm
  23.10.2024 at 4.30–6.30 pm
  11.12.2024 at 4.30–6.30 pm
  
  Meetings between mentee and mentor are agreed by themselves. They can be done remotely or by meeting at a place agreed by you.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Participation in mentoring meetings (pass/fail)
  Participation in group meetings (pass/fail)
  Learning diary (pass/fail)

  Degree Programme

  EXPER Hospitality and Tourism Experience Management, DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, ITBBA Business Information Technology, SPOCMA Degree Programme in Sports Coaching and Management, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Strategic Branding MAR001AS2AE-3008 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the course, the student:
  - can explain the key concepts of brand building.
  - can justify the importance of a sustainable brand and marketing strategy for business, marketing and management.
  - is able to identify the elements of and build a brand and marketing strategy, taking into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility.
  - is able to apply theories of branding and marketing communications in practice in a digital environment.
  - is able to analyze brands and use this knowledge to develop brand marketing.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Starting level: Customer Insights and Marketing as well as Customer Experience and Sales should be completed beforehand. This course is part of the Marketing and Communication specialization learning path for the Bachelor's Degree in Business.

  Contents

  - Brand Strategy: Customer-based Brand Equity as the Basis of Business, Brand Storytelling, Brand Identity and Positioning, Brand Value Chain
  
  - Planning and Implementation of a Sustainable Brand Strategy
  
  - Developing a Uniform Brand Experience in Various Channels, Integrated Marketing Communication

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  The student can explain the basic concepts related to brand and marketing strategy. S/he is able to name some of the goals of a brand strategy and understands the role of marketing as a competitive asset.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  The student is able to describe the key concepts and processes of brand and marketing strategy. S/he understands their role in the organization and the connection to business goals. The student is able to apply theory in practice and design brand marketing solutions that take ethics, sustainability and responsibility into account.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  The student masters the concepts and processes of brand and marketing strategy. S/he is able to evaluate and apply theory and various frameworks to achieve business goals. The student is able to build a brand and marketing strategy and use it to add value to the customer, taking into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility. S/he is able to analyze brands and evaluate the implementation of a customer-driven brand strategy in marketing. The student can communicate their solutions professionally.

  ---

  Teachers

  Mia Roos, Kevin Gore

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Strategic Branding MAR001AS2AE-3009 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the course, the student:
  - can explain the key concepts of brand building.
  - can justify the importance of a sustainable brand and marketing strategy for business, marketing and management.
  - is able to identify the elements of and build a brand and marketing strategy, taking into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility.
  - is able to apply theories of branding and marketing communications in practice in a digital environment.
  - is able to analyze brands and use this knowledge to develop brand marketing.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Starting level: Customer Insights and Marketing as well as Customer Experience and Sales should be completed beforehand. This course is part of the Marketing and Communication specialization learning path for the Bachelor's Degree in Business.

  Contents

  - Brand Strategy: Customer-based Brand Equity as the Basis of Business, Brand Storytelling, Brand Identity and Positioning, Brand Value Chain
  
  - Planning and Implementation of a Sustainable Brand Strategy
  
  - Developing a Uniform Brand Experience in Various Channels, Integrated Marketing Communication

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  The student can explain the basic concepts related to brand and marketing strategy. S/he is able to name some of the goals of a brand strategy and understands the role of marketing as a competitive asset.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  The student is able to describe the key concepts and processes of brand and marketing strategy. S/he understands their role in the organization and the connection to business goals. The student is able to apply theory in practice and design brand marketing solutions that take ethics, sustainability and responsibility into account.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  The student masters the concepts and processes of brand and marketing strategy. S/he is able to evaluate and apply theory and various frameworks to achieve business goals. The student is able to build a brand and marketing strategy and use it to add value to the customer, taking into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility. S/he is able to analyze brands and evaluate the implementation of a customer-driven brand strategy in marketing. The student can communicate their solutions professionally.

  ---

  Teachers

  Veera Nguyen, Yi Xue

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Strategic Branding MAR001AS2AE-3011 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAMAR, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the course, the student:
  - can explain the key concepts of brand building.
  - can justify the importance of a sustainable brand and marketing strategy for business, marketing and management.
  - is able to identify the elements of and build a brand and marketing strategy, taking into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility.
  - is able to apply theories of branding and marketing communications in practice in a digital environment.
  - is able to analyze brands and use this knowledge to develop brand marketing.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Starting level: Customer Insights and Marketing as well as Customer Experience and Sales should be completed beforehand. This course is part of the Marketing and Communication specialization learning path for the Bachelor's Degree in Business.

  Contents

  - Brand Strategy: Customer-based Brand Equity as the Basis of Business, Brand Storytelling, Brand Identity and Positioning, Brand Value Chain
  
  - Planning and Implementation of a Sustainable Brand Strategy
  
  - Developing a Uniform Brand Experience in Various Channels, Integrated Marketing Communication

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  The student can explain the basic concepts related to brand and marketing strategy. S/he is able to name some of the goals of a brand strategy and understands the role of marketing as a competitive asset.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  The student is able to describe the key concepts and processes of brand and marketing strategy. S/he understands their role in the organization and the connection to business goals. The student is able to apply theory in practice and design brand marketing solutions that take ethics, sustainability and responsibility into account.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  The student masters the concepts and processes of brand and marketing strategy. S/he is able to evaluate and apply theory and various frameworks to achieve business goals. The student is able to build a brand and marketing strategy and use it to add value to the customer, taking into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility. S/he is able to analyze brands and evaluate the implementation of a customer-driven brand strategy in marketing. The student can communicate their solutions professionally.

  ---

  Teachers

  Leena Korttilalli

  Campus

  Porvoo Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAMAR
  • DBE4PCDBI
  • ONLINE
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Strategy Work and Development HRL007AS3AE-3001 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  o Learn to evaluate and apply various perspectives and methods to strategy work and orgnizational development
  
  o Learn to understand the importance of strategic thinking as a part of business
  
  o Learn to plan, develop and implement strategy work in the role of HR specialist.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course demanding and the functions of business and organizational skills are needed.

  Contents

  o The basics and success factors of strategy work
  
  o Strategic thinking and work
  
  o Methods of strategic planning
  
  o Methods and applications of strategy development
  
  o Strategic communication
  
  o HR as a supporter and implementor in strategy work and development

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - knows the most common strategy work perspectives and methods
  
  - can apply strategy work development methods in collaboration with others
  
  - knows strategic development perspective in the role of HR specialist

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - knows how to apply several startegic developing methods and perspecitves in different type of organizations
  
  - knows how to apply collaborative and experimental methods
  
  - knows how to apply strategic developing methods in a role of HR specialist

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - can evaluate and asses strategy work perspectives and methods in development methods
  
  - can evaluate and apply collaborative and experimental culture
  
  - can plan, evaluate and develop strategic developing methdos in the role of HR specialist

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Implementation options include basic contact implementation.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  o Clegg, Schweitzer, Shittle & Pitelis: Strategy – Theory and Practice. Sage tai
  
  o Johnson, Whittington & Scholes: Exploring strategy: Text and Cases. Pearson tai
  
  o Whittington, R. 2019. Opening strategy. Professional Strategists and Practice Change, 1960 to Today. Oxford Scholarship Online: April 2019 ja

  Teachers

  Maria Haukka

  Working life connections

  Visiting lecuturers.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  The grade is formed by
  - learning diary (deadline four weeks from the beginning of the course)
  - group work (deadline at the end of the course)
  - presence at contact lessons

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Lecturers are twice a week. The group work is being done during the contact lessons.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • LE7AB
  • IBE5PACOM
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Assessment Criterion - Grade 1
  Knows and can compare the key perspectives and methods of strategic work.
  Knows and can apply methods for developing strategic work with others.
  Knows perspectives on strategic development in the role of an HR specialist.
  
  Assessment Criterion - Grade 3
  Can apply several perspectives and methods of strategic work to different types of organizations.
  Can apply methods of communal and experimental culture.
  Can apply perspectives on strategic development in the role of an HR specialist.
  
  Assessment Criterion - Grade 5
  Can evaluate and apply perspectives and methods of strategic work comprehensively in development.
  Can evaluate and apply methods of communal and experimental culture.
  Can plan, evaluate, and develop perspectives on strategic development in the role of an HR specialist.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Studies and Entrepreneurship STU010HH1AE-3003 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  1 cr  (ITE5PASOF1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Learning objectives
  Students who have completed this course or have acquired equivalent competence will be able to:
  - Recognize the opportunities created by the entrepreneurship studies, the thesis, and the work placement offered by Haaga-Helia to boost and develop the student’s own business.
  - Recognize the study, coaching, and networking opportunities offered by Haaga-Helia’s networks.
  - Recognize and find internal and external entrepreneurship advising services.
  - Understand the forms of financial support for entrepreneurship and for studies, as well as their interaction.
  - List the entrepreneurship courses or modules of interest and their potential effect on the student’s career plan.
  
  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  The course covers the following themes. Students complete assignments on these themes in Moodle.
  - Expanded understanding of entrepreneurship.
  - The forms of financial support for studying entrepreneurship.
  - The advising services for entrepreneurship.
  - Studying entrepreneurship at Haaga-Helia (incl. networks).
  - Create your own summary.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Study independently by completing assignments according to the instructions in Moodle. You can ask the teacher for advice by email.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The learning material is in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Petra Lindell

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  The course covers the following themes. Students complete assignments on these themes in Moodle.
  - Entrepreneurship.
  - The forms of financial support for studying entrepreneurship.
  - The advising services for entrepreneurship.
  - Studying entrepreneurship at Haaga-Helia.
  - Create your own summary.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Content scheduling

  Implementation period 19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024.

  Groups

  • ITE5PASOF1
  • ITE5PAICB1
  • ITE5PAICI1
  • ITE5PADIG1
  • ITE4PAICB1
  • IBE3PA2
  • IBE3PA1
  • ITE4PASOF1
  • ITE4PAICI1
  • NONSTOP
  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBE2PA1
  • IBEB3PA1
  • IBEB1PA1
  • IBE3PA3
  • IBE1PA1
  • ITE4PADIG1
  • VIRTUAL

  Seats

  30 - 150

  Further information

  Accepted/fail. You get approved when you complete the task with approval.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Study Skills STU003HH1AE-3020 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  1 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or a corresponding course, the student:
  - is able to study in a university of applied sciences
  - recognizes the benefits of group work and project-like work
  - recognizes the basics of effective reading and note-taking techniques
  - identifies and develops study skills and understands their importance for studies
  - appreciates the importance of peer support as a facilitator of study progress

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.
  This course is included in Keys to Studies and Career which is one of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  Studying at Haaga-Helia
  Me as a learner
  Techniques for reading and taking notes
  Writing
  Working in groups
  Online/virtual studies
  Study challenges

  ---

  Teachers

  Catherine Metivier

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Sustainable Business Opportunities ENT012AS2AE-3001 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - understand the relevance of Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in business
  - recognize the impact of context and motivation on finding and developing sustainable business opportunities
  - recognize the shared value creation with multiple stakeholders
  - recognize business opportunities in SDGs
  - understand the process of business modelling in the context of sustainable development

  Contents

  - Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in business context
  - The process of business opportunity recognition in SDGS
  - The drivers and motivation to develop sustainable businesses
  - Shared valued creation and multi-stakeholder viewpoint
  - Relevant networks in sustainable business development
  - Use of limited resources in business opportunity development
  - Business modelling and the use of underlying tools in the context of SDGs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student knows sustainable development goals to some extent and recognizes some elements of the sustainable business development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student knows sustainable development goals and is able to recognize sustainable business opportunities. Student perceives the importance of motivation, resources and networks in building sustainable businesses. Student is familiar with the sustainable business modelling and underlying tools.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student shows in-depth knowledge in sustainable development goals and is able to recognize sustainable business opportunities. Student is able to apply knowledge of sustainable business modelling and underlying tools.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Online blended
  Flipped classroom.
  Online lectures including workshops.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Aagaard, A. Sustainable business models: innovation, implementation and success. E-book. 2019.
  Ryan, R. & Deci, E. Self-Determination Theory. Web article. 2022.
  Harmaala, MM., Harilainen, H. Blueprint for a training program on business opportunity recognition in SDGs. Haaga-Helia ammattikorkeakoulu. Haaga-Helia University of Applied Sciences. 2020.
  Johnson. M. W. Reinvent Your Business Model. E-book. 2018.
  Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Entrepreneurial Ecosystems: Frontiers in European Entrepreneurship Research
  Larsson, M. Circular business models: developing a sustainable future. E-book. 2018.
  OECD. Business Models for the Circular Economy. E-book. 2019.
  + other learning material in Moodle.
  Laveren, E., Blackburn, R., Ben-Hafaïedh C. Part I & II/Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Entrepreneurial Ecosystems : Frontiers in European Entrepreneurship Research. E-book. 2020.

  Teachers

  Antti Leppilampi, Olli Laintila

  Working life connections

  The teaching material and company examples related to the main theme of the course (sustainable development) will focus on both current and future job requirements (knowledge, skills, attitudes and networks).

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course material and content are based on the international framework and research on sustainable development. The course will be based on examples involving international companies.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Assignment 1: Quiz (20 %)
  Assignment 2: Objective: Make a detailed and reasoned presentation of the Context & Stakeholder Analysis. (40 %)
  Assignment 3: Sustainable business opportunity recognition and development (40 %)

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Weekly online meetings (Zoom):
  
  22nd August: Welcome, Kick-off, Orientation to the course
  29th August: Sustainability framework: SDGs. Terminology, sustainability related frameworks: purpose and objectives
  5th September: Context: Meaning and impact of context in developing sustainable business
  12th September: Motivation: Identifying, reflecting and evaluating motivational drivers to recognize sustainable business opportunities
  19th September: Resources and networks: Recognizing different networks and understanding how to utilize them for sustainable business opportunities
  26th September: Business modelling 1: Value opportunity recognition
  3rd October: Business modelling 2: Sustainable business model innovation (incl. tools)
  10th October: Sustainable business cases (based on the Assignment 3): EXHIBITION

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • TR4HEENT
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • BLENDED
  • IBE5PACOM
  • EXCH
  • ONLINE

  Alternative learning methods

  Recognizing prior learning: If the student has obtained the skills and knowledge matching the learning goals of the course elsewhere, for example at work, s/he can show the knowledge and skills through a demonstration. Please contact the responsible teacher. More information about this: https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning.

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     Swedish Placement Test SWE000HH1AE-3004 12.08.2024-21.08.2024  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Teachers

  Pia Tapio

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  12.08.2024 - 21.08.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBEB1PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • VIRTUAL

  Seats

  1 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Swedish Placement Test SWE000HH1AE-3005 07.01.2025-15.01.2025  (IBE1PA1, ...) +-
  Teachers

  Pia Tapio

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  07.01.2025 - 15.01.2025

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE1PA1
  • VIRTUAL

  Seats

  1 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Tastings of the Finnish Culture FIN012AS2A-3002 19.08.2024-16.05.2025  5 cr  (NONSTOP, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Tämän opintojakson suorittanut opiskelija osaa
  - analysoida ja esitellä suomalaista kulttuuria ja sen kuvaamaan suomalaista elämäntapaa
  - reflektoida omia mieltymyksiään ja suhtautumistaan kulttuuriin
  - kertoa suomalaisesta kulttuurista
  - etsiä itselleen sopivia kulttuurielämyksiä
  
  Tutustut suomalaisen suomalaiseen kulttuuriin itsenäisesti ja suoritat kurssin eri osiot haluamassasi järjestyksessä.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Tämä opintojakso on vapaavalintainen ja sopii kaikille opiskelijoille, joiden suomen kielen taito on vähintään B2. Myös äidinkieleltään suomalaiset opiskelijat voivat suorittaa kurssin.

  Contents

  Opiskelija tutustuu suomalaiseen kulttuuritarjontaan itsenäisesti ja suorittaa eri osiot ohjeiden mukaisesti.
  
  Osiot
  1. Suomalainen nykykirjallisuus: kahden suomalaisen romaanin lukeminen ja tenttiminen.
  2. Suomalaisen esittävä taide: teatteriesityksen tai elokuvan katselu ja analysointi.
  3. Suomalainen historia ja nykypäivä: käynti museossa ja siitä kertominen.
  4. Oppimispäiväkirja: kokemusten reflektointi.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Opiskelija
  - osaa kertoa lukemistaan kirjoista ja kuvailla niitä jonkin verran
  - osaa kertoa näkemästään esityksestä tai elokuvasta
  - osaa kertoa museokäynnistään
  - osaa havainnoida kulttuurikokemuksiaan ja kuvailla suhtautumistaan niihin jonkin verran.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Opiskelija
  - osaa kertoa lukemistaan kirjoista sekä niiden piirteitä sekä kuvailla ja analysoida niitä jonkin verran
  - osaa kertoa näkemästään esityksestä tai elokuvasta, analysoida ja kuvailla sitä sekä nimetä joitakin olennaisia asioita
  - osaa kertoa museokäynnistään sekä analysoida näkemiään asioita jonkin verran
  - osaa havainnoida kulttuurikokemuksiaan sekä kuvailla ja reflektoida suhtautumistaan niihin jonkin verran.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Opiskelija
  - osaa kertoa lukemistaan kirjoista sekä analysoida niiden piirteitä monipuolisesti ja relevantisti
  - osaa kertoa näkemästään esityksestä tai elokuvasta, analysoida ja kuvailla sitä monipuolisesti sekä nimetä olennaisia asioita
  - osaa kertoa museokäynnistään sekä analysoida näkemiään asioita sujuvasti ja relevantisti
  - osaa havainnoida kulttuurikokemuksiaan sekä kuvailla ja reflektoida suhtautumistaan niihin monipuolisesti.

  Further information

  vastuuopettaja: Sanna Kukkonen

  ---

  Teachers

  Sanna Kukkonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  Finnish

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 02.05.2025

  Groups

  • NONSTOP
  • CAMPUS24S
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • VIRTUAL

  Seats

  1 - 80

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Teamwork and Project Management HRL001HH1AE-3054 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  
  - identifies the principles and challenges of multi-cultural teamwork
  - recognizes different tools and practices of project management
  - develops teamwork and works purposefully in diverse teams
  - takes advantage of good practice in project work
  - sees opportunities and advantages of diversity in project teams
  - collaborates inclusively, ethically, sustainably and responsibly in multi-cultural teams

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - principles of efficient teamwork
  - team roles, team development and team structure
  - advantages of and challenges in multi-cultural teams
  - principles of project management
  - project planning and executing
  - evaluation of project completion

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You can describe group dynamics and the basics of project management. You understand the challenges of multicultural teamwork. You can complete assigned tasks in a project with guidance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You can analyse group dynamics and apply project management tools to your own tasks. You actively participate in multicultural teamwork, taking responsibility for achieving project goals. You can give and receive feedback from peers and the team, and conduct self-assessment. You can set objectives and work within a team according to the agreed-upon plan.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You can plan, execute, and evaluate teamwork and projects, setting development goals for both yourself and your team. You can leverage multicultural teams, analyse team effectiveness, and assess performance. You can use feedback to reflect on and analyse both your team's work and your own actions.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Bibliography, videos, articles and lectures in Moodle

  Teachers

  Anna Kimberley, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Teamwork and Project Management HRL001HH1AE-3038 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA2, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  
  - identifies the principles and challenges of multi-cultural teamwork
  - recognizes different tools and practices of project management
  - develops teamwork and works purposefully in diverse teams
  - takes advantage of good practice in project work
  - sees opportunities and advantages of diversity in project teams
  - collaborates inclusively, ethically, sustainably and responsibly in multi-cultural teams

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - principles of efficient teamwork
  - team roles, team development and team structure
  - advantages of and challenges in multi-cultural teams
  - principles of project management
  - project planning and executing
  - evaluation of project completion

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You can describe group dynamics and the basics of project management. You understand the challenges of multicultural teamwork. You can complete assigned tasks in a project with guidance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You can analyse group dynamics and apply project management tools to your own tasks. You actively participate in multicultural teamwork, taking responsibility for achieving project goals. You can give and receive feedback from peers and the team, and conduct self-assessment. You can set objectives and work within a team according to the agreed-upon plan.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You can plan, execute, and evaluate teamwork and projects, setting development goals for both yourself and your team. You can leverage multicultural teams, analyse team effectiveness, and assess performance. You can use feedback to reflect on and analyse both your team's work and your own actions.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is specifically aimed at students of International Business degree.
  
  This is a CONTACT course taught at the Pasila Campus. You are expected to actively participate in the lectures. The learning assignments in the course are both individual and team assignments. The course combines theory and practice. If you have gained competence/skills matching the learning objectives of this course you can show your skills and competences through demonstration. More information about Demonstration of prior learning: https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/career-planning/recognition-learning

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Recommended literature:
  
  Teamwork:
  - Katzenbach, J.R. & Smith, D. K. 1993. The wisdom of teams. Creating the high-performance organization. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.
  - Lencioni, P. 2002: The Five Dysfunctions of a Team: A Leadership Fable. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
  
  Project Management:
  - Burke, R. 2013. Project Management - Planning and Control Techniques. John Wiley & Sons.
  - Newton, R. 2016. Project Management step by step: How to plan and manage a highly successful project. Pearson.

  Teachers

  Wallace Reynolds

  Working life connections

  In this course, you will address the challenges of teamwork and project management through both work-life cases and managing your own studies. The case studies involve real-life workplace challenges. You will also have the opportunity to work with your team on a project plan for a company of your choice.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course covers working in a multicultural environment.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  The course involves learning assignments, which include both individual and team assignments. The evaluated assignments will assess your knowledge of the course topics. Each assignment carries a different weight that will impact your course grade.
  
  1. Individual assignment: Teamwork skills, mandatory
  2. Teamwork assignment: A Project Plan, mandatory
  3. Individual assignment: Project management skills, mandatory
  4. Class-room activities: Participation and collaborative learning
  
  To pass the course, you must earn a minimum grade of 1 on Assignments 1, 2, and 3.

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  The dates of the lectures, the course content, and the deadlines for assignments are in the course Moodle, which will be available to you by the start date at the latest.

  Groups

  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  The course grade is influenced by the learning assignments, which are evaluated using an assessment rubric. Course lectures will include assignments that will affect your grade. The assessment rubric and the weighting of assignments are available on the course Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Teamwork and Project Management HRL001HH1AE-3039 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  
  - identifies the principles and challenges of multi-cultural teamwork
  - recognizes different tools and practices of project management
  - develops teamwork and works purposefully in diverse teams
  - takes advantage of good practice in project work
  - sees opportunities and advantages of diversity in project teams
  - collaborates inclusively, ethically, sustainably and responsibly in multi-cultural teams

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - principles of efficient teamwork
  - team roles, team development and team structure
  - advantages of and challenges in multi-cultural teams
  - principles of project management
  - project planning and executing
  - evaluation of project completion

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You can describe group dynamics and the basics of project management. You understand the challenges of multicultural teamwork. You can complete assigned tasks in a project with guidance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You can analyse group dynamics and apply project management tools to your own tasks. You actively participate in multicultural teamwork, taking responsibility for achieving project goals. You can give and receive feedback from peers and the team, and conduct self-assessment. You can set objectives and work within a team according to the agreed-upon plan.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You can plan, execute, and evaluate teamwork and projects, setting development goals for both yourself and your team. You can leverage multicultural teams, analyse team effectiveness, and assess performance. You can use feedback to reflect on and analyse both your team's work and your own actions.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is specifically aimed at students of International Business degree.
  
  This is a CONTACT course taught at the Pasila Campus. You are expected to actively participate in the lectures. The learning assignments in the course are both individual and team assignments. The course combines theory and practice. If you have gained competence/skills matching the learning objectives of this course you can show your skills and competences through demonstration. More information about Demonstration of prior learning: https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/career-planning/recognition-learning

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Recommended literature:
  
  Teamwork:
  - Katzenbach, J.R. & Smith, D. K. 1993. The wisdom of teams. Creating the high-performance organization. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.
  - Lencioni, P. 2002: The Five Dysfunctions of a Team: A Leadership Fable. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
  
  Project Management:
  - Burke, R. 2013. Project Management - Planning and Control Techniques. John Wiley & Sons.
  - Newton, R. 2016. Project Management step by step: How to plan and manage a highly successful project. Pearson.

  Teachers

  Surabhi Vepsäläinen

  Working life connections

  In this course, you will address the challenges of teamwork and project management through both work-life cases and managing your own studies. The case studies involve real-life workplace challenges. You will also have the opportunity to work with your team on a project plan for a company of your choice.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course covers working in a multicultural environment.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  The course involves learning assignments, which include both individual and team assignments. The evaluated assignments will assess your knowledge of the course topics. Each assignment carries a different weight that will impact your course grade.
  
  1. Individual assignment: Teamwork skills, mandatory
  2. Teamwork assignment: A Project Plan, mandatory
  3. Individual assignment: Project management skills, mandatory
  4. Class-room activities: Participation and collaborative learning
  
  To pass the course, you must earn a minimum grade of 1 on Assignments 1, 2, and 3.

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  The dates of the lectures, the course content, and the deadlines for assignments are in the course Moodle, which will be available to you by the start date at the latest.

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  The course grade is influenced by the learning assignments, which are evaluated using an assessment rubric. Course lectures will include assignments that will affect your grade. The assessment rubric and the weighting of assignments are available on the course Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Teamwork and Project Management HRL001HH1AE-3040 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  
  - identifies the principles and challenges of multi-cultural teamwork
  - recognizes different tools and practices of project management
  - develops teamwork and works purposefully in diverse teams
  - takes advantage of good practice in project work
  - sees opportunities and advantages of diversity in project teams
  - collaborates inclusively, ethically, sustainably and responsibly in multi-cultural teams

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - principles of efficient teamwork
  - team roles, team development and team structure
  - advantages of and challenges in multi-cultural teams
  - principles of project management
  - project planning and executing
  - evaluation of project completion

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You can describe group dynamics and the basics of project management. You understand the challenges of multicultural teamwork. You can complete assigned tasks in a project with guidance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You can analyse group dynamics and apply project management tools to your own tasks. You actively participate in multicultural teamwork, taking responsibility for achieving project goals. You can give and receive feedback from peers and the team, and conduct self-assessment. You can set objectives and work within a team according to the agreed-upon plan.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You can plan, execute, and evaluate teamwork and projects, setting development goals for both yourself and your team. You can leverage multicultural teams, analyse team effectiveness, and assess performance. You can use feedback to reflect on and analyse both your team's work and your own actions.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a contact course and the lectures are held at the Pasila campus. You are expected to attend lectures regularly. Therefore, for those unable to attend lectures, a virtual implementation is available. Additionally, if you have existing knowledge in this area, you may showcase your skills through a demonstration of competence (RPL).
  Beyond just theoretical understanding, you will actively participate in team-based assignments and discussions that mirror worklife collaboration.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Browaeys, M., & Price, R. (2019). Understanding cross-cultural management (Fourth edition.). Pearson Education Limited.
  Lencioni, P. 2002. The five dysfunctions of a team. A leadership favel. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. E-kirja.
  Newton, R. 2016. Project Management step by step: How to plan and manage a highly successful project. Pearson

  Teachers

  Anna Kimberley

  Working life connections

  In this course, you will explore case studies and real-life examples that connect what you learn with actual work situations. This will help you use your new knowledge and skills to improve your work in organizations.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course materials and assignments reflect global perspectives, enriched by the diverse experiences of your fellow students.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  The course has three assignments to submit. All assignments are graded on a scale of 0-5. Assignments 1, 2 and 3 are mandatory and must be completed to pass the course.
  1. Individual assignment: My teamwork skills
  2. Team assignment: Professional project plan
  3. Individual assignment: My project management skills
  4. Reflective assignments
  Detailed guidelines will be provided in the first session.

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  This course can also be completed by demonstrating your competence. Before attempting the demonstration, please review the study guide. Compare your own skills and knowledge with the learning objectives specified in the study guide. Through Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL), you will show your existing competence that aligns with the course's content. It's important to thoroughly understand the learning objectives and assessment criteria before you decide to do the demonstration. Enrollment for the demonstration is done in Peppi. Search for and enroll to the course HRL001HH1AE-3046.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Your final grade for this course will be based on individual assignments, each with its own weighting, as well as a team assignment. The course is graded on a scale from 0 to 5.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Teamwork and Project Management HRL001HH1AE-3037 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  
  - identifies the principles and challenges of multi-cultural teamwork
  - recognizes different tools and practices of project management
  - develops teamwork and works purposefully in diverse teams
  - takes advantage of good practice in project work
  - sees opportunities and advantages of diversity in project teams
  - collaborates inclusively, ethically, sustainably and responsibly in multi-cultural teams

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - principles of efficient teamwork
  - team roles, team development and team structure
  - advantages of and challenges in multi-cultural teams
  - principles of project management
  - project planning and executing
  - evaluation of project completion

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You can describe group dynamics and the basics of project management. You understand the challenges of multicultural teamwork. You can complete assigned tasks in a project with guidance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You can analyse group dynamics and apply project management tools to your own tasks. You actively participate in multicultural teamwork, taking responsibility for achieving project goals. You can give and receive feedback from peers and the team, and conduct self-assessment. You can set objectives and work within a team according to the agreed-upon plan.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You can plan, execute, and evaluate teamwork and projects, setting development goals for both yourself and your team. You can leverage multicultural teams, analyse team effectiveness, and assess performance. You can use feedback to reflect on and analyse both your team's work and your own actions.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is specifically aimed at students of International Business degree.
  
  This is a CONTACT course taught at the Pasila Campus. You are expected to actively participate in the lectures. The learning assignments in the course are both individual and group assignments. The course combines theory and practice. If you have gained competence/skills matching the learning objectives of this course you can show your skills and competences through demonstration. More information about Demonstration of prior learning: https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/career-planning/recognition-learning

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Recommended literature:
  
  Teamwork:
  - Katzenbach, J.R. & Smith, D. K. 1993. The wisdom of teams. Creating the high-performance organization. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.
  - Lencioni, P. 2002: The Five Dysfunctions of a Team: A Leadership Fable. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
  
  Project Management:
  - Burke, R. 2013. Project Management - Planning and Control Techniques. John Wiley & Sons.
  - Newton, R. 2016. Project Management step by step: How to plan and manage a highly successful project. Pearson.

  Teachers

  Laurianne Bellotti

  Working life connections

  In this course, you will address the challenges of teamwork and project management through both work-life cases and managing your own studies. The case studies involve real-life workplace challenges. You will also have the opportunity to work with your team on a project plan for a company of your choice.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course covers working in a multicultural environment.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  The course involves learning assignments, which include both individual and team assignments. The evaluated assignments will assess your knowledge of the course topics. Each assignment carries a different weight that will impact your course grade.
  
  1. Individual assignment: Teamwork skills, mandatory
  2. Teamwork assignment: A Project Plan, mandatory
  3. Individual assignment: Project management skills, mandatory
  4. Class-room activities: Participation and collaborative learning
  
  To pass the course, you must earn a minimum grade of 1 on Assignments 1, 2, and 3.

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  The dates of the lectures, the course content, and the deadlines for assignments are in the course Moodle, which will be available to you by the start date at the latest.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  The course grade is influenced by the learning assignments, which are evaluated using an assessment rubric. Course lectures will include assignments that will affect your grade. The assessment rubric and the weighting of assignments are available on the course Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Teamwork and Project Management HRL001HH1AE-3041 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  
  - identifies the principles and challenges of multi-cultural teamwork
  - recognizes different tools and practices of project management
  - develops teamwork and works purposefully in diverse teams
  - takes advantage of good practice in project work
  - sees opportunities and advantages of diversity in project teams
  - collaborates inclusively, ethically, sustainably and responsibly in multi-cultural teams

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - principles of efficient teamwork
  - team roles, team development and team structure
  - advantages of and challenges in multi-cultural teams
  - principles of project management
  - project planning and executing
  - evaluation of project completion

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You can describe group dynamics and the basics of project management. You understand the challenges of multicultural teamwork. You can complete assigned tasks in a project with guidance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You can analyse group dynamics and apply project management tools to your own tasks. You actively participate in multicultural teamwork, taking responsibility for achieving project goals. You can give and receive feedback from peers and the team, and conduct self-assessment. You can set objectives and work within a team according to the agreed-upon plan.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You can plan, execute, and evaluate teamwork and projects, setting development goals for both yourself and your team. You can leverage multicultural teams, analyse team effectiveness, and assess performance. You can use feedback to reflect on and analyse both your team's work and your own actions.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is specifically aimed at students of International Business degree.
  
  This is a CONTACT course taught at the Pasila Campus. You are expected to actively participate in the lectures. The learning assignments in the course are both individual and team assignments. The course combines theory and practice. If you have gained competence/skills matching the learning objectives of this course you can show your skills and competences through demonstration. More information about Demonstration of prior learning: https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/career-planning/recognition-learning

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Recommended literature:
  
  Teamwork:
  - Katzenbach, J.R. & Smith, D. K. 1993. The wisdom of teams. Creating the high-performance organization. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.
  - Lencioni, P. 2002: The Five Dysfunctions of a Team: A Leadership Fable. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
  
  Project Management:
  - Burke, R. 2013. Project Management - Planning and Control Techniques. John Wiley & Sons.
  - Newton, R. 2016. Project Management step by step: How to plan and manage a highly successful project. Pearson.

  Teachers

  Laurianne Bellotti

  Working life connections

  In this course, you will address the challenges of teamwork and project management through both work-life cases and managing your own studies. The case studies involve real-life workplace challenges. You will also have the opportunity to work with your team on a project plan for a company of your choice.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course covers working in a multicultural environment.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  The course involves learning assignments, which include both individual and team assignments. The evaluated assignments will assess your knowledge of the course topics. Each assignment carries a different weight that will impact your course grade.
  
  1. Individual assignment: Teamwork skills, mandatory
  2. Teamwork assignment: A Project Plan, mandatory
  3. Individual assignment: Project management skills, mandatory
  4. Class-room activities: Participation and collaborative learning
  
  To pass the course, you must earn a minimum grade of 1 on Assignments 1, 2, and 3.

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  The dates of the lectures, the course content, and the deadlines for assignments are in the course Moodle, which will be available to you by the start date at the latest.

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  The course grade is influenced by the learning assignments, which are evaluated using an assessment rubric. Course lectures will include assignments that will affect your grade. The assessment rubric and the weighting of assignments are available on the course Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Teamwork and Project Management HRL001HH1AE-3055 19.05.2025-15.08.2025  5 cr  (CAMPUSONLINE, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  
  - identifies the principles and challenges of multi-cultural teamwork
  - recognizes different tools and practices of project management
  - develops teamwork and works purposefully in diverse teams
  - takes advantage of good practice in project work
  - sees opportunities and advantages of diversity in project teams
  - collaborates inclusively, ethically, sustainably and responsibly in multi-cultural teams

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - principles of efficient teamwork
  - team roles, team development and team structure
  - advantages of and challenges in multi-cultural teams
  - principles of project management
  - project planning and executing
  - evaluation of project completion

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You can describe group dynamics and the basics of project management. You understand the challenges of multicultural teamwork. You can complete assigned tasks in a project with guidance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You can analyse group dynamics and apply project management tools to your own tasks. You actively participate in multicultural teamwork, taking responsibility for achieving project goals. You can give and receive feedback from peers and the team, and conduct self-assessment. You can set objectives and work within a team according to the agreed-upon plan.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You can plan, execute, and evaluate teamwork and projects, setting development goals for both yourself and your team. You can leverage multicultural teams, analyse team effectiveness, and assess performance. You can use feedback to reflect on and analyse both your team's work and your own actions.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is specifically aimed at students of International Business degree.
  
  The course combines theory and practice. If you have gained competence/skills matching the learning objectives of this course you can show your skills and competences through demonstration. More information about Demonstration of prior learning: https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/career-planning/recognition-learning.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Exam books:
  
  Teamwork:
  Belbin, R. M. & Brown, V. 2023. Team roles at work. Third edition. New York: Routledge.
  
  Project Management:
  Newton, R. 2024. Project management step by step: How to plan and manage a highly successful project. Third edition. Hoboken, NJ: Pearson

  Teachers

  Toni von Martens

  Working life connections

  In this course, you will address the challenges of teamwork and project management through both work-life cases and managing your own studies.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  The course includes two exams: one focused on teamwork skills and the other on project management skills. In addition to the exam books, the exam questions will also be based on other specifically designated course materials, which can be found on Moodle.
  
  The exams must be completed during the course. Each exam can be retaken once during the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course covers working in a multicultural environment.

  Timing

  19.05.2025 - 15.08.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Content scheduling

  The course content is in the course Moodle, which will be available to you by the start date at the latest.

  Groups

  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • VIRTUAL
  • SUMMER
  • INSTRUCTED

  Alternative learning methods

  This course can also be completed by demonstrating your competence. Before attempting the demonstration, please review the study guide. Compare your own skills and knowledge with the learning objectives specified in the study guide. Through Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL), you will show your existing competence that aligns with the course's content. It's important to thoroughly understand the learning objectives and assessment criteria before you decide to do the demonstration. Enrollment for the demonstration is done in Peppi. Search for and enroll to the course HRL001HH1AE-3046.

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  The course grade is based on two exams, each contributing 50% to the final grade.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Technologies in People Management HRL012AS3AE-3003 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of Technology in People Management -course a student can:
  • describe the major HR processes (current state and desired state)
  • define the various roles and functionalities in HR systems and also understand their possible improvement needs
  • know the purpose, elements and data sources of eHRM software and solutions
  • identify connections and integration with other business information systems (e.g. ERP)
  • be familiar with various HR systems available in the market and is able to choose digital tools for e.g. recruitment process
  • understand the possibilities of workforce analytics and recognize the potential of new technologies (e.g. AI) in HR data management
  • know the phases of an HR system acquisition project
  • create a preliminary plan for acquiring an HR system and justify the benefits based on financial and operational criteria
  • utilize the SAP system for managing an organization's personnel data by using the basic HR functions in SAP S/4HANA

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  • can describe the key HR processes.
  • recognizes some opportunities for utilizing new technologies and analytics.
  • identifies some HR systems available in the market and recognizes their main functionalities.
  • has a basic understanding of using the SAP system for personnel data management.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  • can describe the current state and desired state of HR processes for system development.
  • is familiar with various HR systems available in the market and their functionalities in advancing responsible business development within the company.
  • understands the phases of an HR system procurement project.
  • recognizes opportunities for leveraging new technologies.
  • is proficient in using common features of the SAP system for personnel data management.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  • can analyze HR processes and identify the connections of HR systems to other systems.
  • is able to provide a detailed description of HR processes for defining an HR system.
  • can analyze various HR systems available in the market and their functionalities in advancing responsible business development within the company.
  • has knowledge to justify the need for system procurement to stakeholders.
  • is proficient in using the SAP system seamlessly for personnel data management.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  In this course, we will cover the definition of HR processes, the use of HR systems, and procurement in businesses. You will become familiar with various HR systems and their features in the context of personnel management within an organization. You will learn to utilize workforce analytics for management and development purposes, as well as identify the opportunities presented by new technologies in HR data management. Additionally, you will be introduced to the phases of an HR system acquisition project and become acquainted with SAP system for personnel data management within a company.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Thite, M.2019. e-HRM : digital approaches, directions & applications. Abingdon, Oxon; New York, NY: Routledge
  ebook:
  https://haaga-helia.finna.fi/Record/3amk.281286?sid=3160544829&imgid=1#versions 
  
  Parts of the book:
  Foreword and forward thinking on digital HR (Dave Ulrich) p. xvi-xix
  Electronic/digital HRM: A primer (Mohan Thite) p. 1-19

  Teachers

  Hilkka Juvani

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  The course will contain two major assignments:
  1) HRIS:
  Introduction of one selected HR-system from the market (groupwork)
  2) SAP:
  Case study in SAP S/4HANA -learning environment (Human Capital Management) and SAP exam (individual work)

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • IBEB5PAHRL
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Thesis Phase 1 THE7HH801-3037 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon completion of the module, the student is able to
  
  • Know different stages of the thesis process
  • Know the aim of her/his thesis
  • Search for information in a variety of reliable sources.
  • Define the key concepts of her/his thesis.
  • Create a realistic schedule for her/his thesis
  • Know requirements and the basic structure of the thesis.
  • plan a research-based development project outline.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Studies specified by the degree.

  Contents

  • Thesis at Haaga-Helia
  • Thesis process and progress in Wihi
  • Student’s role and responsibilities during the thesis process
  • Confidentiality in theses
  • Content and extent of the thesis
  • Content and extent of a research-based development project
  • Source information search, reliable information and critical evaluation of them.
  • Formal referencing
  • Selection criteria for research and innovation methods
  • Thesis reporting according to Haaga-Helia reporting guidelines
  • Self management during the thesis process.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Thesis page on haaga-helia.fi
  -Handouts in Moodle

  Teachers

  Hanna Siltakorpi, Surabhi Vepsäläinen, Anna Kimberley, Hannu Koikkalainen, Miikka Mäkelä, Eeva Aarnio

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  22.12.2023 - 22.12.2023

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • ABE5PCAVI
  • IBE5PACOM
  • IBE5PAACC
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Thesis Phase 1 THE7HH801-3038 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  (IBEB5PAMAR, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon completion of the module, the student is able to
  
  • Know different stages of the thesis process
  • Know the aim of her/his thesis
  • Search for information in a variety of reliable sources.
  • Define the key concepts of her/his thesis.
  • Create a realistic schedule for her/his thesis
  • Know requirements and the basic structure of the thesis.
  • plan a research-based development project outline.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Studies specified by the degree.

  Contents

  • Thesis at Haaga-Helia
  • Thesis process and progress in Wihi
  • Student’s role and responsibilities during the thesis process
  • Confidentiality in theses
  • Content and extent of the thesis
  • Content and extent of a research-based development project
  • Source information search, reliable information and critical evaluation of them.
  • Formal referencing
  • Selection criteria for research and innovation methods
  • Thesis reporting according to Haaga-Helia reporting guidelines
  • Self management during the thesis process.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Thesis page on haaga-helia.fi
  -Handouts in Moodle

  Teachers

  Rakhshanda Khan, Heli Kortesalmi, Anna Kimberley, Surabhi Vepsäläinen, Miikka Mäkelä, Eeva Aarnio

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  22.12.2023 - 22.12.2023

  Groups

  • IBEB5PAMAR
  • EVENING
  • ABE5PCAVI
  • IBEB5PAHRL
  • ONLINE
  • IBEB5PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Thesis Phase 1 THE7HH801-3039 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon completion of the module, the student is able to
  
  • Know different stages of the thesis process
  • Know the aim of her/his thesis
  • Search for information in a variety of reliable sources.
  • Define the key concepts of her/his thesis.
  • Create a realistic schedule for her/his thesis
  • Know requirements and the basic structure of the thesis.
  • plan a research-based development project outline.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Studies specified by the degree.

  Contents

  • Thesis at Haaga-Helia
  • Thesis process and progress in Wihi
  • Student’s role and responsibilities during the thesis process
  • Confidentiality in theses
  • Content and extent of the thesis
  • Content and extent of a research-based development project
  • Source information search, reliable information and critical evaluation of them.
  • Formal referencing
  • Selection criteria for research and innovation methods
  • Thesis reporting according to Haaga-Helia reporting guidelines
  • Self management during the thesis process.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Thesis page on haaga-helia.fi
  -Handouts in Moodle

  Teachers

  Ari Soinola, Mariitta Rauhala, Ville Lahtinen, Olli Kupiainen, Lauri Larjavaara, Soile Kallinen, Anna Kimberley, Miikka Mäkelä, Timo Rima, Päivö Laine

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  22.12.2023 - 22.12.2023

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • ABE5PCAVI
  • IBE5PACOM
  • IBE5PAACC
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Thesis Phase 1 THE7HH801-3040 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon completion of the module, the student is able to
  
  • Know different stages of the thesis process
  • Know the aim of her/his thesis
  • Search for information in a variety of reliable sources.
  • Define the key concepts of her/his thesis.
  • Create a realistic schedule for her/his thesis
  • Know requirements and the basic structure of the thesis.
  • plan a research-based development project outline.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Studies specified by the degree.

  Contents

  • Thesis at Haaga-Helia
  • Thesis process and progress in Wihi
  • Student’s role and responsibilities during the thesis process
  • Confidentiality in theses
  • Content and extent of the thesis
  • Content and extent of a research-based development project
  • Source information search, reliable information and critical evaluation of them.
  • Formal referencing
  • Selection criteria for research and innovation methods
  • Thesis reporting according to Haaga-Helia reporting guidelines
  • Self management during the thesis process.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Thesis page on haaga-helia.fi
  -Handouts in Moodle

  Teachers

  Thomas Sundman, Ville Lahtinen, Rakhshanda Khan, Olli Kupiainen, Anna Kimberley, Soile Kallinen, Miikka Mäkelä, Juan Borra

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  22.12.2023 - 22.12.2023

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • ABE5PCAVI
  • IBE5PAACC
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Thesis Phase 1 THE7HH801-3043 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon completion of the module, the student is able to
  
  • Know different stages of the thesis process
  • Know the aim of her/his thesis
  • Search for information in a variety of reliable sources.
  • Define the key concepts of her/his thesis.
  • Create a realistic schedule for her/his thesis
  • Know requirements and the basic structure of the thesis.
  • plan a research-based development project outline.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Studies specified by the degree.

  Contents

  • Thesis at Haaga-Helia
  • Thesis process and progress in Wihi
  • Student’s role and responsibilities during the thesis process
  • Confidentiality in theses
  • Content and extent of the thesis
  • Content and extent of a research-based development project
  • Source information search, reliable information and critical evaluation of them.
  • Formal referencing
  • Selection criteria for research and innovation methods
  • Thesis reporting according to Haaga-Helia reporting guidelines
  • Self management during the thesis process.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Thesis page on haaga-helia.fi
  -Handouts in Moodle

  Teachers

  Thomas Sundman, Olli Kupiainen, Heli Kortesalmi, Soile Kallinen, Anna Kimberley, Hannu Koikkalainen, Miikka Mäkelä

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  22.12.2023 - 22.12.2023

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • ABE5PCAVI
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Thesis Phase 1 THE7HH801-3044 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon completion of the module, the student is able to
  
  • Know different stages of the thesis process
  • Know the aim of her/his thesis
  • Search for information in a variety of reliable sources.
  • Define the key concepts of her/his thesis.
  • Create a realistic schedule for her/his thesis
  • Know requirements and the basic structure of the thesis.
  • plan a research-based development project outline.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Studies specified by the degree.

  Contents

  • Thesis at Haaga-Helia
  • Thesis process and progress in Wihi
  • Student’s role and responsibilities during the thesis process
  • Confidentiality in theses
  • Content and extent of the thesis
  • Content and extent of a research-based development project
  • Source information search, reliable information and critical evaluation of them.
  • Formal referencing
  • Selection criteria for research and innovation methods
  • Thesis reporting according to Haaga-Helia reporting guidelines
  • Self management during the thesis process.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  See thesis assessment criteria in haaga-helia.fi

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Thesis page on haaga-helia.fi
  -Handouts in Moodle

  Teachers

  Hanna Siltakorpi, Olli Kupiainen, Anna Kimberley, Miikka Mäkelä, Eeva Aarnio, Timo Rima, Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  22.12.2023 - 22.12.2023

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • ABE5PCAVI
  • IBE5PAACC
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Time Management STU004HH1AE-3011 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  1 cr  (NONSTOP, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or a corresponding course, the student
  
  - identifies the meaning of cognitive control and importance of time management
  - is able to manage his/her time
  - can plan and follow his/her studies utilizing time management skills
  - appreciates the importance of peer support in supporting time management
  - is able to realistically plan his/her time taking well-being into account

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.
  This course is included in Keys to Studies and Career which is one of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  ---

  Teachers

  Tesi Binder

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 28.02.2025

  Groups

  • NONSTOP
  • IBE2PA1
  • ITE3PADIG1
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE2PA3
  • ITE3PAICI1
  • IBE2PA2
  • ITE3PASOF1
  • ITE3PAICB1
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Tram Tour into the Culture and Languages of Finland INT006AS2AE-3002 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  3 cr  (NONSTOP, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The aim of the course is to make your landing in Finland as smooth as possible. We want to wake your motivation and enthusiasm towards Finland and its culture.

  Contents

  Having completed the course, you will for example be familiar with
  * how Finnish and Swedish languages are visible in the capital region
  * how to spend your spare time in Finland
  * why Finns do ice swimming, take sauna bathing and go to the forest with buckets in autumn
  
  This course will also give you
  * a survival kit for daily life in Finland
  * some Finnish and Swedish phrases
  * basic information about history, culture, people and geography of Finland

  Further information

  The course is organized via 3AMK (Haaga-Helia, Laurea and Metropolia Universities of Applied Sciences).

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  The course form is a fully independent online course. The Moodle learning environment is built around 15 different sections (tram stops) containing information and tasks about Finnish culture and manners, the Finnish language and the Swedish language.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The materials are on Moodle. Please note that the learning platform is Metropolia's Moodle with HAKA login. You will get further instructions by email after you have been accepted into the course.

  Teachers

  Tuula Jäppinen, Anna Sarajas-Zino

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  There are no exams.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course is offered to international degree students, especially for those who have just arrived or are about to arrive to Finland in order to start their studies in UAS.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Each topic has tasks about the content of the learning material. There are also discussion forums where students share their observations and views of the topic in question. In the final task students apply the content of the course to a presentation of their home countries.

  Enrollment

  06.05.2024 - 30.11.2024

  Content scheduling

  The course is fully virtual: there are no contact or online lessons. The Moodle platform is open 19.8.-13.12.2024.
  
  This is a non-stop course, meaning that you can enroll into the course November, 30 at the latest. You need to complete the course by Dec. 13, 2024.

  Groups

  • NONSTOP
  • 3AMK
  • VIRTUAL
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 150

  Further information

  The final grading is on a scale: pass/fail.
  
  In order to receive a passing grade the student should
  1) get 70 % of points of the H5P tasks
  2) participate in all of the discussion tasks
  3) do the final task
  4) fill in the mandatory course feedback form

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  3 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 3 cr
•     Tune Up Your Daily Life – A Path to a Balanced Professional STU002AS0AE-3001 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  3 cr  (3AMK, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  This course offers you perspectives and practical tools to enhance your well-being and support a study life that suits you. You will learn how to make small sustainable changes to your daily life, how to maintain study/work ability and reflect on your development into a balanced professional.

  Contents

  During the course, you will create and implement a plan for your personal well-being. You will also try various well-being and physical activities and reflect on your learning independently and in small groups.
  
  Upon completing this course, you will:
  * Recognize the factors that promote and challenge your well-being in your daily life.
  * Be able to make sustainable choices to strengthen your study and work readiness.
  * Improve your self-reflection skills and recognize what a study/work-life balance means to you.
  * Develop better peer learning skills and know how to support the learning of others.

  ---

  Teachers

  Nina Mäkelä, Jenni Virtanen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  16.12.2024 - 05.02.2025

  Content scheduling

  Suomeksi
  Online group meetings at Zoom:
  1. meeting Thursday, January 23, 2025 at 3–5pm
  2. meeting Thursday February, 20, 2025 at 3–5pm
  3. meeting Thursday March 13, 2025 at 3–5pm
  
  The Zoom-link will be available on Haaga-Helia's Moodle platform.

  Groups

  • 3AMK
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  15 - 20

  Degree Programme

  EXPER Hospitality and Tourism Experience Management, DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, COACH Sports Coaching and Management, ITBBA Business Information Technology, STEM Sustainable Tourism and Event Management, AVIBBA Aviation Business, INTBBA International Business, HOST Strategic Hospitality Management

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 3 cr

  Unit

  RDI and Digitalization

•     Tutor Activities STU003AS2AE-3005 01.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course can
  
  • work as part of a team and understand the importance of teamwork and group dynamics in managing a group
  • motivate and encourage group members
  • plan and implement student events and training
  • communicate and perform fluently in various group situations
  • introduces new students to the beginning of their studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites required. The course belongs to complementary professional competencies.

  Contents

  Tutoring is peer guidance where the student receives support from a fellow student. Student Union Helga coordinates the tutoring activities in Haaga-Helia. Applications for the course are made annually during the application period announced by the Student Union.

  Further information

  The Student Union Helga implements all the tutoring offered at Haaga-Helia. Helga recruits
  all tutors once a year, every February. Any Haaga-Helia student, who is also a Helga
  member can apply to be a tutor. The application always takes place via the same form:
  https://opku.lime-forms.se/forms/Xj0CbFyVPN3ZUbOAVe5Z
  
  Helga has separate Head Tutors who guide their own tutor groups and, for instance,
  interview all new tutor applicants. The best candidates are selected by Helga and the Head
  Tutors as new Helga's tutors. Every new tutor must go through Helga's training or complete
  them in another separately agreed way before the beginning of the tutoring period. A total of
  3 training sessions are organized in the spring immediately after the interviews. 2 afternoon
  training sessions (one in English and one in Finnish), as well as 1 common all-day training
  for all new tutors.
  
  The tutoring study course lasts 1,5 academic years. Spring is used for training and teaming
  up with the tutor group, and autumn and the following spring for tutoring. Each tutor commits
  to their duties and for being an active tutor for the entire duration.
  
  At the end of the tutoring period, each tutor fills out a tutor report that determines how many
  credits are awarded for the activity. Tutoring hours are also documented, and 81 hours of
  tutoring 3 credits and 135 hours of tutoring equals 5 credits. The tutor report is available on
  Helga's website:https://helga.fi/en/materials/
  
  The reports are sent to the Head Tutor, who checks the report and forwards it to Helga, who
  checks the report and finally forwards it to Haaga-Helia, who transfers the credits to the
  student's register.

  ---

  Teachers

  Marit Keränen, Mari Austin

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  08.01.2024 - 08.01.2024

  Seats

  1 - 15

  Degree Programme

  DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, AVIBBA Aviation Business, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Tutor Activities, Exchange Student Tutor STU005AS2AE-3001 01.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course can
  
  • work as part of a multicultural team and understand the importance of teamwork skills and group dynamics in managing an international team
  • motivate and encourage group members
  • plan and implement student events and training
  • communicate and perform fluently in various social situations in an international environment
  • introduce new international students to the beginning of their studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites required. The course belongs to complementary professional competencies.

  Contents

  Tutoring is peer guidance where the student receives support from a fellow student. Student Union Helga coordinates the tutoring activities in Haaga-Helia. Applications for the course are made annually during the application period announced by the Student Union.

  Further information

  The Student Union Helga implements all the tutoring offered at Haaga-Helia. Helga recruits
  all tutors once a year, every February. Any Haaga-Helia student, who is also a Helga
  member can apply to be a tutor. The application always takes place via the same form:
  https://opku.lime-forms.se/forms/Xj0CbFyVPN3ZUbOAVe5Z
  
  Helga has separate Head Tutors who guide their own tutor groups and, for instance,
  interview all new tutor applicants. The best candidates are selected by Helga and the Head
  Tutors as new Helga's tutors. Every new tutor must go through Helga's training or complete
  them in another separately agreed way before the beginning of the tutoring period. A total of
  3 training sessions are organized in the spring immediately after the interviews. 2 afternoon
  training sessions (one in English and one in Finnish), as well as 1 common all-day training
  for all new tutors.
  
  The tutoring study course lasts 1.5 academic years. Spring is used for training and teaming
  up with the tutor group, and autumn and the following spring for tutoring. Each tutor commits
  to their duties and for being an active tutor for the entire duration.
  
  At the end of the tutoring period, each tutor fills out a tutor report that determines how many
  credits are awarded for the activity. Tutoring hours are also documented, and 81 hours of
  tutoring 3 credits and 135 hours of tutoring equals 5 credits. The tutor report is available on
  Helga's website:https://helga.fi/en/materials/
  
  The reports are sent to the Head Tutor, who checks the report and forwards it to Helga, who
  checks the report and finally forwards it to Haaga-Helia, who transfers the credits to the
  student's register.

  ---

  Teachers

  Minna Polvinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.04.2024 - 01.04.2024

  Seats

  1 - 15

  Degree Programme

  EXPER Hospitality and Tourism Experience Management, DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, COACH Sports Coaching and Management, ITBBA Business Information Technology, STEM Sustainable Tourism and Event Management, AVIBBA Aviation Business, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Tutor Activities, Head Tutor STU004AS2AE-3001 01.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course can
  
  • work as part of a team and understand the importance of teamwork skills and group dynamics in guiding a group
  
  • motivate and encourage group members
  
  • plan and implement student events and training
  
  • communicate and perform effectively in various group situations
  
  • introduce new students to the beginning of their studies
  
  • lead groups and apply their leadership skills in overall management.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites required. The course belongs to complementary professional competencies.

  Contents

  Tutoring is peer guidance where the student receives support from a fellow student. Student Union Helga coordinates the tutoring activities in Haaga-Helia. Applications for the course are made annually during the application period announced by the Student Union.

  Further information

  The Student Union Helga implements all the tutoring offered at Haaga-Helia. Helga recruits
  all Head Tutors once a year, every October. Any Haaga-Helia student that has acted as a
  former tutor and has a Helga membership can apply to be a Head Tutor. The application
  always takes place via the same form:
  https://opku.lime-forms.se/forms/Xj0CbFyVPN3ZUbOAVe5Z
  
  Helga and the current Head Tutors interview all new Head Tutor applicants. The best
  candidates are selected by Helga and the current Head Tutors as new Head Tutors. Every
  new Head Tutor must go through Helga's training or complete them in another separately
  agreed way before the beginning of the tutoring period. Training is organized after the
  interviews are done.
  
  The tutoring study course lasts 1.5 academic years. Autumn is used for training and teaming
  up with the tutor group, and spring and the following autumn for tutoring. Each Head Tutor
  commits to their duties and for being an active Head Tutor for the entire duration.
  
  At the end of the Head Tutoring period, each Head Tutor fills out a report that determines
  how many credits are awarded for the activity. Head Tutoring is worth 5 credits. The Head
  Tutor report is available on Helga's website:https://helga.fi/en/materials/
  The reports are sent to Helga, who checks the report and finally forwards it to Haaga-Helia,
  who transfers the credits to the student's register.

  ---

  Teachers

  Minna Polvinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.04.2024 - 01.04.2024

  Seats

  1 - 15

  Degree Programme

  EXPER Hospitality and Tourism Experience Management, DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, COACH Sports Coaching and Management, ITBBA Business Information Technology, STEM Sustainable Tourism and Event Management, AVIBBA Aviation Business, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Wellbeing and Self-Leadership Skills STU005HH1AE-3009 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  1 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or a corresponding course, the student
  
  - recognizes the connection between wellbeing and ability to study
  - is able to contribute to one’s wellbeing in a changing environment
  - identifies the different dimensions of self-leadership and is able to assess them from the perspective of one's own life
  - identifies one’s tolerance for pressure
  - recognizes tools that support stress management
  - is willing to discuss and analyze his/her wellbeing and self-leadership skills

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.
  
  This course is included in Keys to Studies and Career which is one of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  The course includes four themes, which you’ll look into independently as well.
  • Self-knowledge and one’s own values
  • Pillars of wellbeing
  • Study motivation
  • Wellbeing challenges and stress management

  ---

  Teachers

  Pia Kiviaho-Kallio

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Work Based Project: Nordic Business Forum SER023AS2AE-3003 01.08.2024-15.11.2024  9 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Nordic Business Forum is an international, annual, large-scale business seminar organised at Helsinki Expo & Congress Centre on September 24-25, 2025: https://www.nbforum.com/nbf2025/
  
  Students can contribute to organising this seminar as part of their studies / Work Based Project course (3 ECTS) by joining the event's customer service team.
  
  After having participated in this Work Based Project course, the student will be able to:
  - contribute to the customer experience of a large-scale international event through various customer service functions
  - demonstrate skills to create an excellent and unique customer experience as part of a team.
  - comprehend the elements and rules of teamwork as well as team building practices.
  - perform customer service in English

  Contents

  The project consists of face-to-face interviews held in English, three four-hour tailored training sessions; joint sessions & dedicated training for specific task(s) before the event, onsite rehearsal before the event, participating the actual two day event in various roles (customer service functions include e.g. Check-in, Cloakroom, Roaming Customer Service, Seminar Hall, First Class Services & First Class Shuttle and Speaker Services) and wrap-up and feedback session after the event.

  ---

  Teachers

  Eeva Särkilahti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 15.11.2024

  Enrollment

  22.12.2023 - 22.12.2023

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK

  Seats

  15 - 250

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Credits

  • 9 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     Work Based Project: Nordic Business Forum Team Leader SER025AS2AE-3003 03.02.2025-14.11.2025  15 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Teachers

  Eeva Särkilahti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  03.02.2025 - 14.11.2025

  Enrollment

  17.02.2025 - 27.02.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK

  Seats

  5 - 55

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 15 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Work Based Project: SLUSH SER031AS2AE-3002 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  3 cr +-
  Teachers

  Eeva Särkilahti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  22.12.2023 - 01.12.2024

  Seats

  1 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 3 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)